TW201221520A - Color composition for a color filter, color filter and production method thereof, anthraquinone compound, and liquid crystal display device - Google Patents

Color composition for a color filter, color filter and production method thereof, anthraquinone compound, and liquid crystal display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201221520A
TW201221520A TW100122372A TW100122372A TW201221520A TW 201221520 A TW201221520 A TW 201221520A TW 100122372 A TW100122372 A TW 100122372A TW 100122372 A TW100122372 A TW 100122372A TW 201221520 A TW201221520 A TW 201221520A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
carbon number
compound
formula
atom
Prior art date
Application number
TW100122372A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Kazumasa Morozumi
Soji Ishizaka
Shigekazu Suzuki
Junichi Ito
Kazumi Nii
Kazunari Yagi
Yoshihiko Fujie
Tomohiro Kodama
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201221520A publication Critical patent/TW201221520A/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

A coloring composition for a color filter, the color filter, a method for manufacturing the same, an anthraquinone compound, and a liquid crystal display device are provided to improve contrast by increasing colority and brightness. A coloring composition for a color filter includes a dipyrromethene metal complex, a compound, and an anthraquinone compound. In the dipyrromethene metal complex, a compound represented by chemical formula I is coordinated by metal atoms or metal compounds. The compound is selected from a group including dye compounds represented by one of chemical formulas II to VIII. In the chemical formula I, the R1 to R6 are respectively hydrogen or substituent. The R7 is hydrogen, halogen, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.

Description

201221520 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域] 本發明關於含有染料作為著色劑的彩色濾光片 (color filter)用著色組成物、彩色濾光片及其製造方法、 蒽醌(anthraquinone)化合物及液晶顯示裝置。 【先前技術】 作為製作液晶顯示裝置或固體攝像元件等中所用的 衫色濾光片之方法的—個,廣泛利用顏料分散法。作為 顏料77政法,有使用在各種感光性組成物中分散有顏料 而付之著色感放射線性組成物,藉由微影法 (Ph〇t〇lith〇graphy)製作彩色濾光片之方法。於此方法中 ,含有顏料的組成物’對於光或熱為安定的,同時由於 經由微影法進行㈣化(pauerning),*充分確保位置精 度’被視為是適合於制a β 、製作彩色顯示器(color display)用糸 色渡光片等之方法。 4 彩色濾光片之製作中所用的著 , ',, v -Ή V—> Fi 4 I至 料,而且對染料等顏料以外的色素化合物亦廣泛檢; 作為染料’已知料亞甲基㈣料…密咬偶; 木料、吡唑偶氮系毕姐 A ^ 虱糸木枓、咕噸系染料等具有各式各^ 色素母體之化合物(例如參照特開讓.㈣ 特開鲁。洲8號公報、特許第期⑷號卜· ^用染料作為著色劑,則藉由染料本身的㈠ 或色相的鮮明度,在古 相或亮度之胃…、 像顯示時的顯示圖像: 又儿度之點係被視為有用。 -4- 201221520 又’已揭示若使用特定的蒽醌化合物作 得到對比(contrast)等優異的彩色濾光片(例 2001-108815 號)。 【發明内容】 [發明所欲解決的問題] 本發明係鑒於上述先前技術而完成者。 之目的在於提供:藉由使用染料,而一邊提 度’一邊得到高對比的彩色濾光片用著色組 良好且對比尚之圖像顯示為可能的彩色渡光 方法’及液晶顯示裝置,以及色相良好的蒽 本發明的課題為達成該目的。 [解決問題的手段] 本發明進行專心致力的檢討,結果發現 化合物與特定的染料化合物來形成圖像,則 大幅地提高對比’而完成本發明。 為了達成前述課題’具體的手段係如以 < 1 > 一種衫色濾光片用著色組成物,其 由下述通式(I)所示的化合物配位至金屬原子 物而成之一吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合體化合物 (II)〜通式(VIII)中任_個所示的染料化合物 者,與蒽醌化合物(較佳為具有蒽_9,10_二酮 物); 為染料,則 如參照特開 即,本發明 高色相或亮 成物,色相 片及其製造 醌化合物, 若使用蒽醌 可比以往更 下。 .含有:選自 或金屬化合 及下述通式 所成之群la 骨架的化合 201221520201221520 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field of the Invention] The present invention relates to a coloring composition for a color filter containing a dye as a coloring agent, a color filter, a method for producing the same, and an anthraquinone compound And a liquid crystal display device. [Prior Art] A pigment dispersion method is widely used as a method of producing a shirt color filter used in a liquid crystal display device or a solid-state image sensor. As a pigment 77 method, there is a method of producing a color filter by a lithography method using a color-sensing radioactive composition in which a pigment is dispersed in various photosensitive compositions. In this method, the composition containing the pigment is stable to light or heat, and at the same time, due to the pauerning by the lithography method, * sufficiently ensuring the positional accuracy 'is considered to be suitable for making a β, making color The color display uses a method such as a blue light-emitting sheet. 4 used in the production of color filters, ',, v -Ή V—> Fi 4 I to the material, and also widely used for pigment compounds other than pigments such as dyes; (4) Materials: dense bite; wood, pyrazole azo-based sputum A ^ eucalyptus, xanthene dyes and other compounds with various pigment precursors (for example, see special opening. (4) Tekailu. No. 8 bulletin, No. 4 (4), using dye as a coloring agent, by the sharpness of the dye itself (a) or hue, in the ancient phase or the brightness of the stomach..., the image when displayed: The point of the degree is considered to be useful. -4- 201221520 Further, it has been revealed that a specific color filter such as contrast is used for a specific ruthenium compound (Example No. 2001-108815). DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED BY THE INVENTION The present invention has been made in view of the above prior art. It is an object of the present invention to provide a coloring group for obtaining a high contrast color filter while using a dye. Like the color light method shown as possible' In addition, the liquid crystal display device and the hue are excellent. The object of the present invention is to achieve the object. [Means for Solving the Problem] The present invention has been intensively reviewed, and as a result, it has been found that a compound and a specific dye compound form an image, and the image is greatly improved. The present invention has been completed in a comparative manner. In order to achieve the above-mentioned problem, the specific means is as follows: < 1 > A colored composition for a color filter, which is coordinated by a compound represented by the following formula (I) to A metal compound is a pyrrolemethylene metal complex compound (II) to a dye compound represented by any one of the formula (VIII), and a ruthenium compound (preferably having 蒽_9, 10_) The diketone); as a dye, the high hue or brightener of the present invention, the color photograph and the bismuth compound thereof can be used as compared with the prior art if it is used as a dye. Compound of group la skeleton formed by the following formula 201221520

通式(ι ·) R3、R4、R5及R6各自獨 立地表示氩原子或取代基;R7表示氫原子、li素原子、 烷基、芳基或雜環基;R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent an argon atom or a substituent; and R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a li atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group;

R35 通式(Π) 前述通式(π)中,Α1表示從選自由5-吡唑啉酮、異 嘮唑酮、巴比妥酸、硫代巴比妥酸、勞丹寧、乙内醯脲 、硫代乙内醯脲、嘮唑啶二酮、吡唑啶二酮、茚滿二酮 、經基。比。定酮、。比。坐并。比。定S同、1,2,3,4 -四氫喧°林-2,4 -二酮、3-氧代-2,3-二氫苯并[d]噻吩-1,1-二氧化物及3-二氰基次曱基-2,3-二氫苯并[d]噻吩-1,1-二氧化物所成 之群組中的化合物而來的酸性核;L1、L2及L3表示次曱 基;R33及R34各自獨立地表示烷基、芳基、烷氧羰基或 氫原子;R35表示氫原子、甲氧基、氣原子、甲基或硝基 ;η表示0或1 ;惟,作為鍵結於A1及R33〜R35的至少 一個之取代基’在分子中具有由叛基、石黃Si胺基及胺石黃 醯基所選出的至少一個; 201221520 i m' C N RIsfR35 Formula (Π) In the above formula (π), Α1 represents a radical selected from the group consisting of 5-pyrazolone, isoxazolone, barbituric acid, thiobarbituric acid, lodanine, and betaine. Urea, thioacetamidine, oxazolidinone, pyrazolidinedione, indandione, warp group. ratio. Ketone,. ratio. Sit and. ratio. S, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroindole-2,4-dione, 3-oxo-2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]thiophene-1,1-dioxide And an acidic core derived from a compound of the group consisting of 3-dicyanodecyl-2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]thiophene-1,1-dioxide; L1, L2 and L3 represent a fluorenyl group; R33 and R34 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a hydrogen atom; R35 represents a hydrogen atom, a methoxy group, a gas atom, a methyl group or a nitro group; η represents 0 or 1; The substituent 'bonded to at least one of A1 and R33 to R35 has at least one selected from the group consisting of a ruthenium, a sulphate, and an amine sulphate; 201221520 im' CN RIsf

β|ίΛ# N^=N*β|ίΛ# N^=N*

RR

44N芦45 fil' β4β: 通式(ΠΙ) 前述通式(III)中’ R41表示雜環 42 一 # 或取代基;R43、R44、R45、R46、 土,R表不氫原子 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、4及R48各自獨立地 、烷氧羰基、芳氧羰基、胺甲醯基方基、雜環基、醯基 磺醯基或胺磺醯基;R43與R44可=、垸基磺醯基、芳基 、6員或7員的環;R45與R46可互相鍵結合而形成5員 員或7員的環;R47與^目鰱結而形成5員、6 或7員的環; 、、。而形成5員、6員44N Lu 45 fil' β4β: General formula (III) In the above formula (III), 'R41 represents a heterocyclic ring 42- or a substituent; R43, R44, R45, R46, and R, and R represents a hydrogen atom; An alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, 4 and R48 each independently, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, a heterocyclic group, a decylsulfonyl group or an amine sulfonyl group; R43 and R44 may be used. =, fluorenylsulfonyl, aryl, 6-member or 7-membered ring; R45 and R46 can be bonded to each other to form a ring of 5 or 7 members; R47 and ^6 are knotted to form 5 members, 6 or Ring of 7 members; And form 5 members, 6 members

通式(IV〉 前述通式(IV)中,Ra丨、Ra2、Ra3、 各自獨立地表示氫原子或一價取代 、Rbl、Rb2及Rb3 鍵結而形成5〜7員的雜環;A2车t,Μ2與Μ3可互相 '示取代或無取代的脂 肪族基、取代或.、,、取代的方基、或取代或無取代的雜環 基;η表示〇' !、2或3’當„為2以上時,複數存在的 Rb2及Rb3可各自相同或相異; 201221520In the above formula (IV), Ra?, Ra2, and Ra3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, and Rbl, Rb2, and Rb3 are bonded to form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members; t, Μ2 and Μ3 may mutually indicate a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, a substituted or a., a substituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; η represents 〇'!, 2 or 3' „ When it is 2 or more, the plural Rb2 and Rb3 may be the same or different; 201221520

通式(V) 前述通式(V)中,R6I、R62、R63及r64各自獨立地表 示氫原子、可被取代的烧基、芳基或_S〇2NH_R ; R65表 示氮原子、可被取代的烧基、芳基、_s〇3h或·s〇2NH_r ,此處,R表示烷基、烷氧基烷基、環己基、環己基烷 基、烷氧基、芳基或烷基羰氧基;n表示0或丨以上的 整數,惟當η為0時,RH〜R65中的至少一個表示具有 -so2nh-r當作取代基的芳基;In the above formula (V), R6I, R62, R63 and r64 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may be substituted, an aryl group or _S〇2NH_R; and R65 represents a nitrogen atom and may be substituted. Alkyl, aryl, _s〇3h or ·s〇2NH_r, where R represents alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylalkyl, alkoxy, aryl or alkylcarbonyloxy n represents an integer of 0 or more, but when η is 0, at least one of RH to R65 represents an aryl group having -so2nh-r as a substituent;

通式(VI) 前述通式(VI)中’ R71表示碳數2〜2〇的烷基、烷基 鏈的碳數為2〜12的環己基烷基、烷基鏈的碳數為i〜4 的院基環己基、經奴數2〜12的炫>氧基取代之碳數2〜 U的烷基、L71-CO-〇-L72-所示的烷基羧基烷基、 L 3-0-C0-L74-所示的烧氧数基烧基、經碳數1〜2〇的烧 基取代之苯基、或經苯基取代之碳數1〜20的烷基;L71 表示碳數2〜12的烷基;L72表示碳數2〜12的伸烷基; L 表示碳數2〜12的烷基;L74表示碳數2〜12的伸烷 201221520 基;R72、R73、R74及R75各自獨立地表示氫原子、碳數 1〜4的烷基、羧基或_素原子;In the above formula (VI), 'R71 represents an alkyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, a cyclohexylalkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, and the carbon number of the alkyl chain is i~ 4, a group of cyclohexyl groups, an alkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to U substituted by a halogen number of 2 to 12, an alkylcarboxyalkyl group represented by L71-CO-〇-L72-, L 3- a gas-burning group represented by 0-C0-L74-, a phenyl group substituted with a decyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20 substituted with a phenyl group; L71 represents a carbon number 2 to 12 alkyl; L72 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms; L represents an alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms; L74 represents an alkylene group having a carbon number of 2 to 12, 201221520; R72, R73, R74 and R75; Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group or a _ atom;

通式(νιϋ 前述通式(VII)中,Ζ1及Ζ2各自獨立地表示氧原子 或硫原子;R81、R82、R83及R84各自獨立地表示氫原子 、碳數1〜1 0的飽和脂肪族烴基、羥基取代之碳數1〜 1 0的飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數1〜8的烷氧基取代之碳數1 〜1 0的飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數1〜8的硫烷氧基取代之 碳數1〜1 0的飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數6〜20的芳基、碳 數7〜20的芳烷基或碳數2〜10的醯基;R85、R86,R87 、R88、R89、R11Ga、Rllla及R112a各自獨立地表示氫原子 、鹵素原子、碳數1〜1 0的飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數1〜 1 0的鹵素化飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數1〜8的烷氧基、羧 基、磺基、胺磺醯基或N-取代胺磺醯基;R85〜R89及R11Qa 〜R11 2 a中的至少一個表示N -取代胺石夤酿基;In the above formula (VII), Ζ1 and Ζ2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; and R81, R82, R83 and R84 each independently represent a hydrogen atom and a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10; a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms substituted by a hydroxy group, a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and a sulfanyloxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms or an indenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms; R85, R86, R87, R88 and R89; R11Ga, Rllla and R112a each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. a group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an amine sulfonyl group or an N-substituted amine sulfonyl group; at least one of R85 to R89 and R11Qa to R11 2 a represents an N-substituted amine stone hydrazine;

201221520 前述通式(VIII)中,R91、R92及R93各自獨立地表示 氫原子、鹵素原子或續酸基;A3表示下述(a)〜(d)中的 任一個;1表示1或2的整數;當1為2時,複數的R91 、複數的R92及複數的R93各自可相同或相異;下述(a) 中,R94、R95及R96各自獨立地表示氫原子、甲基、鹵 素原子、磺酸基或-S02N(R97)(R98),R97及R98各自獨立 地表示氫原子、碳數1〜8的低級烷基或苯基;R91〜R96 中的至少一個表示石黃酸基。201221520 In the above formula (VIII), R91, R92 and R93 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a repeating acid group; A3 represents any one of the following (a) to (d); and 1 represents 1 or 2; An integer; when 1 is 2, the plural R91, the plural R92, and the plural R93 may each be the same or different; in the following (a), R94, R95 and R96 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a halogen atom. And a sulfonic acid group or -S02N(R97)(R98), R97 and R98 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a phenyl group; and at least one of R91 to R96 represents a rhein group.

&lt; 2 &gt;如前述&lt; 1 &gt;記載的彩色濾光片用著色組成物 ,其中前述蒽醌化合物係下述通式(IX)所示的化合物:The colored composition for a color filter according to the above-mentioned <1>, wherein the oxime compound is a compound represented by the following formula (IX):

-10- ⑧ 201221520 各自獨立地表示氫原 與R12a不同時表示氫 1為2〜4的整數時, 刖述通式(IX)中,Rlla及R12a 子、烧基、芳基或雜環基,惟Rlla 原子;η11表示1〜4的整數,當ηι 複數的NRllaR]2a可相同或相異。 &lt; 3 &gt;如前述&lt; 2 &gt;記載的彩色濾光片用著色組成物 ,其中前述通式(IX)所示的化合物係下述通式(X)所示的 二胺基慧醌化合物:-10- 8 201221520 each independently indicates that when hydrogen is different from R12a, when hydrogen 1 is an integer of 2 to 4, Rlla and R12a, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group in the formula (IX) are described. Rlla atom; η11 represents an integer of 1 to 4, and NRllaR]2a of ηι plural may be the same or different. The coloring composition for a color filter according to the above-mentioned <2>, wherein the compound represented by the above formula (IX) is a diamine-based hydrazine represented by the following formula (X). Compound:

通式〇〇 前述通式(X)中,R21a及n22a各自獨立地表示烷基或 芳基。 &lt; 4 &gt;如前述&lt; 3 &gt;記載的彩色濾光片用著色組成物 ,其中前述通式(X)所示的化合物係下述通式(XI)所示的 二胺基蒽醌化合物: '11- 201221520In the above formula (X), R21a and n22a each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The coloring composition for a color filter according to the above-mentioned item (3), wherein the compound represented by the above formula (X) is a diamine hydrazine represented by the following formula (XI). Compound: '11- 201221520

n31 通式(XI) Ο ΗΝ 前述通式(XI)中,R31a、R32a、R33a及R34a各自獨立 地表示烷基或鹵素原子;R35a及R36a各自獨立地表示烷 基、烷氧基、芳氧基、磺基或其鹽、胺基磺醯基、烷氧 基磺醯基、或苯氧基磺醯基;η31及η32各自獨立地表示 0〜2的整數,當η31、η32為2時,複數的R35a、R36a可 相同或相異。 &lt; 5 &gt;如前述&lt; 4 &gt;記載的彩色濾光片用著色組成物 ,其中前述通式(XI)所示的化合物係由下述通式(XII)或 下述通式(XIII)所示的二胺基蒽醌化合物中選出的化合 物: ⑧ -12- 201221520N31 General formula (XI) Ο ΗΝ In the above formula (XI), R31a, R32a, R33a and R34a each independently represent an alkyl group or a halogen atom; and R35a and R36a each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group. a sulfo group or a salt thereof, an aminosulfonyl group, an alkoxysulfonyl group, or a phenoxysulfonyl group; η31 and η32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and when η31 and η32 are 2, a plural number R35a, R36a may be the same or different. The coloring composition for a color filter according to the above-mentioned <4>, wherein the compound represented by the above formula (XI) is represented by the following formula (XII) or the following formula (XIII) The compound selected from the diamino sulfonium compounds shown: 8 -12- 201221520

通式(XII) 前述通式(XII)中,R41a、R42a、R43a及R44a各自獨立In the above formula (XII), R41a, R42a, R43a and R44a are each independently

地表示烷基或鹵素原子;R 45aGround represents an alkyl or halogen atom; R 45a

R 46a、R47a及R48a各自獨 立地表示烷基、磺基或其鹽、或胺基磺醯基;R45a及R47a 的任一者與R46a及R48a的任一者表示磺基或其鹽、或胺 基續酿基;R 46a, R47a and R48a each independently represent an alkyl group, a sulfo group or a salt thereof, or an aminosulfonyl group; and any of R45a and R47a and any of R46a and R48a represent a sulfo group or a salt thereof or an amine Base continuation

通式0(丨丨1) -13- 201221520 前述通式(XIII)中,R51a、R52a、R53a及R54a各自獨 立地表示烷基或鹵素原子;R55a及R56a各自獨立地表示 氩原子或烷基;R57a及R58a各自獨立地表示氫原子或烷 基;L51a及L52a各自獨立地表示二價連結基,L53a及L54a 各自獨立地表不氧原子或-NH -基。 &lt;6&gt;如前述&lt;1&gt;〜前述&lt;5&gt;中任一項記載的彩 色濾光片用著色組成物,其更含有聚合性化合物與光聚 合引發劑。 &lt;7&gt;如前述&lt;1&gt;〜前述&lt;6&gt;中任一項記載的彩 色滤光片用著色組成物,其中前述蒽酿化合物的總含量 為前述染料化合物的總量之50質量%以下。 &lt;8&gt;—種彩色濾光片,其具有:基板,與在該基板 上使用前述&lt;i〉〜前述&lt;7〉中任一項記載之彩色濾光 片用著色組成物所形成的著色區域。 &lt;9〉一種彩色濾光片之製造方法,其具有:將前述 &lt;;1&gt;〜前述&lt;7&gt;中任一項記載之著色組成物塗佈於支 持體上,形成著色層之步驟,及將所形成的前述著色層 曝光成圖案狀’顯像而形成著色區城之步'驟° &lt;10&gt; —種液晶顯示裝置,其具備前述&lt;8&gt;記載的 彩色濾光片。 _,/ iff 述 &lt; 9 &gt; 記載 &lt; 1 1 &gt; 一種液晶顯示裝置,其具備以⑴ 的彩色濾光片之製造方法所製作的彩色滅、光片 *!·艏化合物: &lt; 12&gt; —種下述通式(XIV)所示之息贩 201221520Formula (0) - 13 - 201221520 In the above formula (XIII), R51a, R52a, R53a and R54a each independently represent an alkyl group or a halogen atom; and R55a and R56a each independently represent an argon atom or an alkyl group; R57a and R58a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; L51a and L52a each independently represent a divalent linking group, and each of L53a and L54a independently represents an oxygen atom or a -NH- group. The coloring composition for a color filter according to any one of the above-mentioned <1>, which further comprises a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator. The coloring composition for a color filter according to any one of the above-mentioned, wherein the total content of the brewing compound is 50% by mass based on the total amount of the dye compound. the following. &lt;8&gt; A color filter comprising: a substrate, and a coloring composition for a color filter according to any one of the above-mentioned <7> to <7>, which is formed on the substrate. Shaded area. (9) A method of producing a color filter, comprising the step of applying the colored composition according to any one of the above <1> to <7> to a support to form a colored layer. And a liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter described in the above <8>, which is formed by exposing the formed colored layer to a pattern-like image to form a colored region. _, / iff &lt; 9 &gt; Description &lt; 1 1 &gt; A liquid crystal display device comprising the color extinguishing film produced by the method for producing a color filter of (1): &lt;12&gt; - a variety of products of the following general formula (XIV) 201221520

RX2 IWX4 、, Ο HN. ?X1 s〇 NH^CHi Y'丫 so2mh 通式(XIV) RX1 '3 、?H·· RX2 前述通式(XIV)中,RX1各自獨立地表示 ;Rx 2各自獨立地表示碳數1〜1〇的燒茂.b 地表不碳數1〜1〇的烧基,X4各自獨立地表 [發明的效果] 依照本發明’可提供一種藉由使用染料 色相或亮度,一邊得到高對比的彩色據光片 物。又, 依照本發明’可提供一種色相良好且對 顯示為可能的彩色濾光片及其製造方法,以 顯示裝置。再者’ 依照本發明’可提供一種色相良好的策 【實施方式】 ~ [實施發明的形態] 以下,詳細説明本發明的彩色濾光片用 。再者’亦詳細說明使用其的本發明之私色 製造方法,及液晶顯示裝置,以及新穎的莨 &lt;彩色濾光片用著色組成物&gt; 本發明的彩色渡光片用著色組成物係至 自由下示通式(I)所不的化合物配位至金屬原 甲基或乙基 X3各自獨立 .示〇或1。 而一邊提高 用著色組成 比尚的圖像 及一種液晶 酉昆化合物。 著色組成物 濾光片及其 酿化合物。 少含有:選 子或金屬化 -15- 201221520 合物而成之二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合體化合物及下示通式 (II)〜通式(VIII)中任一個所示的染料化合物所成之群組 中的化合物,與蒽醌化合物;較佳為更使用聚合性化合 物及/或光聚合引發劑來構成感光性。 又,本發明的彩色濾光片用著色組成物視需要可更 含有驗可溶性樹脂等的黏結劑、有機溶劑等及各種添加 劑。 本發明係藉由使染料化合物與蒽醌化合物一起存在 ,而令人驚奇地’不損害所欲的色相,可形成色相良好 且對比高的著色圖像。藉此,例如藉由液晶顯示裝置來 顯示圖像時’可一邊為防止色相的降低而維持高的圖像 色調及亮度’ 一邊進行色彩或色的濃淡清晰之圖像顯示 〇 以下’對於構成本發明的彩色濾光片用著色組成物 之各成分,進行詳細說明。再者,以下中亦將本發明的 彩色渡光片用著色組成物僅稱為Γ本發明的著色組成物 」或「著色組成物」。 尚且,於本說明書中,「〜」係表示其下限值以上 且其上限值以下之範圍。 (蒽酿化合物) 本發明的著色組成物含有蒽醌化合物的至少一種。 藉由含有此蒽醌化合物,雖然理由未確定,但可有效地 提高對比。 本發明中的蒽醌化合物係在400〜700nm具有極大 吸收的化合物,本發明中較佳為在500〜 700nm具有極 -16- 201221520 大吸收之蒽醌化合物,特佳為在550〜7〇〇nm具有極大 吸收。若為具有如此極大吸收的蒽醌化合物,則構造上 沒有特別的限定’對比提高效果優異。 於本發明的蒽醒化合物之中,較佳為下述通式(lx) 所示的^—胺基蒽3昆化合物。 於此二胺基惹醌化合物之中,從吸收特性的觀點來 看更佳為下述通式(X)所示的化合物,而且從熱安定性 的觀點來看,更佳為下示通式(XI)所示的化合物,更且 從吸收特性與熱安定性並存的觀點來看,特佳為下示通 式(XII)或通式(XIII)所示的化合物。 首先’說明下述通式(IX)所示的胺基蒽醌化合物RX2 IWX4,, Ο HN. ?X1 s〇NH^CHi Y'丫so2mh General formula (XIV) RX1 '3 , ?H·· RX2 In the above formula (XIV), RX1 is independently represented; Rx 2 is independent The ground indicates a carbon number of 1 to 1 烧. The base of the surface is not a carbon number of 1 to 1 ,, and X4 is independently shown. [Effects of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a color by using a dye hue or brightness. A high contrast color light film is obtained. Further, according to the present invention, a color filter which is excellent in hue and possible for display and a method of manufacturing the same can be provided as a display device. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method of obtaining a hue. [Embodiment] ~ [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention] Hereinafter, a color filter of the present invention will be described in detail. Furthermore, the method for producing a private color of the present invention using the same, and a liquid crystal display device, and a novel coloring composition for color filters are also described in detail. The coloring composition for a color light-emitting sheet of the present invention The compounds which are not shown in the formula (I) are coordinated to the metal orthomethyl group or the ethyl group X3 independently. On the other hand, an image with a coloring composition ratio and a liquid crystal ruthenium compound are improved. Coloring composition Filters and their brewing compounds. Included in the following: a dipyrromethene metal complex compound obtained by selecting or metallizing -15-201221520 and a dye compound represented by any one of the following formulas (II) to (VIII) The compound in the group and the ruthenium compound; preferably, a polymerizable compound and/or a photopolymerization initiator are used to constitute photosensitivity. In addition, the coloring composition for a color filter of the present invention may further contain a binder such as a soluble resin, an organic solvent, or the like, and various additives. The present invention surprisingly produces a colored image with good hue and contrast by presenting the dye compound together with the ruthenium compound, without sacrificing the desired hue. In this way, for example, when the image is displayed by the liquid crystal display device, the image color and the brightness of the color or the color can be displayed while maintaining the high image hue and brightness while preventing the hue from decreasing. The components of the coloring composition for a color filter of the invention will be described in detail. Further, in the following, the coloring composition for a color light-emitting sheet of the present invention is also referred to simply as the coloring composition or coloring composition of the present invention. In the present specification, "~" means a range equal to or greater than the lower limit value and equal to or less than the upper limit value. ( Brewing Compound) The coloring composition of the present invention contains at least one of cerium compounds. By containing this ruthenium compound, although the reason is not determined, the contrast can be effectively improved. The ruthenium compound in the present invention is a compound having a maximum absorption at 400 to 700 nm, and in the present invention, it is preferably a ruthenium compound having a large absorption of from -16 to 201221520 at 500 to 700 nm, particularly preferably at 550 to 7 Torr. Nm has a great absorption. In the case of the ruthenium compound having such a maximum absorption, the structure is not particularly limited. The contrast improvement effect is excellent. Among the awake compounds of the present invention, an oxime-based quinone compound represented by the following formula (lx) is preferred. Among the diamino-based stilbene compounds, from the viewpoint of absorption characteristics, the compound represented by the following formula (X) is more preferable, and from the viewpoint of thermal stability, the formula is more preferably shown below. Further, the compound represented by the formula (XI) is more preferably a compound represented by the formula (XII) or the formula (XIII) from the viewpoint of coexisting absorption characteristics and thermal stability. First, an amine ruthenium compound represented by the following formula (IX) will be described

前述通式(IX)中,R1 la及各自獨立地表示氫原 子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,惟尺113與RlZa不同時為氫原 子。 作為R a、R12a所示的烷基’較佳為碳數1〜30的 烷基,更佳為碳數i〜20的烷基,特佳為碳數i〜i0的 烷基。作為例子,可舉出甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁 基、正辛基、正癸基、正十六基、環丙基、環戊基、環 己基等。 -17- 201221520 作為Rlla、R12a所示的芳基,較佳為碳數6〜3〇的 芳基,更佳為碳數6〜20的芳基’特佳為碳數6〜12的 芳基。作為例子,可舉出苯基、鄰曱基苯基、對曱基苯 基、2,6-二甲基笨基、2,6-二乙基苯基聯苯基、2 苯基、萘基、葱基、菲基等。 基以…臭 作為Rlla、R12a所示的雜環基,較佳為碳數 的雜環基,更佳為碳數丨〜12的雜環基,作為雜原子, 例如可舉出氮原子、氧原子、硫原子。作為雜環基,例 如可舉出咪唑基、吡啶基、喹啉基、呋喃基、噻吩基、 2并噚唑基、苯并咪唑基、苯并噻唑基、萘并噻唑=、 笨并0f唑基、咔唑基、吖庚因基等。 又,Rlu、R12a所示的烷基、芳基、雜環基可更具有 取代基。 〃 作為更具有取代基時的進一步取代基,例如包含烷 士:較佳為碳數H0’更佳為碳數卜⑼,特佳為碳數i 0的烷基,例如可舉出甲基、乙基、異丙基第三丁 辛基、正癸基、正十六基、環丙基、環戊基、環 稀基(較佳為碳數2〜3〇,更佳為碳數2〜2〇, 、2;、:數2〜1〇的烯基’例如可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基 佳為、基、3_戊烯基等)、炔基(較佳為碳數2〜3〇,更 d 2〇,特佳為碳數2〜1〇的炔基,例如可舉 為碳數I、3·戊炔基等)、芳基(較佳為碳數6〜3〇,更佳 反歎6〜20,特佳為碳數6〜| 笨基、對甲 的方基,例如可舉出 基(較佳基1基、葱基、菲基等)、胺 佳為奴數。〜30’更佳為碳數〇〜2〇,特佳為碳數〇 -18- 201221520 〜ίο的胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基或雜環胺基。作為具 體例,可舉出胺基、曱胺基、二曱基胺基、二乙基胺基 、二苄基胺基、二苯基胺基、聯甲苯基胺基等卜烷氧^ (較佳為碳數30’更佳為碳數!〜“,特佳為碳數% 〜10的烷氧基,例如可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧某、 2-乙基己氧基等)、芳氧基(較佳為碳數6〜3〇,更佳=碳 數6〜20,特佳為碳數6〜12的芳氧基,例如可舉出苯 氧基、卜萘氧基、2·萘氧基等)、芳香族雜環氧基(較佳為 碳數1〜30,更佳為碳數1〜2〇,特佳為碳數工〜丨〕的芳 香族雜環氧基,例如可舉出❸定氧基…㈣氧基、 氧基、喹啉氧基等)、 醯基(較佳為碳數1〜30,更佳為碳數1〜20,特佳 為碳數卜12的醯基’例如可舉出乙醯基、苯甲醯基、 甲醯基、二曱基乙醯基等)、烷氧羰基(較佳為碳數2〜3〇 ’更佳為碳數2〜20’特佳為碳數2叫 甲氧幾基、乙氧幾基等)、芳氧_佳為 &quot; 更佳為奴數7〜20,特佳為碳數7〜12的若 氧羰基,例如可舉中絮条 出本巩极基荨)、醯氧基(較佳為碳數2 〜3 0,更佳為碳數? .. ,特佳為碳數2〜1 〇的醯氧基In the above formula (IX), R1 la and each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and the rule 113 is a hydrogen atom different from RlZa. The alkyl group represented by R a and R 12a is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of i to 20, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of i to i0. As an example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-octyl group, a n-decyl group, a n-hexadecyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group and the like can be given. -17- 201221520 The aryl group represented by Rlla or R12a is preferably an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 3 Å, more preferably an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, particularly preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. . As an example, a phenyl group, an o-nonylphenyl group, a p-nonylphenyl group, a 2,6-dimethyl stylyl group, a 2,6-diethylphenyl biphenyl group, a 2 phenyl group, and a naphthyl group are mentioned. , onion base, phenanthryl and so on. The heterocyclic group represented by Rlla or R12a is preferably a heterocyclic group having a carbon number, more preferably a heterocyclic group having a carbon number of from 丨 to 12, and examples of the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom and oxygen. Atom, sulfur atom. Examples of the heterocyclic group include an imidazolyl group, a pyridyl group, a quinolyl group, a furyl group, a thienyl group, a 2 oxazolyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a naphthylthiazole group, and a benzoxazole. Base, carbazolyl, azepine group, and the like. Further, the alkyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group represented by Rlu and R12a may further have a substituent. Further, as a further substituent in the case of a further substituent, for example, an alkyl group is preferable: a carbon number H0' is more preferably a carbon number (9), and particularly preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number i 0 , and examples thereof include a methyl group. Ethyl, isopropyl tributyloctyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cycloalkyl (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 3 Å, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 2) 2〇, 2;, 2: 1 烯基 of the alkenyl group ', for example, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a group, a 3-pentenyl group, etc.), an alkynyl group (preferably a carbon number of 2~) 3〇, more d 2〇, particularly preferably an alkynyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 1 Å, for example, a carbon number I or a triacetylene group, or an aryl group (preferably, a carbon number of 6 to 3 Å, More preferably sigh 6 to 20, especially good for carbon number 6~| Stupid base, pair of square base, for example, base (preferred base 1, base, phenanthryl, etc.), amine is a slave More preferably, it is a carbon number 〇~2〇, particularly preferably an amino group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group or a heterocyclic amino group having a carbon number of 〇-18- 201221520. As a specific example, An amine group, a decylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a dibenzylamino group, a diphenylamino group, a tolyl group. The base isocetyloxy^ (preferably having a carbon number of 30' is preferably a carbon number!~", particularly preferably an alkoxy group having a carbon number of from 10 to 10, and examples thereof include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, and a butoxy group. a certain 2-ethylhexyloxy group or the like, an aryloxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 3 Å, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, particularly preferably an aryloxy group having a carbon number of 6 to 12, for example, Examples thereof include a phenoxy group, a naphthyloxy group, a 2 —naphthyloxy group, and the like, and an aromatic heterocyclic oxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å, particularly preferably a carbon number). The aromatic heterocyclic oxy group of the hydrazine is, for example, an anthraceneoxy group (tetra)oxy group, an oxy group, a quinolyloxy group or the like, and a mercapto group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably The fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, particularly preferably a carbon number of 12, may, for example, be an ethyl hydrazide group, a benzamidine group, a decyl group or a dimethyl fluorenyl group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably Carbon number 2~3〇' is better for carbon number 2~20' especially good for carbon number 2 is called methoxy group, ethoxy group, etc.), aryl oxygen_good is &quot; better for slaves 7~20 Particularly preferred is a oxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 12, for example, a sulphide based on a spurt, and a decyloxy group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 3 0). More preferably a carbon number? .., particularly preferably 2~1 carbon number of acyl group of square

,例如可舉出乙酼畜I 佳A石山M 土、本F醯氧基等)、醯基胺基(較 1公數2〜30,更佳為碳數2〜20,特佳為碳數2〜1〇 的醯基胺基,例如可與山 〇 H 10 、烷氧辦美脸A i +出乙醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基等) 欠土 土(較佳為碳數2〜30,更佳為碳數2〜2〇 ,特佳為碳數2〜〗9 &amp; 又佳為奴數2〜20 幾基胺基等)、芳氧广其烷氧幾基胺基,例如可舉出尹氧 氧灰基胺基(較佳為碳數7〜3〇,更佳為 -19- 201221520 碳數7〜20,特佳為碳數7〜12的芳氧羰基胺基,例如 可舉出苯氧羰基胺基等)、磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數1〜Μ ,更佳為碳數1〜20 ’特佳為碳數1〜Π的磺醯基胺基 其例如可舉出甲續酿基胺基、苯績醯基胺基等)' 胺續醢 二(較佳,碳數〇〜3〇,更佳為碳數〇〜2〇,特佳為碳數〇 〜U的胺相基’例如可舉出胺確醯基、甲基胺確醯基 主二甲基胺續醯基、苯基胺石黃醯基等)、月安f酿基(較^ 二碳數卜30,更佳為碳數卜…特佳為碳數卜⑽ 女甲醯基,例如可舉出胺甲醯基、甲基胺甲醯基、二乙 :胺甲酿基、苯基胺甲醯基等)、烷硫基(較佳二炭:i 3〇’更佳為碳數卜⑼,特佳為碳數!〜i2的烷硫基 二如可舉出甲硫基、乙硫基等)、芳硫基(較佳為碳數6 ’更佳為碳數6〜20,特佳為碳數“ 12的芳硫基 例如可舉出苯硫基等)、 芳香族雜環硫基(較佳為碳數卜⑽,更佳為碳數工 ,特佳為碳數的料族雜環硫基,例如可舉 :啶硫基、2-苯并咪唑硫基、2_苯并嘮唑硫基、I苯并 =硫基等)、續醯基(較佳為碳數卜3(),更佳為碳數i ’特佳為碳數卜12的績醯基,例如可舉出甲罐酿 ❹基等卜^醯基(較佳為碳數卜心更佳 :二?。,特佳為碳數1〜12的亞續醯基,例如可 〜3η δ ^ 丰亞s醯基荨)、脲基(較佳為碳數1 更佳為碳數1〜2〇,特佳為碳數1〜12的脲基, 歹丨如可舉出脲基、甲基脲基、 土 (較佳為碳數H,更佳為碳數基醯胺基 文住為反數1〜20,特佳為碳數1 ⑧ -20- 201221520 〜1 2的峨酸醯胺’例如可I + _,甘* aFor example, it may be exemplified by the scorpion animal I Jia A stone mountain M soil, the present F methoxy group, etc., and the thiol amine group (more than 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably carbon number) 2~1〇 of a mercaptoamine group, for example, with Hawthorn H 10 , alkoxylated face A i + ethionylamino group, benzhydrylamine group, etc.) soil (preferably carbon number) 2~30, more preferably carbon number 2~2〇, especially good for carbon number 2~〗 9 &amp; good for slave number 2~20 arylamino group, etc., aryloxy alkoxylated amino group For example, an oxyoxycarbonylamino group (preferably having a carbon number of 7 to 3 Å, more preferably -19 to 201221520, a carbon number of 7 to 20, particularly preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having a carbon number of 7 to 12) may be mentioned. For example, a phenoxycarbonylamino group, a sulfonylamino group (preferably a carbon number of 1 to fluorene, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20 Å), particularly preferably a sulfonylamine having a carbon number of 1 to fluorene For example, it may be exemplified by a repeating amine group, a benzoylamino group, etc.] an amine continuation (preferably, a carbon number 〇~3 〇, more preferably a carbon number 〇~2 〇, particularly preferably The amine group of the carbon number 〇~U can be exemplified by an amine group, a methylamine group, a dimethyl group, and a phenylamine stone. Etc.), Yue'an f-based (more than two carbon number 32, more preferably carbon number... especially good for carbon number (10) female nail base, for example, amine methyl sulfhydryl, methylamine formazan Base, diethylene: amine methyl, phenylamine, thiol, etc.), alkylthio (preferably di char: i 3 〇 'more preferably carbon number (9), especially good carbon number! ~ i2 alkane The thio group may, for example, be a methylthio group or an ethylthio group, or an arylthio group (preferably having a carbon number of 6', more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, particularly preferably a carbon number of 12 arylthio group, for example A phenylthio group or the like, an aromatic heterocyclic thio group (preferably a carbon number (10), more preferably a carbon number, particularly preferably a carbon number-based heterocyclic thio group, for example, an pyridinethio group , 2-benzimidazolylthio group, 2-benzoxazolethio group, I benzoxylthio group, etc.), continuous sulfhydryl group (preferably carbon number 3 (), more preferably carbon number i 'excellent For the carbon number of the carbon number 12, for example, a base can be used to make a base, etc. (preferably, the carbon number is better: two?., particularly preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12) Sulfhydryl group, for example, may be ~3η δ ^ 丰亚s 醯 荨 、), urea group (preferably carbon number 1 is more preferably carbon number 1 to 2 〇, particularly preferably carbon number 1) The urea group of 12, for example, a urea group, a methylurea group, or a soil (preferably a carbon number H, more preferably a carbon number amide group, an inverse number of 1 to 20, particularly preferably a carbon number) 1 8 -20- 201221520 ~1 2 decyl citrate 'for example I + _, Gan * a

+出一乙基罐酸醯胺基、苯基 磷酸醯胺基等)、羥基、岬A ^ A基、幽素原子(例如氟原子、 氯原子、溴原子' 碘原子)、訇 }氰基、磺基、羧基、硝基、 氧肟酸基、亞磺基、肼基、 亞fe基、雜ί哀基(較佳為碳數 1〜3 0 ’更佳為碳數!〜j 2 一 的雜%基,作為雜原子,例如 包含氮原子、氧原子、访κ ^ 、 力L原子。作為具體例,例如可舉 出咪唑基、。比。定基、喹吸其 t , f啉基、呋喃基、噻吩基、哌啶基 、:琳基、苯并十坐基、苯并。米唾基、苯…基…卡 坐土 丫庚因基等)、矽烷基(較佳為碳數3〜40,更佳為 碳數3〜30,特佳為碳數3〜 一 J夂歌0 24的矽烷基,例如可舉出 二甲基石夕燒基' 三苯基石夕炫其笼、镗 ,^ 取代 + 土/况丞4)專。此等取代基可更被 前述通式(IX)中,nH表示i〜4的整數,當广為2 4的整數時,複數的NRlURl2a可相同或相異。+ one ethyl acrylate amide group, phenylphosphonium amide group, etc.), hydroxyl group, 岬A ^ A group, spectrin atom (for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom 'iodine atom), 訇} cyano group a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a nitro group, a hydroxamic acid group, a sulfinyl group, a fluorenyl group, a arylene group, a mercapto group, or a heterocyclic group (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 3 0 'more preferably a carbon number! Examples of the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a κ ^ , and a force L atom. Specific examples thereof include an imidazolyl group, a ratio of a certain group, a quinine group, a t group, and a fluorinyl group. Furanyl, thienyl, piperidinyl, linyl, benzoxanthyl, benzo, mastyl, benzoyl, etc., decyl group (preferably carbon number 3) ~40, more preferably a carbon number of 3 to 30, a particularly good carbon number of 3~1, a 夂 0 0 24 矽 alkyl group, for example, dimethyl sulphur base 'triphenyl stone 炫 Hyun, its cage, 镗, ^ Replace + soil / condition 丞 4) special. These substituents may be further represented by the above formula (IX), and nH represents an integer of i to 4, and when it is broadly an integer of 24, the plural NR1UR12a may be the same or different.

通式(X) 芳基 河述通式(X)中,R2 “及R22a各自獨立地表 示烧基或 作為R_2la、R22a所示的烧基’較佳為碳數1〜的 、元土 更佳為碳數1〜2 0的炫基,特佳為碳數1〜1 〇的 -21 - 201221520 烷基。作為例子,可Iώ Α τ立甘 出甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁 基、正辛基、正癸基、正十丄 己基等。 止十八基、级丙基、環戊基、環 作為 R21 a、R22a _ ^其,审社&amp; 所不的芳基,較佳為碳數6〜30的 务土,更佳為碳數6〜2〇:其,$ ^ 〜屯 U的方基,特佳為碳數6〜12的 方基。作為例子,可與山纪# +出本基、鄰曱基笨基、對甲基苯 土、 ,6 -一甲基苯基、2,6 -二乙其芏其f44 —甘〇 —乙基本基如本基、2,6-二溴 本基、萘基、蒽基、菲基等。 6: R、、R…所示的烷基、芳基、雜環基之取代基所已 :陳述之例。其中,作為該取代基之例,較佳為烷基、 =基胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯基、烷氧羰基、芳氧 羰基、醯氧基、醯基胺基、磺醯基胺基、胺磺醯基、磺 醯基、脲基、羥基、齒素原子、磺基、羧基等。此等的 詳細及較佳的態樣係如前述之例。 又,前述R〜、R〜示的烧基或芳基可更具有取 ',作為此取代基之例,可舉出作為前 AA 13 1 1 a _ 1 T ^ v J yIn the general formula (X), in the formula (X), R2 "and R22a each independently represent a burnt group or a burn group represented by R_2la or R22a" preferably has a carbon number of 1 to It is a thiol group having a carbon number of 1 to 2 0, particularly preferably a carbon number of 1 to 1 -21-21 - 201221520 alkyl group. As an example, I ώ Α τ 甘 出 methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, third Butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-decyl, etc. Tert-octyl, propyl, cyclopentyl, and ring as R21 a, R22a _ ^, aryl &amp; Preferably, the carbon number is 6 to 30, more preferably the carbon number is 6 to 2: it is a square base of $^~屯U, particularly preferably a square having a carbon number of 6 to 12. As an example,山纪# + out of the base, o-mercapto, stetyl, p-methylbenzene, 6-monomethylphenyl, 2,6-diethylpyrazine, its f44-glycine-ethyl group, such as the base, 2,6-dibromobenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthryl, etc. 6: a substituent of an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group represented by R, R, or the like: an example of the description. As an example of the substituent, an alkyl group, a = amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a decyl group, Oxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, decyloxy, decylamino, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, sulfonyl, ureido, hydroxy, dentate, sulfo, carboxy, etc. Details of these And a preferred embodiment is as described above. Further, the above-mentioned R~, R~ may be represented by an alkyl group or an aryl group, and as an example of the substituent, it may be mentioned as the former AA 13 1 1 a. _ 1 T ^ v J y

R 通式(XI) ⑧ -22- 201221520 前述通式(XI)中,R31a、R32a 地表示烧基或鹵素原子。 R33a 及R Formula (XI) 8 -22-201221520 In the above formula (XI), R31a and R32a represent an alkyl group or a halogen atom. R33a and

R 34; 各自獨立 作為 R3la、R32a、R33a、〇 3 4 a ^ - ,, ^ « R R所不的烷基’較佳為碳 數1〜10的烷基,更佳為碳數1〜5的烷基,特 1〜2的烷基。作為例子,可舉出曱基、乙基、異丙美 第三丁基、正辛基、正癸基、正十六基、環丙基、=占 基、環己基等。 衣戍 作為 R3u、R32a、R33a、 出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子 、溴原子。 R34a所示的鹵素原子,可舉 、碘原子等,較佳為氯原子 前述通式(XI)中,R35a及R36a各自獨立地表示烷基 、烷氧基、芳氧基、磺基或其鹽、胺基磺醯基、烷氧美 石夤驢基、或笨氧基磺醯基。 土 p 3 5 a t&gt;36a R 所示的烷基係與前述R31a、R32a、R33a、 R所不的燒基同義,較佳的態樣亦同樣。 p35a、p 3 6 a 一 所不的烷氧基較佳為碳數1〜3 〇,更佳為 炭數1 2〇,特佳為碳數i〜丨〇的烷氧基,例如可舉出 甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基、2-乙基己氧基等。 •p 3 5 a p 3 6 a 、 所示的芳氧基較佳為碳數6〜3 0,更佳為 炭數 〇特佳為碳數6〜12的芳氧基,例如可舉出 笨氧基、1-萘氧基、2_萘氧基等。 r 3 5 a、r 3 6 a ^ 所示的續基及其鹽較佳為來自磺酸基及磺 酸鹽之基。磺酸鹽較佳為四級銨鹽或胺的鹽,特佳為碳 數Η〇(較佳丨1〇〜3〇,更佳為15〜3〇)的石黃酸鹽。 -23- 201221520 R35a、R36a所示的胺基磺醯基較佳為碳數1〜30,更 佳為碳數2〜20,特佳為碳數2〜15的胺基磺醯基。作 為具體例,可舉出乙基胺基磺醯基、丙基胺基磺醯基、 異丙基胺基磺醯基、丁基胺基磺醯基、異丁基胺基磺醯 基、第二丁基胺基磺醯基、戊基胺基磺醯基、異戊基胺 基磺醯基、己基胺基磺醯基、環己基胺基磺醯基、2-乙 基己基胺基磺醯基、癸基胺基磺醯基、十二基胺基磺醯 基、苯基胺基磺醯基等,還有作為二烷基胺基磺醢基, 可舉出二甲基胺基磺醯基、二乙基胺基磺醯基、二丙基 胺基磺醯基、二異丙基胺基磺醯基、二丁基胺基磺醯基 、二第二丁基胺基磺醯基、二第二丙基胺基磺醯基、二 己基胺基磺醯基、甲基乙基胺基磺醯基、曱基丁基胺基 磺醯基、乙基丁基胺基磺醯基、苯基甲基胺基磺醯基等 。其中’特佳係烷基部位的碳數為4〜1 5之二烷基胺基 磺醯基。 R35a ' R36a所示的烷氧基磺醯基較佳為碳數1〜30, 尤佳為2〜20’更佳為2〜15,特佳為4〜15的烷氧基磺 醯基’作為具體例,可舉出丁基磺醯基、己烷磺醯基、 癸基磺醯基、十二基磺醯基等。 R35a、R36a所示的苯氧基磺醯基較佳為碳數6〜30, 更佳為6〜20,特佳為6〜15之取代或無取代的苯氧基 磺醯基’作為具體例,可舉出苯氧基磺醯基、曱苯基磺 醯基等。 R35a或R36a可更具有取代基,作為該取代基之例, 可舉出作為前述通式(IX)申的Rl la、R!2a所示的烷基、芳 基、雜環基之取代基所已經陳述之例。 ⑧ -24 - 201221520 前述通式(χι)中, 整數,當η31或n32 a 相異。 及11各自獨立地表示〇〜2的 時,複數的R…或汉3^可相同或 或下述 合物。 上述中,較佳為 通式⑽)所示的二= (XI1)、下述通式(侧 土心酿化合物中選出的化R 34; each independently as R 3 la, R 32 a, R 33 a, 〇 3 4 a ^ - , , ^ « an alkyl group which is not RR is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 5. An alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 2 specific. As an example, a mercapto group, an ethyl group, an isobutylene tert-butyl group, an n-octyl group, a n-decyl group, a n-hexadecyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclyl group, a cyclohexyl group and the like can be given. As a R3u, R32a, R33a, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or a bromine atom. The halogen atom represented by R34a may, for example, be an iodine atom or the like, preferably a chlorine atom. In the above formula (XI), R35a and R36a each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a sulfo group or a salt thereof. Aminosulfonyl, alkoxysulfate, or alkoxysulfonyl. The alkyl group represented by the soil p 3 5 a t &gt; 36a R is synonymous with the alkyl group of the above R31a, R32a, R33a, and R, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. The alkoxy group of p35a or p 3 6 a is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 3 Å, more preferably a carbon number of 12 Å, particularly preferably an alkoxy group having a carbon number of i to 丨〇, and for example, Methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy and the like. • p 3 5 ap 3 6 a , the aryloxy group shown is preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably an aryloxy group having a carbon number of from 6 to 12, and examples thereof include oxy Base, 1-naphthyloxy, 2-naphthyloxy and the like. The contiguous group represented by r 3 5 a, r 3 6 a ^ and the salt thereof are preferably a group derived from a sulfonic acid group and a sulfonic acid salt. The sulfonate is preferably a quaternary ammonium salt or an amine salt, particularly preferably a carmine salt having a carbon number of Η〇 (preferably 〇1〇~3〇, more preferably 15~3〇). -23-201221520 The aminosulfonyl group represented by R35a and R36a is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an aminosulfonyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include an ethylaminosulfonyl group, a propylaminosulfonyl group, an isopropylaminosulfonyl group, a butylaminosulfonyl group, an isobutylaminosulfonyl group, and a Dibutylaminosulfonyl, pentylaminosulfonyl, isopentylaminosulfonyl, hexylaminosulfonyl, cyclohexylaminosulfonyl, 2-ethylhexylaminosulfonyl a thiolsulfonyl group, a decylaminosulfonyl group, a phenylaminosulfonyl group, and the like, and a dialkylaminosulfonyl group, which may be dimethylaminosulfonyl sulfonate. Base, diethylaminosulfonyl, dipropylaminosulfonyl, diisopropylaminosulfonyl, dibutylaminosulfonyl, di-butylaminosulfonyl, Second propylaminosulfonyl, dihexylaminosulfonyl, methylethylaminosulfonyl, nonylbutylaminosulfonyl, ethylbutylaminosulfonyl, benzene Methylaminosulfonyl and the like. Among them, the "excellent" alkyl moiety has a carbon number of 4 to 15% of a dialkylaminosulfonyl group. The alkoxysulfonyl group represented by R35a ' R36a is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, particularly preferably 2 to 20', more preferably 2 to 15, and particularly preferably 4 to 15 of an alkoxysulfonyl group. Specific examples thereof include a butylsulfonyl group, a hexanesulfonyl group, a decylsulfonyl group, and a dodecylsulfonyl group. The phenoxysulfonyl group represented by R35a and R36a is preferably a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, particularly preferably 6 to 15 substituted or unsubstituted phenoxysulfonyl group'. Examples thereof include a phenoxysulfonyl group and an anthracene phenylsulfonyl group. R35a or R36a may have a more substituent, and examples of the substituent include a substituent of an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group represented by R1 la and R! 2a of the above formula (IX). An example has been stated. 8 -24 - 201221520 In the above formula (χι), an integer, when η31 or n32 a is different. When 11 and 11 each independently represent 〇 〜 2, the plural R... or han 3^ may be the same or the following. In the above, it is preferably two (XI1) represented by the formula (10)), and the following formula (selected from the side core brewing compound).

通式OUl j 前述通式(XII)中’ R〜、R42a、^及R44a各自獨立 地表烧基或齒素原子,係與前述通式(XI)中的尺313、 R…、R-、R-之烷基或函素原子同#,較佳:態樣亦 同樣。 前述通式(XII)中的R45a、R46a、R”a及R48a各自獨 立地表示院基、績基或其鹽、或胺基確酸基。汉453及R47a 的任一者與R46a及R48a的任一者表示磺基或其鹽、或胺 基磺酿基。R45a、R46a、R47a及R48a係與前述通式(XI)中 的R35a、R36a所示的烷基、磺基或其鹽、胺基磺醯基同 義,較佳的態樣亦同樣。 -25- 201221520 [通式(XIII)所示的二胺基蒽醌化合物] R55a 〇57aIn the above formula (XII), 'R~, R42a, R and R44a are each independently an exo group or a dentate atom, and are the same as the ruler 313, R..., R-, R in the above formula (XI). - The alkyl group or the atomic element is the same as #, preferably: the same is true. R45a, R46a, R"a and R48a in the above formula (XII) each independently represent a substituent, a base or a salt thereof, or an amino acid group. Any of Han 453 and R47a and R46a and R48a Any one of a sulfo group or a salt thereof or an aminosulfonyl group. R45a, R46a, R47a and R48a are an alkyl group represented by R35a or R36a in the above formula (XI), a sulfo group or a salt thereof, and an amine. The sulfosyl group is synonymous, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. -25- 201221520 [Diamino sulfonium compound represented by the formula (XIII)] R55a 〇57a

前述通式(XIII)中,R51a、R52a、尺533及R54a各自獨 立地表示燒基或鹵素原子,係與通式(XJ)中的R3 1 a、R32a 、R 、R之烧基或_素原子同義,較佳的態樣亦同樣 前述通式(XIII)中,R55a及R5“各自獨立地表示氫原 子或烷基,該烷基係與前述通式(XI)中的R”a、R32a、R33a 、R34a之烷基同義’較佳的態樣亦同樣。 又’ R57a及R58a各自獨立地表示氫原子或炫基,該 烷基較佳為碳數1〜1 0的烷基,更佳為碳數1〜5的烷基 ,特佳為甲基。 前述通式(XIII)中,L5^及L52a各自獨立地表示二價 連結基,較佳為碳數1〜1 〇的伸烷基、碳數6〜20的伸 芳基、-0-、-S-、-NR-、-S〇2-、-CO-、或此等的複數組 -26- ⑧ 201221520 合而成之二價連結基。作為L51 a或L5 2 a,更佳為碳數1 〜10的伸烧基、碳數6〜12的伸苯基、續酿基胺基、或 此等的複數組合而成之二價連結基,特佳為碳數1〜1 〇 的伸烧基、磺醯基胺基、或此等的複數組合而成之二價 連結基。 前述碳數1〜10的伸炫•基或此與-0-等組合而成之二 價連結基,係可為無取代或具有取代基,作為例子,可 舉出伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸乙氧基、伸丙氡基、 伸乙基胺基續醯基、伸丙基胺基續醯基、伸丁基胺基續 醯基、伸戊基胺基磺醯基、1-甲基伸乙基磺醯基等。其 中’較佳為碳數2〜1 〇的伸烷基胺基磺醯基(例如:伸乙 基胺基磺醯基、伸丙基胺基磺醯基、伸丁基胺基磺醯基 、伸戊基胺基磺醯基)。 前述碳數6〜20的伸芳基或此與-0-等組合而成之二 價連結基’係可為無取代或具有取代基,作為例子,可 舉出伸苯基、伸聯苯基、伸苯基胺基磺醯基等,其中較 佳為碳數6〜1 2的伸芳基胺基磺醯基(例如:伸苯基胺基 磺醯基等)。 又,上述-NR-的R表示氫原子或碳數1〜1〇的烷基 。作為具體的烷基,可舉出曱基、乙基、丙基、異丁基 、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、2 -乙基己基等。 前述通式(XIII)中,L53a及L54a各自獨立地表示氧原 子或-NH-基。 -27- 201221520 [通式(XIV)所示的葱醌化合物iIn the above formula (XIII), R51a, R52a, 513 and R54a each independently represent an alkyl group or a halogen atom, and are a group or a group of R3 1 a, R32a, R and R in the formula (XJ). The atom is synonymous, and the preferred aspect is also the same as in the above formula (XIII), R55a and R5 "each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and the alkyl group is R"a, R32a in the above formula (XI). The same applies to the preferred meaning of the alkyl synonymous of R33a and R34a. Further, R57a and R58a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a leukoyl group, and the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a methyl group. In the above formula (XIII), L5^ and L52a each independently represent a divalent linking group, preferably an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 fluorene, an extended aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, and -0-, - S-, -NR-, -S〇2-, -CO-, or a complex array of such -26-8 201221520. More preferably, L51 a or L5 2 a is a stretching group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a stretching phenyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 12, a continuating amine group, or a combination of the plurality of divalent linking groups. Particularly preferred is a divalent linking group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 fluorene, a sulfonylamino group, or a plurality of these. The divalent linking group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 or a divalent linking group which is combined with -0- or the like may be an unsubstituted or substituted group, and examples thereof include an ethyl group and a propyl group. , butyl, ethoxy, propyl, ethyl cyano, propyl propyl, butyl hydrazide, butyl sulfhydryl , 1-methyl-ethyl sulfonyl group and the like. Wherein 'preferably an alkylamino sulfonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 1 Å (for example, an ethylaminosulfonyl group, a propylaminosulfonyl group, a butylaminosulfonyl group, Streptylaminosulfonyl). The diaryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or the divalent linking group which is combined with -0- or the like may be unsubstituted or substituted, and examples thereof include a stretching phenyl group and a stretching phenyl group. Further, a phenylaminosulfonyl group or the like is preferable, and among them, a arylarylsulfonyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 12 (for example, a phenylaminosulfonyl group or the like) is preferable. Further, R of the above -NR- represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 1 carbon atom. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isobutyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, and a 2-ethylhexyl group. In the above formula (XIII), L53a and L54a each independently represent an oxygen atom or a -NH- group. -27- 201221520 [Green onion compound i represented by formula (XIV)

rX2 RX2 通式(XIV) K 、RX3 ?X1 X /RX3rX2 RX2 Formula (XIV) K, RX3 ?X1 X /RX3

^S〇2NH X4'、(pH RX2 前述通式(XIV)中,RX1各自獨立地表示曱基或乙基 ,較佳為乙基。 RX2各自獨立地表示碳數1〜1 〇的烷基,例如可舉出 曱基、乙基、丙基、第三丁基、辛基等。較佳為碳數1 〜4的烷基,更佳為1〜2的烷基。 又’ RX3各自獨立地表示碳數1〜1 〇的烷基,例如可 舉出曱基、乙基 '丙基、第三丁基、辛基等。較佳為碳 數1〜8的烧基,更佳為1〜4的院基。 還有,X4各自獨立地表示〇或1,較佳為1。 於前述通式(XIV)所示的蒽醌化合物中’在苯環取代 的2個S02NH基各自具有-(CH2)X4CH(RX2)RX3所示的支 鏈構造,當形成圖像時,可實現更高的Y值與對比。 其次,說明蒽醌化合物的合成方法。 蒽酿化合物例如可如下述方案(s c h e m e)所示地合成 。首先,由續S篮胺未取代的蒽醌化合物(A)來合成續醢氮 體(B)後’使用胺化合物(例如R,_NH2(R’為烷基等的取代 基)等)進行醯胺化’而得到磺酿胺體(C)。 -28- ⑧ 201221520^S〇2NH X4', (pH RX2 In the above formula (XIV), RX1 each independently represents a mercapto group or an ethyl group, preferably an ethyl group. RX2 each independently represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 fluorene, For example, a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a tert-butyl group, an octyl group, etc. may be mentioned. An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkyl group having 1 to 2 is more preferred. Further, 'RX3 is independently Examples of the alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 Å include a mercapto group, an ethyl 'propyl group, a third butyl group, an octyl group, etc., and preferably a carbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Further, X4 each independently represents 〇 or 1, preferably 1. In the oxime compound represented by the above formula (XIV), the two S02NH groups substituted in the benzene ring each have - ( CH2) The branched structure shown by X4CH(RX2)RX3 can achieve higher Y value and contrast when forming an image. Next, the synthesis method of the ruthenium compound will be described. The brewing compound can be, for example, the following scheme (scheme) The synthesis is shown. First, the synthesis of the hydrazine nitrogen (B) by the sulfonium compound (A) which is not substituted with the S-sodium amine is followed by the use of an amine compound (for example, R, _NH2 (R' is an alkyl group or the like base ))) is carried out to obtain a sulfonamide (C). -28- 8 201221520

於此’說明前述磺醯氣體(B)的製造方法 前述磺醯氣體(B)係可藉由使用氯磺酸,將磺醯胺未 取代的蒽鷗化合物進行氣磺醯基化而得。又,作為其它 方法’可使用硫酸或發煙硫酸來磺化後,纟用氯化劑丨 亞硫醯氯 草酿氯、磷醯氯等)進行氯化, 而得到目的物 其 前 造的胺 醯胺化 作 甲醯胺 啶酮等 二乙基 系溶劑 己院、 用的胺 作 基二異 又,作 二人,說明前述磺醯胺體(c)的製造方法。 达靖酿胺體(c)係藉由使對應於目的之化合物構 (例如R _NH2)與前述磺醯氣體(B)反應而 來合成。 為合成時可使用的溶 、一 月』T舉出.醯胺溶劑(二曱基 、一甲基乙醯胺、Ν甲並 、t , 甲基比咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯 )、S旨糸溶劑(醋酸乙酷 §曰醋酸丁酯等)、醚系溶劑( 岵、四虱呋喃、甲基 二 (甲基乙基_、丙酮)、:;:=等)、乙猜、酮 庚院等)、水等。此等二:劑(甲苯、二甲笨、 化合物也可兼作溶劑 斤 為前述胺化合物,可°亦較佳為使驗共存。 丙基胺等卜比。定、二:二貌基胺(三乙基胺、乙 A 5、f &amp;,H 一氮雜雙環十一烯(DBU )等。 為刖述鹼,可舉出碳 ^ ’开 -鈉、奴酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、 -29- 201221520 碳酸氫鉀、醋酸鉀、醋酸鈉、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀等。 精製係可按照需要而進行。作為精製方法,可舉出管枉 層析術(column chromatography)、再結晶、晶析等。 於上述之中’本發明的較佳蒽醌化合物係由前述通 式(XII) '前述通式(XIII)、或通式(XIV)所示的二胺基蒽 醌化合物中選出的化合物,更佳為下述的情況。即, 較佳的情況係前述通式(ΧΙΙ)中,、R42a、R43a 及R44a各自獨立地為曱基 '乙基、或溴原子,R45a、R46a 各自獨立地為碳數2〜15的胺基確基,R47a、R48a為甲 基, 還有,較佳的情況係前述通式(ΧΙΠ)中,R5 1 a、R5 2 a 、R 33及R54a各自獨立地為甲基、乙基或溴原子,R55a 及R 各自獨立地為氫原子或曱基,R57a及R58a各自獨 立地為氫原子或甲基,L5la及L52a各自獨立地為碳數1 〜1 0的伸烷基胺基磺醯基、碳數7〜i 2的伸芳烷基胺基 磺醯基、或碳數2〜1〇的伸烷氧基,。33及L54a為氧原 子。 再者,特佳為情況係前述通式(XIV)中,RX1各自獨 立地為甲基或乙基’ RX2各自獨立地為碳數1〜4的烧基 ’ rX3各自獨立地為1〜4的烷基,χ4為1。 於上述各個情況中’將本發明中的蒽醌化合物與下 述染料化合物之中的通式(1)所示的化合物配位至金屬原 子或金屬化合物而成之二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯合體化合 物組合使用時’從更有效地達成本發明的效果之點來看 係較佳。 ⑧ -30- 201221520 以下,顯示本發明中的蒽醌化合物之具體例。惟, 本發明中不受此等所限制。Here, the method for producing the sulfonium gas (B) described above can be obtained by gas-sulfonylating a sulfonamide unsubstituted gull compound by using chlorosulfonic acid. Further, as another method, sulfonation may be carried out using sulfuric acid or fuming sulfuric acid, and chlorination may be carried out by using a chlorinating agent, ruthenium chloride, chlorine, phosphorus, chlorine, etc., to obtain an amine of the desired product. The method of producing the sulfonamide compound (c) is described in the case where the guanidinium is used as a diethyl ether solvent such as meridyl ketone or the amine is used as a base. The chlorinated amine (c) is synthesized by reacting a compound structure (e.g., R _NH 2 ) corresponding to the target with the sulfonium gas (B). For the synthesis, the solvent can be used in the first month. The guanamine solvent (dimercapto, monomethylacetamide, indole, t, methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrole), S is a solvent (ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), an ether solvent (岵, tetrahydrofuran, methyl bis(methylethyl _, acetone), :;: =, etc.), B guess, ketone Gengyuan, etc.), water, etc. These two: agents (toluene, dimethyl stupid, compounds can also serve as a solvent for the aforementioned amine compounds, can also be better to coexist. propylamine and other ratios. Ding, two: dimorphic amines (three Ethylamine, ethyl A 5 , f &amp;, H-azabicycloundecene (DBU), etc. Examples of the bases include carbon-opening-sodium, potassium citrate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, and -29. - 201221520 Potassium bicarbonate, potassium acetate, sodium acetate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc. Purification can be carried out as needed. As a purification method, column chromatography, recrystallization, and crystal can be mentioned. In the above, the preferred oxime compound of the present invention is selected from the above formula (XII) 'diamine ruthenium compound represented by the above formula (XIII) or formula (XIV). The compound is more preferably in the following case. That is, in the above formula (ΧΙΙ), R42a, R43a and R44a are each independently a fluorenyl 'ethyl group or a bromine atom, and R45a and R46a are each independently. The ground is an amino group having a carbon number of 2 to 15, and R47a and R48a are a methyl group. Further, preferably, the above formula is In the above formula, R5 1 a, R5 2 a , R 33 and R54a are each independently a methyl group, an ethyl group or a bromine atom, and R55a and R are each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, and R57a and R58a are each independently hydrogen. The atom or methyl group, L5la and L52a are each independently an alkylaminosulfonyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkylenesulfonyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 2, or a carbon number of 2~ Further, in the above formula (XIV), RX1 is each independently methyl or ethyl 'RX2 is independently a carbon number. 1 to 4 of the alkyl group 'rX3 are each independently 1 to 4 alkyl groups, and χ4 is 1. In each of the above cases, the general formula (1) of the ruthenium compound of the present invention and the following dye compounds are used. When the dipyrromethene-based metal-based compound compound in which the compound is coordinated to a metal atom or a metal compound is used in combination, it is preferred from the viewpoint of more effectively achieving the effects of the present invention. 8 -30- 201221520 Hereinafter, specific examples of the ruthenium compound in the present invention are shown. However, the present invention is not limited thereto.

-31 - 201221520-31 - 201221520

^v^S〇2NH;^^^v^S〇2NH;^^

⑧ -32- 201221520 Η8 -32- 201221520 Η

-33 201221520-33 201221520

34- 20122152034- 201221520

-35- 201221520-35- 201221520

,CH»CH2CH3 Ί〇Η-ΟΗ2€Η3 CHj. CH5 ,0η-CH2*CH3 芩 h-ch2oh3 …/灣錢,CH»CH2CH3 Ί〇Η-ΟΗ2€Η3 CHj. CH5 ,0η-CH2*CH3 芩 h-ch2oh3 .../Bay Money

'S02N'S02N

C2H5 \CH2)3CH3 SO,N \CH2)3GHjC2H5 \CH2)3CH3 SO,N \CH2)3GHj

⑧ -36- 2012215208 -36- 201221520

RaRa

ff rb Rc rd Re ch3 〇2 ‘,s、y 八ch3 H ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 n CH3 H ch3 ch3 H ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 I vs、nA H ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2. 1 H ch3 H CHg CH3 〇z ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 .々&quot;CD ch3 H ch3 ch3 J'nM H ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 vs-N/\CF H 3 ch3 H ch3 ch3 H CH? H ch3 CHg 〇2 vS、N、. CH3 H ch3 *表示與苯環鍵結的部分。 -37- 201221520Ff rb Rc rd Re ch3 〇2 ',s,y 八h3 H ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 n CH3 H ch3 ch3 H ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 I vs, nA H ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇 2. 1 H ch3 H CHg CH3 〇z ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 .々&quot;CD ch3 H ch3 ch3 J'nM H ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 vs-N/\CF H 3 ch3 H ch3 ch3 H CH? H ch3 CHg 〇 2 vS, N, . CH3 H ch3 * represents a moiety bonded to the benzene ring. -37- 201221520

rb Rq RD Re ch3 02 ·〆$、以八s^O、 ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 H ch3 H ch3 ch3 ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 ch3 H ch3 ch3 ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 s ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 S °ί ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 s 0、 ch3 H ch3 CH3 〇2 n ch3 H ch3 ch3 .WcHa H qh3 ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 7S、n,(CH2)7CH3· ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 •,S ;*n '(CH2)90H^ ch3 H ch3 ch3 vS、n]CH2)i〇CH3 H ch3 H CH3 • ch3 〇2 ^S.n.(CH2)17GH3 H QH3 H. ch3 *表示與苯環鍵結的部分。 -38- ⑧ 201221520Rb Rq RD Re ch3 02 ·〆$,以八s^O, ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 H ch3 H ch3 ch3 ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 ch3 H ch3 ch3 ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 s ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 S °ί ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 s 0, ch3 H ch3 CH3 〇2 n ch3 H ch3 ch3 .WcHa H qh3 ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 7S, n, (CH2)7CH3· ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 •, S ;*n '(CH2)90H^ ch3 H ch3 ch3 vS,n]CH2)i〇CH3 H ch3 H CH3 • ch3 〇2 ^Sn(CH2)17GH3 H QH3 H. ch3 * indicates bonding with a benzene ring section. -38- 8 201221520

ra. rb Rc Rd Re ch3 V X gh3. H ch3 CHa 6 gh3 H ch3 ch3 gh3 H ch3 ch3 •&gt;S'N CHg H CH3 ch3 CH3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 Vs、 ch3 H ch3 ch3 •/S'n’n^Ov^ h 5 GHj H ch3 ch3 •ivk ch3 H ch3 ch3 ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 ‘&gt;S'㈡八 ch3 H gh3 ch3 〇2 CHb H ch3 ch3 vS;n.(CH2)?CH3 (CH2)7CH3 GHj H ch3 *表示與苯環鍵結的部分。 -39- 201221520Ra. rb Rc Rd Re ch3 VX gh3. H ch3 CHa 6 gh3 H ch3 ch3 gh3 H ch3 ch3 •&gt;S'N CHg H CH3 ch3 CH3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 Vs, ch3 H ch3 ch3 •/S'n' n^Ov^ h 5 GHj H ch3 ch3 •ivk ch3 H ch3 ch3 ch3 H ch3 ch3 〇2 '&gt;S'(two) eight ch3 H gh3 ch3 〇2 CHb H ch3 ch3 vS;n.(CH2)?CH3 (CH2 ) 7CH3 GHj H ch3 * represents a moiety bonded to a benzene ring. -39- 201221520

RbRb

rb R° Ff Re ch3 ch3 H ch3 ch2ch3 〇2 *-S'N^CH3 H ch3 H ch2ch3 CH2CH3 o2 ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3: Oj ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 Η CH3 H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 〇2 1 Ή CH3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 ch3 H ch2ch3 ch2ch3 〇2 vSfi〇 ch3 H ch2ch3 CH2CH3 vftNJ&lt; H ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3: 〇2 *,S'N^CF H ch3 H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 *Λ2νΌ H ch3 H ch2ch3 ch2ch3: 〇2 vs&gt;N^\ ch3 H ch2ch3 *表示與苯環鍵結的部分。 201221520Rb R° Ff Re ch3 ch3 H ch3 ch2ch3 〇2 *-S'N^CH3 H ch3 H ch2ch3 CH2CH3 o2 ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3: Oj ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 Η CH3 H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 〇2 1 Ή CH3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 ch3 H Ch2ch3 ch2ch3 〇2 vSfi〇ch3 H ch2ch3 CH2CH3 vftNJ&lt; H ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3: 〇2 *, S'N^CF H ch3 H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 *Λ2νΌ H ch3 H ch2ch3 ch2ch3: 〇2 vs&gt;N^\ ch3 H ch2ch3 * indicates the portion bonded to the benzene ring. 201221520

ReRe

rb Rc rd Rh CH2CH3 H ch3 H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 *〆纟、N 〇 H ch3 H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 *-sb7^^ ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 CHg H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 vs、N s °Ί ch3 H CH2CH3 ch2ch3: 〇2 vSH ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 CH3 H ch3 ch3 H ch2ch3 ch2ch3 ν3、Ν,(ςΗ2χΗ3 H ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 ch3 H CHzCH3 CH2CH3 〇2 vS.N.{CH2)n〇H3 ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CHa ^n,{CH2),〇CH3 H ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 ^s-N-(CH2)i7CH3 H gh3 H CH2CH3 *表示與苯環鍵結的部分。 -41 - 201221520Rb Rc rd Rh CH2CH3 H ch3 H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 *〆纟, N 〇H ch3 H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 *-sb7^^ ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 CHg H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 vs, N s °Ί ch3 H CH2CH3 ch2ch3: 〇2 vSH ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 CH3 H ch3 ch3 H ch2ch3 ch2ch3 ν3, Ν, (ςΗ2χΗ3 H ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 ch3 H CHzCH3 CH2CH3 〇2 vS.N.{CH2)n〇H3 ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CHa ^n,{CH2),〇CH3 H ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 ^sN-(CH2)i7CH3 H gh3 H CH2CH3 * indicates a moiety bonded to the benzene ring. -41 - 201221520

rh Rc R° Re CH2CH3 ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 *-s!nJ〇 ό ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2. 1 H CHsi H CHzCH3 gh?ch3 〇2 H 5 ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 1 ch3 H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 〇2 1 人V 人 ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 k ch3 H ch2.ch3 CH2CH3 〇2 CH3. H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 ch3: H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 ^S^^CHzJyCHa (CH2)7CH3 ch3 H ch2.ch3 *表示與苯環鍵結的部分。 -42- ⑧ 201221520 rbRh Rc R° Re CH2CH3 ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 *-s!nJ〇ό ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2. 1 H CHsi H CHzCH3 gh?ch3 〇2 H 5 ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 1 ch3 H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 〇2 1 Human V human ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 k ch3 H ch2.ch3 CH2CH3 〇2 CH3. H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 ch3: H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 ^S^^CHzJyCHa (CH2)7CH3 ch3 H ch2.ch3 * indicates a bond with a benzene ring The part of the knot. -42- 8 201221520 rb

ra rb RC rd re ch2ch3 j'vO H ch3 Η CH2CH3 CH2C.Hb .^^^(CHzhCHa (CH?)2CH3 ch3 Η CH2CH3 ch2ch3 〇2 vS^.fCH^CHa (CH2)3CH3 ch3 Η CHjCHa ch3 H 〇2 •,s),ch3 Η ch3 CHgCHa H &quot;t〇&lt; Η CHaCHj GH2CH3 H 〇2 ‘〆S、N H Η CHaChb ch3 H 〇2 Η ch3 GH2GH3 H f2丄 Η Η CH2CH3 GH2GH3 H Η Η CHjCHa ch2ch3 H 92 9 rr Η GH2CH3 CH2CH3 H Η CH2CH3 ch3 H ^S'O Η ch3 GH2GHa H -ΑΛ Η Η CH2CH3 CH2CH3 H 〇2 Η CH2CH3 GH2Ghb H Η CHaCHa CH2CH3 H *&quot;* 'Ό Η CHaClij *表示與苯環鍵結的部分。 -43- 201221520Ra rb RC rd re ch2ch3 j'vO H ch3 Η CH2CH3 CH2C.Hb .^^^(CHzhCHa (CH?)2CH3 ch3 Η CH2CH3 ch2ch3 〇2 vS^.fCH^CHa (CH2)3CH3 ch3 Η CHjCHa ch3 H 〇2 •, s), ch3 Η ch3 CHgCHa H &quot;t〇&lt; Η CHaCHj GH2CH3 H 〇2 '〆S, NH Η CHaChb ch3 H 〇2 Η ch3 GH2GH3 H f2丄Η Η CH2CH3 GH2GH3 H Η Η CHjCHa ch2ch3 H 92 9 rr GH GH2CH3 CH2CH3 H Η CH2CH3 ch3 H ^S'O Η ch3 GH2GHa H -ΑΛ Η Η CH2CH3 CH2CH3 H 〇2 Η CH2CH3 GH2Ghb H Η CHaCHa CH2CH3 H *&quot;* 'Ό Η CHaClij * indicates bonding with benzene ring part. -43- 201221520

Y^t'ra 〇 hn^L rb ra R8 Rc Rp Re CHjCHa H 〇2 H CH2CH3 ch3 H ·〆 S、N H H CHgCHa H 〇2 H CHjCHa CHjC^ H Oj */S、㈡ H CI^CHj C^CHg H •-sCQ H CH2GHa CHaCH, H S H CH2CH3 CHj. H 〇2 \ H CHg; CH2GH3 H 〇2 S H GH2CH3 CHg H 〇2 n H ch3 CH2CH3 H CHj ΛΧ^Η3 H ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2PH3 H 〇2 7®·、- (c HjjJyC Hi H H ch2ch3 c吃 H ㈡本 H2)jCH3 H CHa CHaGHa :H 〇2 ^^-(CHzJnCHa H H ch2ch3 0¾. H ^siN.(CH2)l0CHa H ch3 CH^CHg H ^S'N-(CH2),7CH3 H CH2CH3 *表示與苯環鍵結的部分。 -44- 201221520 rbY^t'ra 〇hn^L rb ra R8 Rc Rp Re CHjCHa H 〇2 H CH2CH3 ch3 H ·〆S, NHH CHgCHa H 〇2 H CHjCHa CHjC^ H Oj */S, (2) H CI^CHj C^CHg H •-sCQ H CH2GHa CHaCH, HSH CH2CH3 CHj. H 〇2 \ H CHg; CH2GH3 H 〇2 SH GH2CH3 CHg H 〇2 n H ch3 CH2CH3 H CHj ΛΧ^Η3 H ch3 H CH2CH3 CH2PH3 H 〇2 7®·, - (c HjjJyC Hi HH ch2ch3 c eat H (two) this H2) jCH3 H CHa CHaGHa :H 〇2 ^^-(CHzJnCHa HH ch2ch3 03⁄4. H ^siN.(CH2)l0CHa H ch3 CH^CHg H ^S'N- (CH2), 7CH3 H CH2CH3 * indicates a moiety bonded to a benzene ring. -44- 201221520 rb

ra rb Rc R° Re ch2ch3 H V vs' X H ch2ch3 ch3 H 6 H CH3 ch2ch3 H 〇2 3 K H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 H 〇2 9 H CH2CH3 ch3 H 〇2 9 Η 1 H GH3 CH2CH3 H 〇2 H ch2ch3: CH2GH3 H H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 H 人 H GHgCHa GH2CH3 H 〇i 9S'N 八 k H CH2QH3 ch2ch3 H •,S、㈡ ^sv/ H CH2GH3, gh3 H H gh3 CH2CH3 H 〇2 *〆&amp;、N (CHzJyCHa H CH2CH3 *表示與苯環鍵結的部分。 -45 - 201221520 R〇Ra rb Rc R° Re ch2ch3 HV vs' XH ch2ch3 ch3 H 6 H CH3 ch2ch3 H 〇2 3 KH CH2CH3 CH2CH3 H 〇2 9 H CH2CH3 ch3 H 〇2 9 Η 1 H GH3 CH2CH3 H 〇2 H ch2ch3: CH2GH3 HH CH2CH3 Ch2ch3 H human H GHgCHa GH2CH3 H 〇i 9S'N 八k H CH2QH3 ch2ch3 H •, S, (b) ^sv/ H CH2GH3, gh3 HH gh3 CH2CH3 H 〇2 *〆&amp;, N (CHzJyCHa H CH2CH3 * indicates benzene Part of the ring bond. -45 - 201221520 R〇

Re R。 R° Re ch3 H H ch3 ch3 H (CH2|2CH3 H ch3 ch3 H ^s!N.(CH2)3CHa (CH2)3CH3 H ch3 ch3 H H ch3 CH2CH3 〇2 H H GH2CH3 CH2GH3 〇2 •,S'N H H H CH2CH3. ch3 H H ch3 ch2ch3 H H ch2ch3 ch2gh3 H H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 22 ^ hX^ H H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 H H CH2CH3 ch3 〇2 ,’'〇 H H ch3 gh^ch3 H H CH2CH3 ch2ch3 〇2 '^S&quot;N^CF3 H H ch2ch3 ch2;ch3 H H ch2ch3 ch2ch3 〇2 &quot;Ό H H ch2ch3 *表示與苯環鍵結的部分。 ⑧ -46- 201221520Re R. R° Re ch3 HH ch3 ch3 H (CH2|2CH3 H ch3 ch3 H ^s!N.(CH2)3CHa (CH2)3CH3 H ch3 ch3 HH ch3 CH2CH3 〇2 HH GH2CH3 CH2GH3 〇2 •, S'N HHH CH2CH3. Ch3 HH ch3 ch2ch3 HH ch2ch3 ch2gh3 HH CH2CH3 CH2CH3 22 ^ hX^ HH CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 HH CH2CH3 ch3 〇2 ,''〇HH ch3 gh^ch3 HH CH2CH3 ch2ch3 〇2 '^S&quot;N^CF3 HH ch2ch3 ch2;ch3 HH ch2ch3 ch2ch3 〇2 &quot;Ό HH ch2ch3 * indicates the part bonded to the benzene ring. 8 -46- 201221520

rb Rc R。 Re ch2gh3 〇2 H H H CHgCHg CH3 H H CHg ch2ch3 〇2 H H CHjCI^ ch2ch3 〇2 ·〆$、八' H H CHjGKj ch2ch3 H H CHjCHa ch2ch3 Pz H H ΟΗ2〇Η3 ch3 〇2 s Ί H H GHa. ch2ch3 s H H ch2ch3 〇2 n H H ch3 ch2gh3 CHa. .貧 H H CHgCHa ch2ch3 */s、n^(ch士⑸3 H H H CHaCHg gh3 〇2 ^S.nXCH2)3CH3 H H H GHg ch2ch3 〇2 购”ch3 ri H H GHaCHa ch3 〇2 .vSSf^(CH2)ipCH3 H H ch3 CH2CH3 v^ViCH2}17CH3 H H C^CHg *表示與苯環鍵結的部分。 -47- 201221520Rb Rc R. Re ch2gh3 〇2 HHH CHgCHg CH3 HH CHg ch2ch3 〇2 HH CHjCI^ ch2ch3 〇2 ·〆$,八' HH CHjGKj ch2ch3 HH CHjCHa ch2ch3 Pz HH ΟΗ2〇Η3 ch3 〇2 s Ί HH GHa. ch2ch3 s HH ch2ch3 〇2 n HH ch3 ch2gh3 CHa. .Horse HH CHgCHa ch2ch3 */s, n^(ch士(5)3 HHH CHaCHg gh3 〇2 ^S.nXCH2)3CH3 HHH GHg ch2ch3 〇2 Buy "ch3 ri HH GHaCHa ch3 〇2 .vSSf^(CH2 )ipCH3 HH ch3 CH2CH3 v^ViCH2}17CH3 HHC^CHg * indicates the moiety bonded to the benzene ring. -47- 201221520

ra R8 Rc Rd CH2CH3 \ H H GHgCHa gh3 v^nO ό H H CH3 CH2CH3 H H C^CHa CH^CHg H H CHaCHa CH3 H H GH^GHa H H CHaCHa CH2CH3 vS^&quot;^^〇NlT^!, H H CH^CHa CHjCHa ν^Λ H H CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 k H H CH^CHa CHaCHa 〇2 H H CHaCHa CHg 〇2 H H CHa CHaCHs ^siN,(CH2i7CH3 (CH2)tCH3 H H CHgCHa *表示與苯環鍵結的部分。 -4B- 201221520 R8R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Λ HH CH2CH3 CH2CH3 〇2 k HH CH^CHa CHaCHa 〇2 HH CHaCHa CHg 〇2 HH CHa CHaCHs ^siN,(CH2i7CH3 (CH2)tCH3 HH CHgCHa * indicates the moiety bonded to the benzene ring. -4B- 201221520 R8

為5〇質量°/。以,則可一邊維持堅牢性,一邊使著色圖像 的色相成為良好,更有效地提高對比。 (染料) 本發明的彩色濾光片用著色組成物係含有由下示通 式(I)所示的化合物配位至金屬原子或金屬化合物而成之 二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合體化合物及下示通式(Π)〜通式 (VIII)中任—個所示的染料化合物中選出的至少1種。若 組合此等染料與蒽醌化合物,則對比改良效果特別大。 -49- 201221520 於前述染料中’可採用通式⑴所示的 金屬原子或金屬化合物而成之二吡二兄位至 化合物。此化合物在色相月+劫 鸯錯合體 u 口切p匕邳及耐熱性 Λ 〇3 夏兴 &lt; 點係較佳。It is 5 〇 mass ° /. Therefore, the hue of the colored image can be made good while maintaining the fastness, and the contrast can be more effectively improved. (Dye) The coloring composition for a color filter of the present invention contains a dipyrromethene metal complex compound in which a compound represented by the following formula (I) is coordinated to a metal atom or a metal compound, and At least one selected from the group consisting of dye compounds represented by any one of the formula (Π) to the formula (VIII). If these dyes and hydrazine compounds are combined, the contrast improvement effect is particularly large. -49- 201221520 In the above dye, the dipyridyl 2 to the compound may be obtained by using a metal atom or a metal compound represented by the formula (1). This compound is in the hue month + robbery complex u mouth cut p匕邳 and heat resistance Λ 夏 3 Xia Xing &lt; point system is better.

通式(. 前述通式(I)中,Ri、^、r3、r4、r 地表示氫原子或取代基,7 汉各自獨立 表不虱原子、鹵去/57 基、^•基或雜環基0 素原子、烷 通式⑴中’ R〜r6所示的取代基 -的1價基(亦將以下列舉 牛出如以下所 基R」)。 S基之群組總稱為「取代 即,表示齒素原子(例如 、烷基(較佳為碳數i〜48 δ y 軋原子、溴原子) 支鏈或環狀的烧基,例如甲其圭為碳數1〜24的直鏈、 丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己二、乙基、丙基、異丙基、 基、十二基、十六基 :、庚基、辛基、2-乙基己 冰片基、1-金剛烧基) 土、環戊基、環己基、卜降 碳數2〜“的職,例如乙H佳為碳數2〜48’更佳為 、芳基(較佳為碳數6〜48埽基、稀丙基、% 丁烯-1·基) ::如苯基、蔡基)、雜環基(較^為碳數6〜24的芳基, 數1〜1 8的雜環基,例 圭為碳數1〜32,更佳為碳 2 -。塞吩基、4 -吡啶基、2 -呋喃 -5〇 - 201221520 基、2-嘧啶基、u吡啶基、2-苯并噻唑基、ι_咪唑基、1-°比。坐基、苯并三唑-丨_基)、矽烷基(較佳為碳數3〜3 8, 更佳為碳數3〜1 8的矽烷基,例如三曱基矽烷基、三乙 基石夕院基、三丁基矽烷基、第三丁基二曱基矽烷基、第 三己基二甲基矽烷基)、羥基、氰基、硝基、烷氧基(較 佳為碳數1〜48 ’更佳為碳數1〜24的烷氧基,例如甲 氧基、乙氧基、1_ 丁氧基、2_ 丁氧基、異丙氧基、第三 丁氧基、十二碳氧基’還有環烷氧基,例如環戊氧基、 ί衣己氧基)、芳氧基(較佳為碳數6〜4 8,更佳為碳數6〜 24的芳氧基’例如苯氧基、丨_萘氧基)、雜環氧基(較佳 為石反數1〜3 2,更佳為碳數1〜1 8的雜環氧基,例如1 -本基四唑-5-氧基,2_四氫吡喃氧基)、矽烷氧基(較佳為 及數1 3 2,更佳為碳數1〜1 8的石夕院氧基,例如三甲 基矽烷氧基、第二丁基二甲基矽烷氧基、二苯基甲基矽 烷氧基)、醯氧基(較佳為碳數2〜48,更佳為碳數2〜24 的鼪氧基,例如乙醯氧基、2甲基乙醯氧基、苯甲醢氧 基、十—醯氧基)、烷氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數2〜48,更 佳為碳數2〜24的烷氧基幾氧基,例如乙氧基幾氧基、 第了 Τ氧基&amp;氧基’還有環院氧叛氧基,例如環己氧基 羰氧基)?氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數7〜32,更佳為碳數 L〜24的4氧基Μ氧基,例如苯氧錢氧基)、胺曱酿氧 土為碳數1〜48,更佳為碳數i〜24的胺曱醯氧基 N,N_-甲基胺曱醯氧基、N-丁基胺曱醯氧基、N_ &quot; _乙基_N-苯基胺曱醯氧基)、胺磺醯 氣基(較佳為碳數1〜 、更佳為碳數1〜24的胺續醯氧 -51- 201221520 基,例如N,N-二乙基胺續醯氧基、N-丙基胺續醯氧基) 、烧基確醯氧基(較佳為碳數卜38,更佳為碳數 的烧基磺醯氧基,例如甲其 W如^基碩醯氧基、十六基磺醯氧基 、環己基磺醯氧基)、 方^基磺醯氧基(較佳為碳數6〜32,更佳為碳數6〜 的方基嶒醯氧基,例如苯基磺醯氧基)、醯基(較佳為 厌數1〜48,更佳為碳數1〜24的醯基,例如甲醯基、 4基一曱基乙醯基、笨甲醯基、十四醯基、環己醯 基)_、烷氧羰基(較佳為碳數2〜48,更佳為碳數2〜24的In the above formula (I), Ri, ^, r3, r4, r represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and each of them independently represents a halogen atom, a halogen group, a /57 group, a group or a heterocyclic ring. a monovalent group of a quinone atom and a substituent represented by 'R to r6 in the formula (1) (the following is also a list of the following R). The group of the S group is collectively referred to as "substitution". A dentate atom (for example, an alkyl group (preferably a carbon number i to 48 δ y rolling atom, a bromine atom), a branched or cyclic alkyl group, for example, a straight chain of a carbon number of 1 to 24, Base, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexamethylene, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, benzyl, dodecyl, hexadecanyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl borneyl, 1- Adamantyl) soil, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and carbon-lowering 2~", for example, B is preferably a carbon number of 2 to 48', more preferably an aryl group (preferably a carbon number of 6 to 48 Å). a group, a propyl group, a hexyl group, a hexyl group, a hexyl group having a carbon number of from 6 to 24, a heterocyclic group having a number of from 1 to 18, For example, the carbon number is 1 to 32, more preferably carbon 2 -. thiophene, 4-pyridyl, 2-furan-5〇 - 201221520, 2-pyrimidinyl, u pyridyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, i-imidazolyl, 1-° ratio, pendant, benzotriazole-oxime-based, decylalkyl (preferably carbon) More preferably, the number is from 3 to 3, more preferably a decyl group having a carbon number of from 3 to 18, such as a trimethyl sulfonyl group, a triethyl sulfonium group, a tributyl decyl group, a tert-butyl decyl fluorenyl group, Trihexyl dimethyl decyl), hydroxy, cyano, nitro, alkoxy (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 48' more preferably an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 24, such as methoxy, ethoxy , 1, 1-butoxy, 2-butoxy, isopropoxy, tert-butoxy, dodecyloxy and cycloalkyloxy, such as cyclopentyloxy, hexyloxy, aryl An oxy group (preferably a carbon number of 6 to 4, more preferably an aryloxy group having a carbon number of 6 to 24, such as a phenoxy group, a fluorenyl-naphthyloxy group) or a heterocyclic oxy group (preferably a stone inverse number of 1) More preferably, it is a heterocyclic oxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 18, such as a 1-n-tetrazol-5-oxy group, a 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy group, a decyloxy group (preferably a number of 1 3 2, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 18, such as a trimethyl decyloxy group, a second butyl group a methyl decyloxy group, a diphenylmethyl decyloxy group, a decyloxy group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 48, more preferably a decyloxy group having a carbon number of 2 to 24, such as an ethoxy group, 2 A Alkoxycarbonyl, benzhydryloxy, decyloxy), alkoxycarbonyloxy (preferably a C 2 to 48, more preferably a C 2 to 24 alkoxyoxy group) For example, ethoxylated oxy, decyloxy &amp;oxy' and ring oxo-alkoxy, such as cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)? An oxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 7 to 32, more preferably a carbon number of L to 24, a methoxyoxyl group such as a phenoxyoxy group), and an amine cerium oxide having a carbon number of 1 to 48. More preferably, the amine has a carbon number of i~24, N,N_-methylamine oxime, N-butylamine oxime, N_ &quot; _ethyl_N-phenylamine oxime Alkoxy), sulfonium sulfonate (preferably a carbon number of 1~, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 24, an amine, a hydrazine-51-201221520 base, such as N,N-diethylamine a group, an N-propylamine, a fluorenyloxy group, a decyloxy group (preferably a carbon number of 38, more preferably a carbon number of a sulfonyl sulfonyloxy group, such as a methyl group such as a An oxy group, a hexadecanosulfonyloxy group, a cyclohexylsulfonyloxy group, a sulfonyloxy group (preferably a carbon number of 6 to 32, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to aryloxy) , for example, phenylsulfonyloxy), fluorenyl (preferably an anthraquinone 1 to 48, more preferably a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 24, such as a methyl group, a 4-yl group, a fluorenyl group, a Anthracenyl, tetradecyl, cyclohexyl) _, alkoxycarbonyl (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 48, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 24)

燒氧幾基,例如甲最裁其、7 @ I 氧紅基乙氧叛基、十八碳氧羰基、 =己氧幾基' 2,6·二第三丁基_4_甲基環己氧幾基)、芳 氧羰基(較佳為碳數7〜32,更佳為碳數7〜24的芳氧羰 土例如苯氧羰基)、胺甲醯基(較佳為碳數i〜48 ’更佳 為妷數1〜24的胺曱醯基,例如胺曱醯基、n,n_二乙某 :甲醯基、N-乙基_N_辛基胺曱醯基、n,n_二丁基胺甲自: 土、丙基胺甲醯基、N_苯基胺甲醯基、n_甲基心笨美 『甲酿基、N’N-二環己基胺甲醯基)、胺基(較佳為:二 以下,更佳為碳數24以下的胺基,例如胺基、甲旯 胺,、N,N-二丁基胺基、十四基胺基、2•乙基己基胺^ 、環己基胺基)' 苯胺基(較佳為碳數6〜32,更佳為6 土 ^的苯胺基,例如苯胺基、化〒基苯胺基)、雜環胺美〜 較=為碳數1〜32,更佳為i〜18的雜環胺基,例如土 °tb °定基胺基)、碳醯胺基(較佳為碳數2〜48,更佳為2 - 24的碳醯胺基,例如乙醯胺基、苯并醯胺基、 Βώ « 四院酿 *暴、三甲基乙醯基醯胺基、環己烷醯胺基)、脲基(較 -52- 201221520 佳為碳數1〜32,更佳為碳數}〜24的脲基,例如脲基 、N,N-二甲基脲基、N-苯基脲基)、醯亞胺基(較佳為碳 數36以下,更佳為碳數24以下的醯亞胺基,例如n琥 珀醯亞胺基、N-苯二甲醯亞胺基)、烷氧羰基胺基(較佳 為碳數2〜48,更佳為碳數2〜24的烷氧羰基胺基,例 如曱氧羰基胺基、乙氧羰基胺基、第三丁氧 環己氧減胺基 較佳為碳數7〜32,更佳為碳數7〜24的芳氧羰基胺基 ,例如笨氧羰基胺基)、磺醯胺基(較佳為碳數1〜48,更 佳為碳數1〜24的磺醯胺基,例如曱磺醯胺基、丁磺醯 胺基、苯磺醯胺基、十六烷磺醯胺基、環己烷磺醯胺基) 、胺磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數i〜48,更佳為碳數i〜24 的胺磺醯基胺基,例如N,N_:丙基胺磺醯基胺基、…乙 基-N-十二基胺磺醯基胺基)、偶氮基(較佳為碳數ι〜32 ,更佳為碳數1〜24的偶氮基,例如苯基偶氮基、3_吡 唑基偶氮基)、 烧硫基(較佳為碳數i〜48、更佳為碳數i〜24的烷 硫基,例如甲硫基、乙硫基、辛硫基、環己基硫基)、芳 硫基(較佳為碳數6〜48,更佳為碳數6〜24的芳硫基, 例如苯硫基)、雜環硫基(較佳為碳數1〜32,更佳為碳數 1〜18的雜環硫基’例如2_苯并噻唑基硫基、2_吡啶硫 基、1 -苯基四嗤基硫基)、烷基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數1〜 3 2 ’更佳為碳數上〜2 4的烷基亞磺醯基,例如十二烷亞 續酿基)' 芳基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數6〜32,更佳為碳數 6〜24的芳基亞磺醯基,例如苯基亞磺醯基)、烷基磺醯 -53- 201221520 基(較佳為碳數1〜48,更佳為碳數1〜24的烷基磺醯基 ’例如曱基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、丙基磺醯基、丁基續 醯基、異丙基磺醯基、2-乙基己基磺醯基、十六基磺醯 基、辛基磺醯基、環己基磺醯基)、芳基磺醯基(較佳為 碳數6〜48 ’更佳為碳數6〜24的芳基磺醯基,例如苯 基續S盘基、1-萘基磺醯基)、胺磺醯基(較佳為碳數32以 下,更佳為碳數24以下的胺磺醯基,例如胺磺醯基' n,n_ 二丙基胺磺醯基、N-乙基-N-十二基胺磺醯基、N-乙基 苯基胺磺醯基、N-環己基胺磺醯基)、磺基、膦醯基(較 佳為碳數1〜32,更佳為碳數!〜24的膦醯基,例如苯 氧基膦醯基、辛氧基膦醯基、苯基膦醯基)、氧膦基胺基 (較佳為碳數1〜32,更佳為碳數!〜24的氧膦基胺基, 例如二乙氧基氧膦基胺基、二辛氧基氧膦基胺基)。 當上述1價基為可更取代的基時,可更被上述各基( 取代基R)中任一者所取代。再者,當具有2個以上的取 代基時’彼等取代基可為相同或相異。 通式(I)中,R與R2可互相鍵結而形成5員、6員或 7員的環,R2與R3可互相鍵結而形成5員、6員或7員 的環,R4與R5可互相鍵結而形成5員、6員《7員的環 ,R5與R6可互相鍵結而形成5員、6員或7員的環。再 者’作為所形成的環,有飽和環或不飽和環。作為此5 員、6員,戈7員的飽和環或不飽和環,例如可舉出吡咯 環、呋喃環、噻吩環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、嘮唑 % ★塞坐S :各定&amp;、σ底咬環、環戊歸環、環己稀環 、苯環、。比啶環、。比钟璜、σ乂琳 呀衣 合汁裱,較佳可舉出苯環、 吡啶環。 -54- 201221520 、再者,當所形成的5員、ό員及7員的環為可更取 代的基時,可被前述取代基R中的任一者所取代,當被 2個以上的取代基取代時,彼等取代基可相同或相異。 班又’通式⑴中,當r7為鹵素原子、烷基、芳基或雜 %基時,此等的較佳範圍係與作為前述R1〜R6的鹵素原 子烷基、芳基或雜環基之較佳範圍各自同樣。 通 為烷基 烷氧羰 氧幾基 羰基胺 通 為烧氧 磺醯基 氧羰基 亞胺基 、胺甲 為烷氧 通 為取代 無取代 取代或 通 佳為碳 烷基。 式(I)中, 胺基、芳 基胺基、 胺基、確 基、磺醯 式(I)中, 罗炭基、芳 、猜基、 、芳氧羰 、胺甲醯 醯基、腈 羰基、芳 式(I)中, 或無取代 的雜環基 無取代的 式(I)中, 數1〜12 更具體地 中’較佳 亞胺基、 脲基、燒 基、烷氧 0 中,較佳 基、芳基 尤佳為烧 腈基、醯 芳氧羰基 基,特佳 中,較佳 、取代或 的烧基、 烧基,較 無取代的 丙基、異 1F句月|J迎 基胺基、碳醯胺基、脲基、醯 磺醯胺基,尤佳為碳醯胺基、 醒胺基’更佳為碳醯胺基、脲 胺基’特佳為碳醯胺基、脲基 作為前述R2及R5,在上述之 氧羰基、胺曱醯基、烷基磺醯 醯亞胺基、胺甲醯基磺醯基, 基、胺曱醯基、烷基磺醯基、 基磺醯基,更佳為烷氧羰基、 基、醯亞胺基、胺甲醯基磺醯 氧羰基、胺甲醯基。 作為前述R3及R4,在上述之 的烷基、取代或無取代的芳基 ’更佳為較佳為取代或無取代 方基。 R3及 R4主-,丄 及R表不烷基時,作為該 的直鏈、支鍵或環狀之取代或 ,例如可舉出甲基、乙基、正 -55- 201221520 丙基、環丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、學 環戊基、環己基及苄基。更佳為碳數1〜12的支 狀之取代或無取代的烷基’更具體地例如可舉出 、環丙基、異丁基、第三丁基、環丁基、環戊基 基。更佳為碳數1〜12的2級或3級之取代或無 烷基,更具體地例如可舉出異丙基、環丙基、異 第三丁基、環丁基、環己基。 通式(I)中’ r3及R4表示芳基時,作為該芳 佳為取代或無取代的苯基、取代或無取代的萘基 為取代或無取代的苯基。 R3及R4表示雜環基時,作為該雜環基,較佳 取代或無取代的2-噻吩基、取代或無取代的4-吡 取代或無取代的3 -吡啶基、取代或無取代的2 - °比 取代或無取代的2-呋喃基、取代或無取代的密 取代或無取代的2-笨并噻唑基、取代或無取代的 基、取代或無取代的1 -吡唑基、取代或無取代的 唾-1-基,更佳可舉出取代或無取代的2-噻汾基、 無取代的4-吡啶基、取代或無取代的2-呋喘基、 無取代的2-嘧啶基、取代或無取代的卜吡°定基。 其次,說明形成二。比咯亞甲基系金屬錯合體 的金屬原子或金屬化合物。 作為金屬或金屬化合物,只要是可形成錯合 屬原子或金屬化合物即可,包含2價的金屬原子 的金屬氧化物、2價的金屬氫氧化物或2價的金 物。例如,除了 Zn、Mg、Si、Sn、Rh、以、Pd 丁基、 鍵或環 異丙基 、環己 取代的 丁基、 基,較 ’更佳 可舉出 啶基、 啶基、 啶基、 1 - °米η坐 苯并三 取代或 取代或 化合物 體的金 、2價 屬氣化 、Mo、 ⑧ -56- 201221520 Μη、Pb、Cu、Ni、Co、Fe %,還包含 A1C1、InCl、FeCl ' TiCl2、SnCl2、SiCl2、GeCl2 等的金屬氯化物、丁丨〇、 VO等的金屬氧化物、Si(OH)2等的金屬氫氧化物。 於此等之中,從錯合體 、耐光性及製造適合性等的 Mg ' Si ' Pt ' Pd ' Mo ' Μη ,更佳為 Fe、Zn、Mg、Si、 ,最佳為 Fe、Zn、Cu、Co 特佳為Zn。 於前述通式(I)所示的化 化合物而成之二吡0各亞甲基 ’以下顯示較佳的態樣。即 通式⑴中,R1及R6各 烯基、芳基、雜環基、矽烷 芳氧基、雜環氧基、醯基、 、苯胺基、雜環胺基、碳醯 氡羰基胺基、芳氧羰基胺基 基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、烷 膦基胺基表示,R2及R5各自 、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環 氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、 、胺甲醯基、醯亞胺基、烷 氮基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜 磺醯基或胺磺醯基表示’ R3 _素原子、烷基、烯基、芳 的安定性、分光特性、耐熱 觀點.來看,較佳為Fe、Zn、 、Cu、Ni、Co、TiO、或 VO Pt、Pd、Cu、Ni、Co 或 VO 或V0(V = 0)。於此等之中, 合物配位至金屬原子或金屬 系金屬錯合體化合物的方面 可舉出: 自獨立地以氫原子、烷基、 基、羥基、氰基、烷氧基、 烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、胺基 胺基、脲基、醯亞胺基、烷 、磺醯胺基、偶氮基、烷硫 基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基或氧 獨立地以氫原子、_素原子 基 '羥基、氰基、硝基、烷 醯基、烷氧羰基、芳氧羰基 氧幾基胺基、磺醯胺基、偶 環硫基、烷基磺醯基、芳基 及R4各自獨立地以氫原子、 基、雜環基、矽烷基、羥基 -57- 201221520 、氰基、烧氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、醯基、⑦氧幾基 、胺甲醯基、苯胺基、碳醯胺基、脲基、醯亞胺基、烷 氧羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、偶氮基、烷硫基、芳硫^^ 環硫基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、胺磺醯 ^甘 胺基表不,R以虱原子、齒素原子、烷基、芳基或雜庐 基表示,金屬原子或金屬化合物以Zn、Mg、Si、衣 、Mo、Μη、Cu、Ni、Co、TiO 或 VO 表示的態樣。Pd 以下顯示二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯合體化合物的 態樣。即可舉出: 交佳 前述通式(I)中,RI及R6各自獨立地以氫原子、 基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、醯基、烷氧羰基、f 甲醯基、胺基、雜環胺基、碳醯胺基、脲基、醯亞胺知 、烷氧羰基胺基、芳氧羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、偶氮=基 烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基或氧膦基胺基表示,R2及Μ 各自獨立地以烷基、烯基、芳基 '雜環基、氰基、峭^ 、醯基、烷氧羰基、芳氧羰基、胺甲醯基、醯亞胺義土 院基續醯基、芳基磺醯基或胺磺醯基表示,R3及r4 ^ 獨立地以氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、氰基自 醯基、烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、甲醯胺基、脲基、醯亞 基、烷氧羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、* 硫基、院基續酿基、芳基磺醯基或胺磺醯基表示,V / 氮原子、齒素原子、烷基 '芳基或雜環基表示,金屬 子或金屬化合物以Zn、Mg、Si、Pt、Pd、Cu、%、、 或VO表示的態樣。 'Co 於通式(I)所示的化合物配位至金屬原子或金屬化八 物而成之錯合體中,以下顯示特佳的態樣。 〇 -58- 201221520 可舉出在通式(1)中,R1及R6各自 即 原子、烷基、芳基、雜其^ . u 1獨立地以氣 A , 衣基、胺基、雜環胺基、甲舫 基、脲基、醯亞胺基、烷4 甲醯胺 况氧釦基胺基、磺醯胺其 基、烷基磺醯基、芳基項 、偶氣 «酿基或乳膦基胺基表示, R各自獨立地以烷基、芳 ^ 11及 土 亦隹衣基、亂基、酿其 氧羰基、胺曱醯基、烷旯硭 — 土、烷 疋卷嶒醯基或方基磺醯基砉+ 及R4各自獨立地以氫®早 '、’ R3 R7以气浴工 ^原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基表示, 以虱原子、炫基、芳基或雜環基表示,金屬原 屬化合物以Zn、Cu、〜或v〇(尤其Zn)表示的態樣。 4特別地,從堅牢性優異之點來看,通式⑴中的R3 =二各自較佳為苯基。茲認其理由為(1)因R3及R4各自 為苯基,化合物的分光係長波長化,例如在與酿花青系 j料等併用時’與其分光重疊(55Onm附近)而變大,能 星移動變谷易’故(2)藉由立體的大體積之取代基的存在 ’而提高此化合物本身的堅牢性。 又’從溶劑溶解性優異之點來看,通式(丨)中的R2 及/或R5較佳為2,6-二-第三丁基_4_曱基環己氧羰基。 於前述通式(I)所示的化合物中,下述通式(Ia)所示 的化合物配合在金屬原子或金屬化合物而成之錯合體係 合適。An oxygen-burning group, for example, A, 7 @ I oxyerythroethoxy group, octacarbonyloxycarbonyl, hexyloxy group ' 2,6 · di-t-butyl _4_methylcyclohexane An oxyalkylene group, an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably, an aryloxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 32, more preferably a carbon number of 7 to 24, such as a phenoxycarbonyl group) or an amine formazan group (preferably, a carbon number i to 48) 'More preferably an amine fluorenyl group of 1 to 24, such as an amine fluorenyl group, n, n_diethyl: carbaryl, N-ethyl-N-octylamine fluorenyl, n, n _Dibutylamine A from: soil, propylamine, mercapto, N-phenylamine, mercapto, n-methyl, stupid, "N-N-dicyclohexylamine, mercapto" , an amine group (preferably: two or less, more preferably an amine group having a carbon number of 24 or less, such as an amine group, a formamide, an N,N-dibutylamino group, a tetradecylamino group, a 2·B Anthranylamine, cyclohexylamino) 'anilinyl (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 32, more preferably 6 aniline, such as anilino, decylamino), heterocyclic amine = is a carbon number of 1 to 32, more preferably a heterocyclic amine group of i to 18, such as a tert-butyl group, and a carboamine group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 48, more preferably Preferably, it is a 2 - 24 carbon amide group, such as an acetamino group, a benzoguanamine group, Βώ «四院酿*暴, trimethylethyl decyl amide, cyclohexane guanamine), urea Base (more than -52 to 201221520 preferably a carbon number of 1 to 32, more preferably a carbon number} to 24 of a ureido group, such as a urea group, an N,N-dimethylureido group, an N-phenylureido group), an anthracene An imido group (preferably having a carbon number of 36 or less, more preferably a quinone imine group having a carbon number of 24 or less, such as n-succinimide group, N-phthalimido group) or an alkoxycarbonylamino group ( Preferably, the alkoxycarbonylamino group having a carbon number of 2 to 48, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, an anthraceneoxycarbonylamino group, an ethoxycarbonylamino group or a third butoxycyclohexyloxyamine group is preferably The carbon number is 7 to 32, more preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having a carbon number of 7 to 24, such as a phenoxycarbonylamino group, or a sulfonylamino group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 48, more preferably a carbon number of 1). a sulfonamide group of 24, such as sulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamine, benzenesulfonylamino, hexadecanesulfonylamino, cyclohexanesulfonylamino), amidoximeylamine ( It is preferably a carbon number i to 48, more preferably an amine sulfonylamino group having a carbon number of i to 24, such as N, N_: Amine sulfonylamino group, ethyl-N-dodecylamidosulfonylamino group, azo group (preferably a carbon number of 〜32, more preferably an azo group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms) , for example, phenyl azo, 3 -pyrazolylazo), sulfur-burning group (preferably, carbon number i to 48, more preferably an alkylthio group having a carbon number of i to 24, such as methylthio group, B Sulfur, octylthio, cyclohexylthio), arylthio (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 48, more preferably an arylthio group having a carbon number of 6 to 24, such as a phenylthio group) or a heterocyclic thio group ( It is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 32, more preferably a heterocyclic thio group having a carbon number of 1 to 18, such as a 2-benzothiazolylthio group, a 2-pyridinethio group or a 1-phenyltetradecylthio group, Alkylsulfinyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 3 2 'more preferably an alkylsulfinyl group having a carbon number of from 2 to 4, such as a dodecane arylene group)' arylsulfinyl group (preferably, a carbon number of 6 to 32, more preferably an arylsulfinyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 24, such as a phenylsulfinyl group) or an alkylsulfonyl-53-201221520 group (preferably a carbon number) 1 to 48, more preferably an alkylsulfonyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 24, such as a mercaptosulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, a propylsulfonyl group, Further thiol, isopropylsulfonyl, 2-ethylhexylsulfonyl, hexadecanosulfonyl, octylsulfonyl, cyclohexylsulfonyl), arylsulfonyl (preferably More preferably, the carbon number is from 6 to 48', more preferably an arylsulfonyl group having a carbon number of from 6 to 24, such as a phenyl group, a S-group, a 1-naphthylsulfonyl group, or an aminesulfonyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 32 or less). More preferably, it is an aminesulfonyl group having a carbon number of 24 or less, such as an aminesulfonyl 'n, n-dipropylaminesulfonyl group, N-ethyl-N-dodecylsulfonyl group, N-ethyl group Phenylamine sulfonyl, N-cyclohexylamine sulfonyl), sulfo, phosphinyl (preferably having a carbon number of from 1 to 32, more preferably a carbon number! A phosphinyl group of ~24, such as a phenoxyphosphonium fluorenyl group, an octyloxyphosphonium fluorenyl group, a phenylphosphonium fluorenyl group, or a phosphinylamino group (preferably having a carbon number of from 1 to 32, more preferably a carbon number! A phosphinylamino group of ~24, such as diethoxyphosphinylamino, dioctyloxyphosphinylamino). When the above monovalent group is a more substitutable group, it may be further substituted by any of the above groups (substituent R). Further, when there are two or more substituents, the substituents may be the same or different. In the general formula (I), R and R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring of 5, 6 or 7 members, and R2 and R3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring of 5, 6 or 7 members, R4 and R5. They can be interlocked to form a 5-member, 6-member "7-member ring, and R5 and R6 can be bonded to each other to form a ring of 5, 6 or 7 members. Further, as the formed ring, there is a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. Examples of the saturated or unsaturated ring of the 5th member, the 6th member, and the 7th member include a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, and a carbazole. : each set &amp;, σ bottom bite ring, cyclopentane ring, cyclohexene ring, benzene ring. Than a pyridine ring. It is better than 璜 璜, σ 乂 呀 合 合 合 合 合 合 合 合 合 合 合 合 合 合 合 合-54- 201221520 Further, when the formed ring of 5 members, employees, and 7 members is a more substitutable group, it may be replaced by any of the above substituents R, and when it is 2 or more When substituted by a substituent, the substituents may be the same or different. In the formula (1), when r7 is a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a hetero-based group, the preferred range is the alkyl group, the aryl group or the heterocyclic group as the halogen atom of the above R1 to R6. The preferred ranges are each the same. The alkyl alkoxycarbonyloxycarbonyl carbonyl amine is an alkoxysulfonyloxycarbonyl imine group, and the amine is an alkoxy group. The substituent is unsubstituted or preferably a carbon alkyl group. In the formula (I), an amine group, an arylamine group, an amine group, an exact group, a sulfonium group (I), a carbene group, a aryl group, a aryl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, a nitrile carbonyl group , in the formula (I), or in the unsubstituted heterocyclic group unsubstituted, in the formula (I), the number 1 to 12, more specifically, in the 'preferred imine group, the ureido group, the alkyl group, the alkoxy group 0, Preferred groups and aryl groups are preferably a nitrile group, a fluorenyl aryloxycarbonyl group, a particularly preferred one, preferably a substituted or a calcining group, an alkyl group, a more unsubstituted propyl group, and a different 1F sentence. Amine, carboguanamine, ureido, sulfonium sulfhydryl, especially preferably carbamide, amide amino group, more preferably carbamide, urea amide, especially carbamide, urea The above-mentioned R2 and R5, in the above-mentioned oxycarbonyl group, amine sulfhydryl group, alkylsulfonimide group, amine carbaryl sulfonyl group, amide group, alkyl sulfonyl group, alkyl sulfonyl group, sulfonate The mercapto group is more preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group, a benzylidene group, an amine formylsulfonyloxycarbonyl group or an aminecarbamyl group. As the above R3 and R4, the above-mentioned alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryl group' is more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted. When R3 and R4 are -, and R is a non-alkyl group, the linear, branched or cyclic substitution or the like, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-55-201221520 propyl, cyclopropyl Base, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and benzyl. More preferably, it is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, and more specifically, it may, for example, be a cyclopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a cyclobutyl group or a cyclopentyl group. More preferably, it is a 2- or 3-stage substitution or a non-alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, and more specifically, an isopropyl group, a cyclopropyl group, an isobutylene group, a cyclobutyl group or a cyclohexyl group is exemplified. In the formula (I), when 'r3 and R4 represent an aryl group, the phenyl group which is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group. When R3 and R4 represent a heterocyclic group, as the heterocyclic group, a 2-substituted or unsubstituted 2-thienyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted 4-pyridyl or unsubstituted 3-pyridyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted one is preferred. 2- to 2-substituted or unsubstituted 2-furyl, substituted or unsubstituted, substituted or unsubstituted 2- benzothiazolyl, substituted or unsubstituted, substituted or unsubstituted 1-pyrazolyl, Substituted or unsubstituted sino-1-yl, more preferably substituted or unsubstituted 2-thiazinyl, unsubstituted 4-pyridyl, substituted or unsubstituted 2-furantyl, unsubstituted 2 - Pyrimidinyl, substituted or unsubstituted pipyridyl. Second, the description is two. A metal atom or a metal compound of a pyromethylene group metal complex. The metal or metal compound may be a metal oxide containing a divalent metal atom, a divalent metal hydroxide or a divalent gold as long as it is a compound or a metal compound. For example, in addition to Zn, Mg, Si, Sn, Rh, to, Pd butyl, bond or cycloisopropyl, cyclohexyl substituted butyl, ketone, more preferably pyridine, pyridine, pyridine , 1 - ° m η sits benzotrisubstituted or substituted or compounded gold, bivalent gasification, Mo, 8-56-201221520 Μη, Pb, Cu, Ni, Co, Fe%, also contains A1C1, InCl a metal chloride such as FeCl 'TiCl2, SnCl2, SiCl2, or GeCl2, a metal oxide such as butadiene or VO, or a metal hydroxide such as Si(OH)2. Among these, Mg ' Si ' Pt ' Pd ' Mo ' Μη, which is a mixture of light, light resistance, and suitability, is more preferably Fe, Zn, Mg, Si, and most preferably Fe, Zn, and Cu. Co is especially good for Zn. The dipyridylmethylidene group which is formed by the compound represented by the above formula (I) shows a preferred aspect. That is, in the formula (1), each of R1 and R6 is an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a nonane aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, a decyl group, an anilino group, a heterocyclic amino group, a carbon carbonylcarbonyl group, or an aromatic group. An oxycarbonylamino group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group or an alkylphosphino group, each of R 2 and R 5 , an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, , amidyl, fluorenylene, alkynyl, alkylthio, arylthio, sulfonyl or sulfonyl represents the stability of the 'R3 _ atom, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, From the viewpoint of spectral characteristics and heat resistance, it is preferably Fe, Zn, Cu, Ni, Co, TiO, or VO Pt, Pd, Cu, Ni, Co or VO or V0 (V = 0). Among these, the aspect in which the compound is coordinated to the metal atom or the metal-based metal complex compound may be exemplified by a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. An amidyl group, an amino group, an ureido group, a sulfoximine group, an alkane group, a sulfonylamino group, an azo group, an alkylthiosulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group or an oxygen independently a hydrogen atom, _ atomic group 'hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, alkanoyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyloxyamino, sulfonylamino, arylthio, alkylsulfonyl, aryl and R4 Each independently consists of a hydrogen atom, a group, a heterocyclic group, a decyl group, a hydroxy group -57-201221520, a cyano group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, a decyl group, a 7 oxo group, an amine carbaryl group. , anilino, carboguanamine, ureido, oxime imido, alkoxycarbonylamino, sulfonylamino, azo, alkylthio, arylsulfanylthio, alkylsulfonyl, The arylsulfonyl group, the amine sulfonyl group, the glycidyl group, and R are represented by a halogen atom, a dentate atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterofluorenyl group, and the metal atom or the metal compound is Zn, Mg, or S. i, clothing, Mo, Μη, Cu, Ni, Co, TiO or VO. Pd The following shows the aspect of the dipyrromethene-based metal complex compound. That is, in the above formula (I), RI and R6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and a fluorene group. Base, amine group, heterocyclic amine group, carboguanamine group, ureido group, ruthenium imine, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, sulfonylamino group, azo=alkylalkylsulfonyl group, The arylsulfonyl or phosphinylamino group means that R2 and hydrazine are each independently an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl 'heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a fluorenyl group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, Aminomethyl sulfonyl, quinone imine terpenyl, arylsulfonyl or sulfonyl, wherein R 3 and r 4 ^ independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. , cyano-indenyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amine, mercapto, carbenamide, ureido, fluorenylene, alkoxycarbonylamino, sulfonylamino, alkylthio, arylthio, *thio Or a sulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group or an amine sulfonyl group, which represents a V/nitrogen atom, a dentate atom, an alkyl 'aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and a metal or metal compound such as Zn, Mg or Si , Pt, Pd, Cu, %, or VO table The aspects. In the case where 'Co is coordinated to a metal atom or a metallized substance in a compound represented by the formula (I), the following shows a particularly preferable aspect. 〇-58- 201221520 In the formula (1), each of R1 and R6, ie, an atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group, is independently a gas A, a clothing group, an amine group, or a heterocyclic amine. Base, mercapto, ureido, oxime imine, alkane 4 carbamide, oxydecanamine, sulfonamide, alkyl sulfonyl, aryl, oligo, or phosphine The amino group means that R each independently is an alkyl group, an aromatic group, a terpenoid, a chaotic group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amine group, an alkane group, an alkane group or a group. The sulfonyl hydrazide 及+ and R4 are each independently represented by hydrogen® early ', 'R3 R7 as a gas atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and a halogen atom, a sulfo group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic ring. The base represents a state in which the metal-derived compound is represented by Zn, Cu, 〜 or v 〇 (especially Zn). In particular, R3 = two in the general formula (1) is preferably a phenyl group from the viewpoint of excellent fastness. The reason for this is that (1) since each of R3 and R4 is a phenyl group, the spectroscopic system of the compound has a long wavelength, and when used in combination with a brewing cyanite material, etc., it overlaps with the spectroscopic (near 55 Onm) and becomes a star. The movement of the valley is easy (2) to improve the fastness of the compound itself by the presence of a bulky bulky substituent. Further, from the viewpoint of excellent solvent solubility, R2 and/or R5 in the formula (丨) is preferably 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-indolylcyclohexyloxycarbonyl. Among the compounds represented by the above formula (I), a compound represented by the following formula (Ia) is preferably compounded in a metal atom or a metal compound.

-59- 201221520 前述通式⑽中,R丨、R2、4 表示氫原子或取代基’係與 :4及自 、R4及R6各自同義,較佳的 气⑴中的Ri、Μ也3 子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳爲〜、,亦同樣。H7者_ 方基或雜環基 表不氧原 t的R7各自同義,較佳的態樣亦同樣。:與前述通式⑴ 的金屬原子或金屬化合物也與前述通式構成錯合體 ,較佳的態樣亦同樣》 的情況同樣 於本發明中的二°比°各亞甲基系金屬錯^ ,較佳為下述通式(1])所示的化合物配心-化合物中 金屬化合物而成之錯合體。 金屬原子咬 R3 f#-59- 201221520 In the above formula (10), R丨, R2, and 4 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent 'system with: 4 and each of R4 and R6 are synonymous, and a preferred gas (1) is Ri, Μ3, The halogen atom, the alkyl group, and the aromatic group are 〜, and the same applies. H7 is a group or a heterocyclic group. The R7 of the non-oxygen source t is synonymous with each other, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. The case where the metal atom or the metal compound of the above formula (1) is also a complex with the above-mentioned general formula, and the preferred embodiment is the same, in the case of the present invention, the two-degree ratio of each methylene-based metal is wrong. The compound represented by the following general formula (1)) is preferably a complex of a metal compound in a compound-compound. Metal atom bite R3 f#

述通式(I-1)中,RiIn the general formula (I-1), Ri

通式(I R2 、 R3 、 R‘ 立地表示氫原子或取代基。R7表示氫原子及R6各自獨 燒基、芳基或雜環基。Ma表示金屬原 /素原子、 X1表示可鍵結至Ma的基,χ2表示為了中广匕合物, 而需要的基。再者’ 乂丨與χ2係可 J Ma的電荷 員 、6員或7員的環。 、〜而形成 通式(1-1)中的r1〜r6係與通式⑴ 同義 ,較佳的態樣亦同樣。 的R〜R6 -60-The formula (I R2 , R3 , R' represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R7 represents a hydrogen atom and each of R6 is a monoalkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. Ma represents a metal atom/α atom, and X1 represents a bondable to The base of Ma, χ2 indicates the base needed for the Zhongguang chelating compound. Furthermore, the 乂丨 and χ2 series can form a charge of J Ma, a ring of 6 or 7 members, and form a general formula (1). The r1 to r6 systems in 1) are synonymous with the general formula (1), and the preferred embodiment is also the same. R R R 6 -60 -

I 201221520 中的Ma表示金屬原子或金屬 合物而成之=ΓΓ 位至金屬原子或金屬化 ,其較佳的“:的的金屬原子或金屬化合物同義 樣亦ΪΓ1)中的R7係通式⑴中的R7同義,較佳的態 任仃:式(M)中的X1只要是可鍵結於Ma的基,則可為 ! U B 「舉出來自水、醇類(例如曱醇、乙醇、丙醇) 玍土、金屬螯合物」⑴坂口武-.上野景平著(1995 [3](199Γ^)(^η1^° C°.,Ud.))、同[2](1996 年)、同 年)等中記載的化合物之基。其中,從製造之點 來看,#· &amp; ί ’、、7 、羧酸化合物、.醇類,更佳為水、羧酸 化合物。 的 磺 羥 通式(Ι-ΙΐφΜ _ 美m )中的X表不為了中和Ma的電荷而需要 酸基等。其中經基、緩酸基、磷酸基、 /、 攸製k之點來看,較佳Λ ώ去;、 基、羧酸基、供&quot;h 為鹵素原子 鲼I基,更佳為羥基、羧酸基。 起中的χ1與χ2亦可可互相鍵結而與 員的、6貝或7員的環。所形成之5員、6員及 、、衣’、可為飽和環或不飽和環。 的環係可僅由石山s 2 斤 貝6貝及, -個由氮原子^、 原子所構成’也可為具有立: 再者 、氧原子及硫原子中選出的原子之雜環‘ 合物中,較:ί發明中的…亞甲基系金屬錯合心 配位至金式(1_2)或通式㈣所示的化^ 眾子或金屬化合物而成之錯合體。 -61 - 201221520Ma in 201221520 represents a metal atom or a metal compound = ΓΓ position to a metal atom or metallization, and the preferred ": metal atom or metal compound is synonymous with ΪΓ1) R7 is a general formula (1) R7 is synonymous, and the preferred state is: X1 in the formula (M) can be as long as it can be bonded to the base of Ma. UB "Exports from water, alcohols (eg, sterol, ethanol, C Alcohol) bauxite and metal chelate" (1) Sakaguchi-. Ueno Jingping (1995 [3] (199Γ^) (^η1^° C°., Ud.)), the same [2] (1996) The same as the base of the compound described in the same year. Among them, from the viewpoint of production, #· &amp; ί ', 7, carboxylic acid compound, and alcohol are more preferably water or a carboxylic acid compound. The X-form of the sulfohydroxyl formula (Ι-ΙΐφΜ _mei m) does not require an acid group or the like in order to neutralize the charge of Ma. Wherein, the base group, the acid-lowering group, the phosphoric acid group, the /, and the k-position are preferably Λ ;; the base, the carboxylic acid group, and the quot; h is a halogen atom 鲼I group, more preferably a hydroxyl group, Carboxylic acid group. The χ1 and χ2 in the middle can also be interlocked with each other, and the 6- or 7-member ring. The formed 5 members, 6 members, and clothing, may be a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. The ring system can be composed only of 6 lb. s., and the nitrogen atom ^, atom can be formed as a heterocyclic compound of atoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen atoms and sulfur atoms. In the invention, the methylene-based metal is mismatched to a complex of the group (1_2) or the compound represented by the formula (4) or a metal compound. -61 - 201221520

刖 R9、R丨 基。R7 '芳基 通 ’較佳 通 示的化 亦同樣 代基為 所取代 相同或 通 態樣亦 通 芳基或 通式(I 一2) 述通式(1-2)中,R,、R2、R3、R4、r5、r6、r8、 、Rll、Rl2及R13各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代 及R 各自獨立地表示氫原子、_素原子、院基 或雜環基。Ma表示金屬原子或金屬化合物。 式(Ϊ-2)中的Ri〜R6係與通式(I)中的Ri〜同義 的態樣亦同樣。 式(1-2)中的R8〜R1 3所示的取代基係與通式(j)所 合物之R1〜R6所示的取代基同義,其較佳的態樣 “通式(1-2)所不的化合物之R8〜R丨3所示的取 可更取代的基時,可被前述取代基r中的任一者 S被2個以上的取代基取代時,彼等取代基可 相異。 式(1-2)中的R7係與通式⑴中的R7同義,較佳的 同樣。 式(1-2)中的R14表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、 ’、衣基,R的較佳範圍係與前述R7的較佳範圍 ⑧ -62- 201221520 同樣《當R14為町更取代的基# „ .. _ + j丞,可被前述取 的任一者所取代,當被2個 μ μ上的取代基取代 取代基可相同或相異。 通式(1-2)中的Ma表示金屬或金屬化合物 「通式(I)所示的化合物配位至金屬原子或金屬 成之錯合體」中的金屬原子或金屬化合物同義 的範圍亦同樣。 通式(1-2)中,R8與R9可互相鍵結而形成f 或7員的飽和環或不飽和環,R9與R1 Q可互相 成5員、6員或7員的飽和環或不飽和環,R11 互相鍵結而形成5員、6員或7員的飽和環或 ,R12與R13可互相鍵結而形成5員、6員或7 環或不飽和環。所形成的飽和環或不飽和環,1 R2、R2與R3、R4與r5或r5與R6所形成的飽 代基R中 時,彼等 ,係前述 化合物而 ,其較佳 ;員、6員 鍵結而形 1與R12可 不飽和環 員的飽和 ί系和R1與 和環或不 飽和環同義,較佳的例亦同樣。刖 R9, R 丨 base. R7 'aryl-pass' is preferably also represented by the same substituent or the same state as the aryl group or the general formula (I-2) in the general formula (1-2), R, R2 R3, R4, r5, r6, r8, R11, Rl2 and R13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent and R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a _ atom, a compound or a heterocyclic group. Ma represents a metal atom or a metal compound. The Ri to R6 system in the formula (Ϊ-2) is also the same as the case of Ri~ in the formula (I). The substituent represented by R8 to R1 3 in the formula (1-2) is synonymous with the substituent represented by R1 to R6 of the compound of the formula (j), and a preferred aspect thereof "(1) 2) When a further substituted group represented by R8 to R丨3 of the compound which is not present is used, when any one of the substituents R is substituted with two or more substituents, the substituents may be substituted. The R7 in the formula (1-2) is synonymous with R7 in the formula (1), and is preferably the same. R14 in the formula (1-2) represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, ', a clothing group. The preferred range of R is the same as the preferred range of the above R7 8-62-201221520. "When R14 is the base substituted by the town # „.. _ + j丞, it can be replaced by any of the foregoing, when Substituents substituted by substituents on 2 μ μ may be the same or different. In the general formula (1-2), Ma represents a metal or a metal compound. The same applies to the meaning of a metal atom or a metal compound in the case where the compound represented by the formula (I) is coordinated to a metal atom or a metal compound. In the general formula (1-2), R8 and R9 may be bonded to each other to form a saturated or unsaturated ring of f or 7 members, and R9 and R1 Q may form a saturated ring of 5, 6 or 7 members or not. The saturated ring, R11, is bonded to each other to form a saturated ring of 5, 6 or 7 members, and R12 and R13 may be bonded to each other to form a 5-, 6- or 7-ring or unsaturated ring. When a saturated or unsaturated ring is formed, 1 R2, R2 and R3, R4 and r5 or a saturated group R formed by R5 and R6, these are preferably the above compounds; Bonding and shape 1 and R12 may be saturated with a ring member and R1 is synonymous with a ring or an unsaturated ring, and preferred examples are also the same.

立地表示 烧基、芳 3) -63- 201221520 基或雜環基。尺8及r9各自獨立地表示烧基、烯基、芳基 、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基或雜Stand for the base, aryl 3) -63- 201221520 base or heterocyclic group. Rare 8 and r9 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group or a hetero

環胺基。Ma表示金屬原子或金屬化合物。X3表示NR(R 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、醯基、烧基 石黃酿基或芳基續醯基)、氮原子、氧原子或硫原子,X4 表示NRa(Ra表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基 、酿基、院基崎酿基或方基續醯基)、氧原子或硫原子。 Y1表示NRc(Rc表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環 基、醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基)、氮原子或碳原子 ,Y表示氮原子或碳原子。X5表示可與Ma鍵結的基, a表示〇、1或2。118與Y1可互相鍵結而形成5員、6員 或7員的環,R9與γ2可互相鍵結而形成5員、6員或7 員的環。 、一 逋式(1-3)中的r 及R分別同義,較佳的態樣亦同樣 「通式(1-3)中的Ma表示金屬或金屬化合物,係與前 述通式(I)所示的化合物配位至金屬原子或金屬化合物 而成錯。體」中的金屬原子或金屬化合物同 佳的範圍亦同樣。 % 通式(1-3)中’ R8及R9各自獨立地表示烷 碳數1〜36,* ^ ^ 更佳為1〜12的直鏈、支鏈、或環狀 基,例如曱基 ^ 愚、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、里丁其 第三丁基、^ ^ ' 基、2-乙基己基、十二基、環丙基、 其、環己《、 ^ 土 土 ^金剛烷基)、烯基(較佳為碳數2〜24,® 佳為2〜π的也&amp; ^ 的烯基,例如乙烯基 '烯丙基、3 -丁烯_丨_尺 -64- 201221520 芳基(較佳為碳數6〜36,更佳為 苯基、蔡基广雜環基(較佳為碳7二:8 =例- 的雜環基’例如塞吩基n定基、2·=Γ〜12 啶基、1-吡啶基、2_苯并 土、2、。密 料从 本开塞坐基、1 -咪唑基、1 -咻4钍 。坐小基)、烧氧基(較佳為碳數卜36,更佳f、 a 基’例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙基氧基、;-1 土、己氧基、2-乙基己氧基、十二碳氧基 氧 方氧基(較佳為碳數6〜“,更佳為卜18的芳基)、 如苯氧基、蔡氧基)、烧基胺基(較佳為碳數卜‘ ’例 為1〜18的烷基胺基’例如甲基胺基、乙基胺*更佳 胺基、丁基胺基、己基胺基、2·乙基己基胺二:基 胺基、第三丁基胺基1三辛基胺基、環己基胺基^基 —乙基胺基、N,N_二丙基胺基、N,N_二丁基胺基、&amp; ~ 基-N-乙基胺基)、芳基胺基(較佳為碳數6〜36,更佳甲 6〜18的芳基胺基,例如苯基胺基、萘基胺基、NR為 = 乙基-N-笨基胺基)、或雜環胺基(較佳為: 數〜24 ,更佳為1〜1 2的雜環胺基,例如2-胺基% η 基、3-胺基吡唑基、2_胺基吡啶基、3_胺基吡啶基)。 通式(1-3)中,R8及R9所示的烷基、烯基、芳 y遂·、雜 環基、烧氧基、芳氧基、烧基胺基、芳基胺基或雜環胺 基為可更取代的基時,可為前述取代基R中的任一者, 當被2個以上的取代基取代時,彼等取代基可相同或相 異。 通式(1-3)中,X3表示NR、氮原子、氧原子或硫原 子’ X4表示NRa、氧原子或硫原子,R及Ra各自竭立地 -65- 201221520 表不風原子、烷基(較佳為碳數 * M ^ Μ Λ' Μ 36,更佳為1〜12的 直鏈、支鏈或環狀的烷基,例如 Ί -Τ- « 基·、乙基、丙基、異 丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基 異 ,_ 已基、2 -乙基己基、 十一基、%丙基、環戊基、環己 ^ ^ ^ Λ 土、1 金剛烷基)、烯基 (較佳為妷數2〜24,更佳為2〜19 -p, Μ. Ί 的稀基’例如乙烯基 、烯丙基、3_U_基)、芳基 埤基 1〇以4 丨王马石厌數6〜36,更佳 為ό〜1 8的芳基,例如苯基、茇 尺住 龢! 〇4 Φ ν+ . π暴)、雜環基(較佳為碳 數1〜24,更佳為1〜12的雜環其 u ^ ^ 0 + 衣基,例如2-噻吩基、4_ 吡啶基、2_呋喃基、2_嘧啶基、丨 ,..A t疋基、2-本并噻唑基 、1-咪唑基、1_吡唑基、苯并三 ..^ 1 9d s 坐-1·基)、醯基(較佳為 石反數 1〜24,更伟我 2〜6^36*«· 尺佳為2 18的醯基,例如乙醯基、三甲 基乙醯基、2-乙基己基、苯甲酿基1己酿基)、烧基絡 醯基(較佳為碳數M4,更佳為的烧基確酿基, 例如曱基❹基、乙基4酿基、異丙基續醯基、環己基 磺醯基)、芳基磺醯基(較佳為碳數6〜24,更佳為6〜Η 的芳基磺醯基,例如苯基磺醯基、萘基磺醯基)。 前述R與Ra的烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、醯基 、烧基讀醯基、芳基磺醯基可更被前述取代基R中的任 —者所取代,當被複數的取代基取代時,彼等取代基可 相同或相異。 通式(1-3)中,γ1表示NRc、氮原子或碳原子,γ2表 示氮原子或碳原子,RC係與前述X3中的R同義。 通式(1-3)中,R8與γ1可互相鍵結而R8、Y1及碳原 子一起形成5員環(例如環戊烧、α比《I各β定、四氫。夫„南、二 氡戊環、四氫。塞吩、0比洛、呋喃、噻吩、吲哚、苯并呋 ⑧ -66 - 201221520 南苯并11塞吩)、6員環(例如環己烷、哌啶、哌啩、嗎啉 、四氫吡喃、二嘮烷、五亞曱基硫、二噻烷、苯、哌啶 、哌啩、嗒啩、喹啉、喹唑啉)或7員環(例如環庚烷、六 亞甲基亞胺)。 通式(1-3)中,R9與γ2可互相鍵結而R9、γ2及碳原 子起形成5員、6員或7員的環。所形成之5員、6員 及7員的環’例如是前述R8與Υ1及破原子所形成的環 中之1個鍵變成雙鍵的環。 通式(1-3)中,當Rs與γ1及R9與γ2所鍵結形成的5 員 6員及7員的環為可更取代的環時,可被前述取代 基R中的任一者所說明的基取代,當被2個以上的取代 基取代時,彼等取代基可相同或相異。 通式(1-3)中’X5表示可與Ma鍵結的基,可舉出與 前述通式(M)中的χ1同樣的基。 a表示〇、1或2。 s a為2時,2個X5可互相相同或相異。 以下顯示通式(Ι·3)所示的化合物之較佳態樣。 Α 即R〜R、r7及Ma各自為含有通式⑴所示的化 二物與金屬原子或金屬化合物之錯合體的較佳態樣,χ3 係NR(R為氣原子、或烷基)、氮原子或氧原子,X4係 NRa(Ra為氫原子、烷基或雜環基)或氧原子,^係nRc(Rc 為氫原$子或烧基)、氣原子或碳原子,γ2係氮原子或破原 子Χ係經由氧原子而鍵結的基,R8及R9各自獨立地 表不烷基 '方基、雜環基、烷氧基或烷基胺基,尺8與γι 可互相鍵結而形成5員或6員環,r9# γ2可互相鍵結而 形成5員、6員環,…或i所示的態樣。 -67- 201221520 以下ΤΓ 1式(I_3)所示的化合物之更佳態樣。Cyclic amine group. Ma represents a metal atom or a metal compound. X3 represents NR (R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl aryl group or an aryl group), a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and X4 represents NRa (Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a aryl group, a thiol group or a aryl group), an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Y1 represents NRc (Rc represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a fluorenyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group), a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom, and Y represents a nitrogen atom or carbon. atom. X5 represents a group which can be bonded to Ma, and a represents 〇, 1 or 2. 118 and Y1 can be bonded to each other to form a ring of 5, 6 or 7 members, and R9 and γ2 can be bonded to each other to form 5 members. Ring for 6 or 7 members. In the formula (1-3), r and R are respectively synonymous, and the preferred aspect is also the same. "Ma in the formula (1-3) represents a metal or a metal compound, which is the same as the above formula (I). The compound shown is coordinated to a metal atom or a metal compound. The metal atom or the metal compound in the body is also in the same range. % In the general formula (1-3), 'R8 and R9 each independently represent a linear, branched, or cyclic group having an alkane number of 1 to 36, *^^ more preferably 1 to 12, for example, a fluorenyl group. , ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, butyl butyrate, ^ ^ ' group, 2-ethylhexyl, dodecyl, cyclopropyl, its, cyclohexyl, ^ soil ^Adamantyl), alkenyl (preferably carbon number 2 to 24, preferably 2 to π, also alkenyl), such as vinyl 'allyl, 3-butene 64-201221520 Aryl (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 36, more preferably a phenyl group, a phenyl group heterocyclic group (preferably a carbon 7 2: 8 = an example of a heterocyclic group) such as a sequenyl group, 2 ·=Γ~12 pyridine, 1-pyridyl, 2-benzoic, 2. The dense material from the present ketone, 1-imidazolyl, 1 - 咻 4 钍. sit small base), alkoxy (preferably, carbon number 36, more preferably f, a group 'e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy,; -1, hexyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, dodecyl Oxyoxy-oxyloxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to ", more preferably an aryl group of 18"), such as a phenoxy group, a acetyloxy group, or an alkyl group (preferably a carbon number) Examples are alkylamino groups of 1 to 18, such as methylamino, ethylamine, more preferred amine, butylamino, hexylamino, 2, ethylhexylamine, di-aminoamine, and third Aminoamino 1 trioctylamino group, cyclohexylamino group-ethylamino group, N,N-dipropylamino group, N,N-dibutylamino group, &amp; ~ group-N-B Amino group), arylamine group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 36, more preferably an arylamine group of 6 to 18, such as a phenylamino group, a naphthylamino group, and an NR = ethyl-N- a heterocyclic amino group, or a heterocyclic amine group (preferably: a number of 〜24, more preferably a 1-1 amino group, such as a 2-amino-based η group, a 3-aminopyrazolyl group, 2—Aminopyridinyl, 3-aminopyridyl). In the formula (1-3), an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aromatic y y y group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, and an aromatic group represented by R 8 and R 9 . When the oxy group, the alkylamino group, the arylamino group or the heterocyclic amino group is a more substitutable group, any one of the substituents R may be substituted by two or more substituents. The substituents may be the same or different. In the formula (1-3), X3 represents NR, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom 'X4 represents NRa, an oxygen atom or sulfur Sub, R and Ra each stand out -65- 201221520, showing a linear atom, an alkyl group (preferably a carbon number * M ^ Μ Λ' Μ 36, more preferably a linear, branched or cyclic 1~12 Alkyl, for example Ί-Τ- « base, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, _ hexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, eleven, % A propyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an adamantyl group, an alkenyl group, preferably an alkyl group (preferably having a number of 2 to 24, more preferably 2 to 19 -p, Μ. Vinyl, allyl, 3_U_yl), aryl fluorenyl 1 〇 4 丨 马 石 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 〇4 Φ ν+ . π violent), heterocyclic group (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 24, more preferably a heterocyclic ring of 1 to 12, which is a u ^ ^ 0 + a group, such as a 2-thienyl group, a 4-pyridyl group , 2_furanyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, fluorene, .. A t decyl, 2-benzazolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, benzotriene..^ 1 9d s ·Base), sulfhydryl (preferably stone inverse 1~24, more wei 2~6^36*«· 尺佳 is 2 18 醯 base, such as acetyl group, trimethyl ethane group, 2 -ethylhexyl, benzoyl 1 hexyl), an alkyl group (preferably a carbon number M4, more preferably an alkyl group, such as an anthracenyl group, an ethyl 4 group, Isopropyl sulfhydryl, cyclohexylsulfonyl), arylsulfonyl (preferably an arylsulfonyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 24, more preferably 6 to fluorene, such as phenylsulfonyl, naphthalene Sulfosyl). The alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the aryl group, the heterocyclic group, the fluorenyl group, the decyl fluorenyl group and the aryl sulfonyl group of the above R and Ra may be further substituted by any of the aforementioned substituents R, when plural When substituted, the substituents may be the same or different. In the formula (1-3), γ1 represents NRc, a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom, γ2 represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom, and RC is synonymous with R in the above X3. In the general formula (1-3), R8 and γ1 may be bonded to each other, and R8, Y1 and a carbon atom together form a 5-membered ring (for example, cyclopentane, α is more than "I each β-determination, tetrahydrogen. Fu Nan, two Indole ring, tetrahydrogen, phenophene, 0 pirin, furan, thiophene, hydrazine, benzofuran 8-66 - 201221520 South benzo 11 phenophene), 6-membered ring (eg cyclohexane, piperidine, piperidine) Anthracene, morpholine, tetrahydropyran, dioxane, pentasulfinyl, dithiane, benzene, piperidine, piperidine, anthracene, quinoline, quinazoline) or a 7-membered ring (eg, cycloheptane) Alkane, hexamethyleneimine. In the formula (1-3), R9 and γ2 may be bonded to each other, and R9, γ2 and a carbon atom form a ring of 5, 6 or 7 members. The ring of the member, the 6 member, and the 7 member is, for example, a ring in which one of the rings formed by R8 and Υ1 and the atom is formed into a double bond. In the formula (1-3), when Rs and γ1 and R9 are When the ring of the 6-membered 6-membered member and the 7-membered member formed by the bonding of γ2 is a more substitutable ring, it may be substituted by the group described by any of the substituents R, and when substituted by two or more substituents The substituents may be the same or different. The 'X5' in the formula (1-3) The group bonded to Ma may be the same as χ1 in the above formula (M). a represents 〇, 1 or 2. When sa is 2, two X5 may be the same or different from each other. A preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the formula (Ι·3). That is, R to R, r7 and Ma are each a preferred form of a complex containing a compound represented by the formula (1) and a metal atom or a metal compound. Χ3 is NR (R is a gas atom or an alkyl group), a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom, X4 is NRa (Ra is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a heterocyclic group) or an oxygen atom, and is a nRc (Rc is a hydrogen source). Or a gas atom or a carbon atom, a γ2 nitrogen atom or a ruthenium atom is a group bonded via an oxygen atom, and R8 and R9 each independently represent an alkyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group. a base or an alkylamine group, the ruler 8 and the γι may be bonded to each other to form a 5- or 6-membered ring, and r9# γ2 may be bonded to each other to form a 5-member, 6-membered ring, ... or i. 67- 201221520 The following is a better aspect of the compound represented by formula (I_3).

即R R R、Ma各自為含有通式⑴所示的化合 物與金屬原子或金屬化合物之錯合體的較佳態樣,XI X4係氧原子,Y1係ΝΗ,γ2係氮原子,χ5係經由氧原子 而鍵結的基,R8及R9各自獨立地表示烷基、芳基、雜環 基、烷氧基或烷基胺基’尺8與γ1可互相鍵結而形成5 員或6員S ’ R9與γ2可互相鍵結而形成5員、6員環, a為0或1所示的態樣。 本發明中的二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯合體化合物之莫 耳吸光係數,從膜厚的觀點來看,愈高愈佳。又,從色 純度提高的觀點來看,最大吸收波長較佳為52〇nm 〜580nm,更佳為53〇nm〜570nm。再者,最大吸收波長 及莫耳吸光係數係藉由分光光度計uv_24〇〇pc(島津製 作所公司(Shimadzu C〇rporati〇n)製)來測定。 點 本發明中的二料亞甲基系金屬錯合體化合物之炼 從溶解性的觀點來看’較佳為不過高。 以下顯示前述通式(1-1)、 亞甲基系金屬錯合體化合物 I a - 5 1、I a - 6 7 〜I a 8 3、I a - A、了 τ 〇 A丄3 - 1 、1-1〜1-36、II-l〜11-11 及 等所限定。 (1~2)及(la)等所示的二σ比嘻 之具體例(例示化合物Ia_3 IIa-8、IIa-10〜IIa-20That is, each of RRR and Ma is a preferred embodiment of a compound containing a compound represented by the formula (1) and a metal atom or a metal compound. The XI X4 is an oxygen atom, the Y1 is a ruthenium, the γ 2 is a nitrogen atom, and the ruthenium 5 is via an oxygen atom. The bonded group, R8 and R9 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an alkylamino group, and the caliper 8 and γ1 may be bonded to each other to form a 5- or 6-member S'R9 and Γ2 can be bonded to each other to form a 5-member, 6-membered ring, and a is a pattern of 0 or 1. The molar absorption coefficient of the dipyrromethene-based metal-conjugate compound in the present invention is preferably as high as possible from the viewpoint of film thickness. Further, from the viewpoint of improvement in color purity, the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably from 52 Å to 580 nm, more preferably from 53 Å to 570 nm. Further, the maximum absorption wavelength and the molar absorption coefficient were measured by a spectrophotometer uv_24〇〇pc (manufactured by Shimadzu C〇rporati〇n). The refining of the dimethylene-based metal-based compound compound in the present invention is preferably not too high from the viewpoint of solubility. The following general formula (1-1), methylene metal complex compound I a - 5 1 , I a - 6 7 to I a 8 3, I a - A, τ 〇 A 丄 3 - 1 , 1-1 to 1-36, II-1 to 11-11, and the like. Specific examples of the two-sigma ratio 所示 shown in (1~2) and (la), etc. (exemplary compounds Ia_3 IIa-8, IIa-10~IIa-20)

Il-A)。惟,本發明中不受此 ⑧ •68- 201221520Il-A). However, this invention is not subject to this 8 •68- 201221520

化合物 編號 R*=Ff=i^=R'^ ;jn2n3«, p&amp;J» Hit 2 15 —Γ\ί —ΙΛν—ί%·, R?:=R!4 Ma :ia^3 —NH^ 彻^0« .......... —Chjj. Zn Ia*i4; 同上 _:上 m 周土 y==o --NHCOCHj 同土 词止 同上 Zn 同占 mjb Cu .細. 同上 mk • ~.·.ν —Q.Ha lar$ -NHCCCHjOCHjCOQH: n± 同:上 zn: Iai-9 同4: m± 伺土 mk Zn la-10 m m± —Ή' 块.. ^ la-It m. 雖 糖‘· ^.¾.. Zn .la-12 周上 -^眺 —Η cu la-l?: te ~ί?Η3- :¾ laH:4. '同上 同土. m Zn .la-15; 同上· 同it ~C3 同..;k 加 la-1:6 —HHGOCHi 固上 r^W?s4H'eQOH Cu 指H:7 ~NM2 m ~o: —Η Zn Ia-.i8' - V;. 同上 间:上. 同止 Cu' 1^-19. 同上 载 )1± v=〇: Jar2p 麻. 同主 词占, —¢^3.. Zfi fe-21. 崗.i. Μ±: 茼i ,Zn . la^-22 ^HC^HiOe'HjGOOM .同土 ,·~Η; m h-i3 · ',. - 11 Jt m.· m±. ,.: Ζή: -69- 201221520Compound number R*=Ff=i^=R'^ ;jn2n3«, p&amp;J» Hit 2 15 —Γ\ί—ΙΛν—ί%·, R?:=R!4 Ma :ia^3 —NH^彻^0« .......... —Chjj. Zn Ia*i4; Same as above _: Upper m week soil y==o --NHCOCHj Same as the same word on the same Zn as the mjb Cu. Fine. Ibid. Mk • ~.·.ν —Q.Ha lar$ -NHCCCHjOCHjCOQH: n± Same as: upper zn: Iai-9 same 4: m± servo mk Zn la-10 mm± —Ή' block.. ^ la-It m. Although sugar '· ^.3⁄4.. Zn .la-12 周上-^眺-Η cu la-l?: te ~ί?Η3- :3⁄4 laH:4. 'Same as the same soil. m Zn .la -15; ibid. · same as it~C3 with ..;k plus la-1:6 —HHGOCHi fixed r^W?s4H'eQOH Cu means H:7 ~NM2 m ~o: —Η Zn Ia-.i8' - V;. Same as above: Upper. Same as Cu' 1^-19. Same as upload) 1± v=〇: Jar2p Ma. Same as the main word, —¢^3.. Zfi fe-21. 岗.i. Μ ±: 茼i , Zn . la^-22 ^HC^HiOe'HjGOOM .同土,·~Η; m h-i3 · ',. - 11 Jt m.· m±. ,.: Ζή: -69- 201221520

化合物 編號 r'=r6=r8=r'3 r^^r^r'2 r’=bm Ma la-24 &quot;WHCOCH2OCH2COOH CJjg(t) -COO-C^)*CH3 c5ift) Cu la-25 同上 同上 令 周上 Zn fa-26 同上 同上 H&quot;p Π30 间上 Ζή fa-27 qo〇H —MHCO^^ 同上 -ch3 —Η Cu la-28 同上 同上 同上 *~ch3 Zn Ia,29 SO3H 同上 同上 同上 Cu la-30 同上 同上 C2Hs -ch2-6hc^h9 同上 Cu ia-31 同上 同上 Zn la-32 同上 同上 同上 Zh Ta-33 —mhs〇2ch3 同上 -ch3 同上 Zn la-34 -ch2q-Q~n3s〇2 同上 同上 同上 Zn ⑧ -70- 201221520Compound number r'=r6=r8=r'3 r^^r^r'2 r'=bm Ma la-24 &quot;WHCOCH2OCH2COOH CJjg(t) -COO-C^)*CH3 c5ift) Cu la-25 Ibid Same as the order of Zn fa-26 on the same as above H&quot;p Π30 between Ζή fa-27 qo〇H —MHCO^^ Same as above-ch3 —Η Cu la-28 Same as above ibid.*~ch3 Zn Ia,29 SO3H Same as above Cu la-30 Same as above C2Hs -ch2-6hc^h9 Same as above Cu ia-31 Same as above Zn la-32 Same as above Same as above Zh Ta-33 —mhs〇2ch3 Same as above-ch3 Same as Zn la-34 -ch2q-Q~n3s〇 2 Same as above, same as above Zn 8 -70- 201221520

化合物 編號 Rl:Re=ft8=R,3 R2=R5=Rs=R,2 r3=r〜r,&amp;=r&quot; R7=R “ Ma la-35 -gh2o-O&gt;~och3 切⑴ ~〇 *~ch3, 2π la-36 CHa 间上 同上 同上 Ζη !a-37 chzgooh —M-SOaCHj 同上 同上 同上 Ζη la-38 —Cl 同上 同上 同上 Cu Ia-*39 —S~qH2COOH 同上 同上 同上 Cu !a-40 CHj —S-0HCOOH 同上 同上 Cm la-41 同上 同上 同上 同上 v=d la-42 —SGjCH^ 同上 同上 苘上 V-0 la-43 同上 同上 -〇 m± Cu fa-44 CH3 同上 同上 同上 Cu la-45 ~GH3f 同上 CH3 _Η Cu Ia-4$ 同上 同上 同上 —gh3 Zn la-47 同上 同上 同上 同4: Cu Ia-48 同上 同上 同上 同上 Ni !a-49 —〇4曜 同上 同上 同上 Zn !a-&quot;5〇 同上 同上 同上 同上 Pd Ia-SI —GHaCHjCOOH 同上 同上 同上 Zn -71- 201221520Compound number Rl:Re=ft8=R,3 R2=R5=Rs=R,2 r3=r~r,&amp;=r&quot; R7=R “ Ma la-35 -gh2o-O&gt;~och3 cut (1) ~〇 *~ch3, 2π la-36 CHa 上上上上上上Ζη !a-37 chzgooh —M-SOaCHj Same as above as above Ζη la-38 —Cl Same as above I. Cu Ia-*39 —S~qH2COOH Same as above Ibid. Cu !a -40 CHj —S-0HCOOH Same as above Cm la-41 Same as above Ibid. v=d la-42 —SGjCH^ Same as above, V-0 la-43 Same as above-〇m± Cu fa-44 CH3 Ibid. Cu la-45 ~GH3f Same as above CH3 _Η Cu Ia-4$ Ibid. Same as above - gh3 Zn la-47 Same as above Same as above 4: Cu Ia-48 Same as above Same as above Ni!a-49 —〇4曜 Same as above and above Zn !a-&quot;5〇 Same as above, same as above, Pd Ia-SI —GHaCHjCOOH Same as above, same as above Zn -71- 201221520

化合物 編號 r'=r6=r8=r'3 R?rR5=R9=R,? R3=R4rR?&lt;)=R&quot; r7=rm Ma fa-67 —NHg —CN -GH3 —H 2n la-68 —nhc〇ch3 同上 同上. -CH3 2n la-69 ~CH3 同上 同上 同上 2n ia-70 同上 同上 ~o 同上· Zn ia-7t —C13H27 同上 -CH3 ο Cu la-72 —NHj 同上 -cf3 同上 Cu la-73 —NHCOCH2OCH2COOH 同上 同上 同上 Cu ta-74 -ΝΗ(5〇~ώ&lt;^^4{^〇2 同上 同上 —όη3 Zn la-75 -Q-C〇-N(CH2CH2〇CH3)2 同上 ~C3H7(IS0) 同上 Zn !a-76 同上 同上 -0 同上 Zn Ja-77 同上 同上 ~cf3 同上 In la-78 ~nhcogh2och2cooh 同上 -Q-CO-fliCHiCH^CH^ 同上 2rt la-79 ~Q CJHoit) ^oo-/^ch3 c%0 ~-〇~°Η3 CH3 _ Zn ia-80 同上 间上 —C4H9(t). 同上 2n ia-81 ~Ci3H^ 同上 a 同上 Zn la-82 —nhgoch2gch2cooh —COOC^Hs S02N(CH2CH2〇C2HS)2 同上 Cu la-83 ~Q ch2cooh 5Ο2-Λ-€Η20ΟΟΗ C/UO) ^go-(Vch3 —ch3 同上 Zn ⑧ -72- 201221520Compound number r'=r6=r8=r'3 R?rR5=R9=R,? R3=R4rR?&lt;)=R&quot; r7=rm Ma fa-67 —NHg —CN —GH3 —H 2n la-68 —nhc〇ch3 Same as above. -CH3 2n la-69 ~CH3 Same as above Ibid 2n ia-70 Same as above~o Same as above · Zn ia-7t —C13H27 Same as above-CH3 ο Cu la-72 —NHj Same as above-cf3 Same as Cu la -73 -NHCOCH2OCH2COOH Same as above, above Cu ta-74 -ΝΗ(5〇~ώ&lt;^^4{^〇2 Same as above--όη3 Zn la-75 -QC〇-N(CH2CH2〇CH3)2 Same as above~C3H7(IS0 Same as above Zn !a-76 Same as above - 0 Same as above Zn Ja-77 Same as above ~cf3 Same as In la-78 ~nhcogh2och2cooh Same as above-Q-CO-fliCHiCH^CH^ Same as 2rt la-79 ~Q CJHoit) ^oo-/ ^ch3 c%0 ~-〇~°Η3 CH3 _ Zn ia-80 Same as above-C4H9(t). Same as above 2n ia-81 ~Ci3H^ Same as a Same as above Zn la-82 —nhgoch2gch2cooh —COOC^Hs S02N(CH2CH2 〇C2HS)2 Same as above Cu la-83 ~Q ch2cooh 5Ο2-Λ-€Η20ΟΟΗ C/UO) ^go-(Vch3 —ch3 Same as above Zn 8 -72- 201221520

化合物 編號 '4· - :Λ·... . Λ.' . :养铁:洛轳: ρ^_ρ4^ρί Ρ_ρ1 ΐ nk-n&lt;..r:K Μ 誠‘ _腦頌麵 Ζη. ;Si?痒釀 &quot;Η lla-3Compound number '4· - :Λ·... . Λ.' . : 养铁:洛轳: ρ^_ρ4^ρί Ρ_ρ1 ΐ nk-n&lt;..r:K Μ 诚 ' _ 颂 颂 Ζ ;. Si? Itchy brewing &quot;Η lla-3

73 20122152073 201221520

llaH3 I la-10llaH3 I la-10

O 0 NC^rtVC0 hoocch^ W CH,O 0 NC^rtVC0 hoocch^ W CH,

Ca^WCa^W

义哺 CH3 CHj.CH3义育 CH3 CHj.CH3

lla-Mlla-M

CHa-CHa-

COQ-&lt; &gt;-CHa 明 CH?CH2CH2COOH 卜OOO ΌαΜ) / \/ hoocch2ch2-Ch2.COQ-&lt;&gt;-CHa Ming CH?CH2CH2COOH BuOOO ΌαΜ) / \/ hoocch2ch2-Ch2.

I la-15I la-15

Cv4Hs{1)Cv4Hs{1)

广 COOK &gt;-ch3 /h3. \ /、ch3 。⑴ 201221520 llari6Wide COOK &gt;-ch3 /h3. \ /, ch3. (1) 201221520 llari6

Ma-19Ma-19

CH3 CH3 CH3 V-coc CH3C〇-NH f\ h2o oocch3 I la-17CH3 CH3 CH3 V-coc CH3C〇-NH f\ h2o oocch3 I la-17

I la-18I la-18

75- 201221520 Η CHr 1-575- 201221520 Η CHr 1-5

pm ch3 ooc^A^^-ch⑽)hPm ch3 ooc^A^^-ch(10))h

C4H9(t) d&quot;H2 xo-cdch3 -ch3 ch3-C4H9(t) d&quot;H2 xo-cdch3 -ch3 ch3-

p4H9&lt;t) Ο4^θ(0 |SJH 1-2 CHyp4H9&lt;t) Ο4^θ(0 |SJH 1-2 CHy

PaM) qocPaM) qoc

〇4H9{t) coo ch3〇4H9{t) coo ch3

。湖,i/h2. \ 〆 Λιη2 C4_ ch3. Lake, i/h2. \ 〆 Λιη2 C4_ ch3

C^Hsft) OOGwHh/C^Hsft) OOGwHh/

bH2OCH2〇〇OH 201221520 1-9bH2OCH2〇〇OH 201221520 1-9

〇αΗ3(Ϊ) C4H9&lt;0 、Fe〔 fsj ώ(Η9(〇 CHs H0〇αΗ3(Ϊ) C4H9&lt;0, Fe[ fsj ώ(Η9(〇 CHs H0

C4H9(t) ^ gH3 C^¥P ch3C4H9(t) ^ gH3 C^¥P ch3

l-U ,cqo V^043 nh2l-U ,cqo V^043 nh2

CH3 w.../ ^ / v / \ ί _ C4H9W HN N c4H9(t) ch3 J-n ch3 〇4H9(t) ch3 ch3CH3 w.../ ^ / v / \ ί _ C4H9W HN N c4H9(t) ch3 J-n ch3 〇4H9(t) ch3 ch3

COO-G2H5 C4H6(tjCOO-G2H5 C4H6(tj

G4H5(t)G4H5(t)

C4H9(t) l-*5 CHSC4H9(t) l-*5 CHS

:^V^Vycc &gt;-N zN«( &gt;7;. m- NH2 ^Zn^, NH2 C4H9^0** 、0 「GCH~C-CHa:^V^Vycc &gt;-N zN«( &gt;7;. m- NH2 ^Zn^, NH2 C4H9^0** , 0 "GCH~C-CHa

1-12 p4_ C YH3 OOC^y^CH^^^^QO- _ (|ΤΝ、Ζ(\、 C4H8(t) &gt;=N·&quot; ^O-C'Vi 叫 QH9(t).1-12 p4_ C YH3 OOC^y^CH^^^^QO- _ (|ΤΝ,Ζ(\, C4H8(t) &gt;=N·&quot; ^O-C'Vi is called QH9(t).

CH3 C严? 卜丨6CH3 C Yan? Bu Yi 6

:ZnC nh2 CH 疒 C_CM=C-CH3 C2H5OOC ^^Λ^ΟΟΟ P.Hs(t):ZnC nh2 CH 疒 C_CM=C-CH3 C2H5OOC ^^Λ^ΟΟΟ P.Hs(t)

-77- 201221520 Ι-ί7-77- 201221520 Ι-ί7

Η9 -21Η9 -21

CH3-CH3-

.C4HQO) Ρα^) ch3 ODOs ch3 ci_ 一 coo.C4HQO) Ρα^) ch3 ODOs ch3 ci_ a coo

1-231-23

CHj-c^oh CH2OCHse〇OH ζ) ζ) 〇Λ(0 CH3&lt;N&gt; 、。-cfCHj-c^oh CH2OCHse〇OH ζ) ζ) 〇Λ (0 CH3&lt;N&gt;, .-cf

C湖 ^O-H^VcHa 1-24 C4He(t) ch3- 夕〇 ΌΗC Lake ^O-H^VcHa 1-24 C4He(t) ch3- 夕〇 ΌΗ

NHS〇2CH3 -! P-&lt; ^ CHNHS02CH3 *0、ΛΪ_Ι όκ^ )-CH3NHS〇2CH3 -! P-&lt; ^ CHNHS02CH3 *0, ΛΪ_Ι όκ^ )-CH3

C4_ ^ 'CHNHS02CHj.C4_ ^ 'CHNHS02CHj.

CH3&quot;〇t〇H 〇H -78- ⑧ 201221520CH3&quot;〇t〇H 〇H -78- 8 201221520

1-261-26

CHaCHa

1-271-27

1-281-28

-79- 201221520 !-32-79- 201221520 !-32

〇4Η9(0 )C^V^ 〇4Η9(0〇4Η9(0)C^V^ 〇4Η9(0

οη3 1-35. 0Hr p4^s(0 r.n. QHa(t) e4H9(tj nJ~nxp^)TOT^yN,N/HC0CHj ^Ηη3 1-35. 0Hr p4^s(0 r.n. QHa(t) e4H9(tj nJ~nxp^)TOT^yN,N/HC0CHj ^

CHjCHj

NHCOCHj^HfiW Λ〇λ^Φ) m2 Ν &quot;Νη*·^ 削 W \·‘· /^ C4H9W c義(t) CHy CH3 1-33NHCOCHj^HfiW Λ〇λ^Φ) m2 Ν &quot;Νη*·^ 切割 W \·‘· /^ C4H9W c义(t) CHy CH3 1-33

QHsiOQHsiO

Γ-34 e4H9(t) —GOC、〜。4關 Nh2 CH3(?0-NHΓ-34 e4H9(t) —GOC,~. 4 off Nh2 CH3 (?0-NH

ch5- ^(t) C4H8(t)Ch5- ^(t) C4H8(t)

ch, °m 广 COO—y-CH3 /ΝΛΗΟΟΟΗ3άί») X^HCOCH,^,) 'COO—CH3 ch3 ch3CH, °m wide COO—y-CH3 /ΝΛΗΟΟΟΗ3άί») X^HCOCH,^,) 'COO—CH3 ch3 ch3

c4h9(0C4h9(0

-80- 201221520-80- 201221520

化合物 編號 ff : Ψ .黎:... 1IH -cm- -rCO.G:C^5 W- Μ 伺上. 周逼 m±. —^HSC^CHa,; 同IE . Π-3 同i 痈士: ;·&gt; .周;fc. ·.;·.〆 細Φ纖: ir—4v :&quot;^Q 1 Vll ·, Λ t*l NHS〇2,CH| 考_ ΜΆ -Ο .-. ; 雜 m 1h瓣唯 ^OOPiiis 商上: :鮮 • · .·.· . *., ··· ·· . i ~GH&gt;pGH:2COCiH :姻. Π-6; '.同龙'... .m .... ..._.翁.. .:働.; .'二........ -81 - 201221520Compound No. ff : Ψ .黎:... 1IH -cm- -rCO.G:C^5 W- Μ Serve. Zhou forced m±. —^HSC^CHa,; Same as IE. Π-3 with i 痈士: ;·&gt;.周;fc.·.;·.〆 〆 fine Φ fiber: ir—4v :&quot;^Q 1 Vll ·, Λ t*l NHS〇2, CH| test _ ΜΆ -Ο .- . Miscellaneous m 1h lobes only ^OOPiiis Shang Shang: :Fresh• ····· . *., ··· ·· . i ~GH> pGH:2COCiH: marriage. Π-6; '.同龙'. .. .m .... ..._. Weng.. .:働.; .'two........ -81 - 201221520

化合物 編號 R1 re R3 R4 R9 X1 .11-7 ch3 -COOC2H5 o 一CHs Η?0 Π-8 ~Q 同± 同上· 同上 同上 同土 ;Π-9 &lt;&gt; nhso2ch3 —CN —ch3 —CH3 同上 同上 ΙΜ0 nhso2gh3 同上 同上 m± nhso2ch3 同上 H-11 同上 同上 o ~o —ch3 同上.Compound No. R1 re R3 R4 R9 X1 .11-7 ch3 -COOC2H5 o One CHs Η?0 Π-8 ~Q with ± Same as above Same as above; Π-9 &lt;&gt; nhso2ch3 —CN —ch3 —CH3 Same as above Same as above ΙΜ 0 nhso2gh3 Same as above m± nhso2ch3 Same as above H-11 Same as above o ~o —ch3 Same as above.

化合物 編號 R* R2 R3 R4 R7 R9 X' ΙΙ-Α 一 CHa: —COOC2H5 —CH3 —ch3 ch2cooh —CH3 h2o 其次,顯示前述通式(I - 3)所示的二°比p各亞曱基金屬 錯合體化合物之具體例(例示化合物 ΙΠ-1〜III-103、 III-A〜III-C及IV-A)。惟,本發明中不受此等所限定。 ⑧ -82- 201221520Compound No. R* R2 R3 R4 R7 R9 X' ΙΙ-Α One CHa: —COOC2H5 —CH3 —ch3 ch2cooh —CH3 h2o Next, the second ratio p of each of the above-mentioned general formula (I - 3) is shown. Specific examples of the compound of the complex (exemplified compounds ΙΠ-1 to III-103, III-A to III-C and IV-A). However, the present invention is not limited by these. 8 -82- 201221520

化合物 編號 .w.:: 化合物. .編號 i$. :3irX \M ♦ ♦.· .* -m. 丨 職' ㈣ -J&amp;k • Ιϊ ^*ν! 'r- ·· -杏破翁 -翻· ,_ϊ J香 Γ·^〇.….. -· . .. 一 一 «·、· ... :猶 ..痛猶. Ά_. ΠΗ8 —娜氬 雕. ::轉 * * V ' . · * .·* ··::· 同:ϋ: 細 . ·,·ί .· ·'. .翻 . .〇 ...辦 m. :^=¾¾ :嚇/ |膨挣 ft:….: ^mmmk :.·«.« .' ··.·; «: · j- ·- .·,· ··* S:jt: .-.&gt; :111¾¾ 、V . ·. :;—eOrrQH-GQGH^ ..麟....., ♦ .、. .-y· 诵 _ · .·. » \w\p :-¾ 銳 H^cSck^Ns. .賊.. ···〆:v* ·. …1!_ :m \.$p§ 一劣HN晒飄〕 .馳. 八喔· :海f: * ‘.ν'*、f 4g. 同秦 * * * 、*i'* i 11¾ 辯纖' … ; ei4%H3 MM .&lt; ·\ * ·.* :H!r2 l 浐叫Γ 麵:! 111-22;· - ..,- '', ·二 鄉瓣與泼 ' 同:土 -·、τ - · 迦…...Ί 獅·献 :mh wm -ΐΡ^Η’5: » ' V - · ·· · ' · ~ tr&quot;' :戰:…戰 攝 -83- 201221520 ?%Ή.:Compound number.w.:: compound. .number i$. :3irX \M ♦ ♦.· .* -m. 丨职' (4) -J&amp;k • Ιϊ ^*ν! 'r- ·· - 杏破翁- Turn over, _ϊ J Γ Γ 〇 〇 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 一 痛 痛 痛 痛 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ' . · * .·* ··::· 同:ϋ: 细. ·,·ί .···. .翻..〇...do m. :^=3⁄43⁄4 : scare / | ....: ^mmmk :.·«.« .' ····; «: · j- ·- .·,···* S:jt: .-.&gt; :1113⁄43⁄4 , V . ·. :; —eOrrQH-GQGH^ ..麟....., ♦ .,. .-y· 诵_ · ..... » \w\p :-3⁄4 Sharp H^cSck^Ns. .thief.. ··· 〆:v* ·. ...1!_ :m \.$p§ A bad HN sun dribbles] Chi. Gossip: sea f: * '.ν'*, f 4g. with Qin* * *, * i'* i 113⁄4 Debate '... ; ei4%H3 MM .&lt; ·\ * ·.* :H!r2 l 浐叫Γ Face:! 111-22;· - ..,- '', ·二乡瓣和泼' 同:土-·,τ - · 迦......Ί 狮·献:mh wm -ΐΡ^Η'5: » ' V - · ·· · ' · ~ tr&quot;' :战:...战摄-83- 201221520 ?%Ή.:

ΟΟΟ.*^^ Φ' ^φι-PL·^ #1¾. ·)ί=〇ί··: '::; ^b;·^;: 瘅:'S; 一姑 化合物 編號 •if 化合物 編號 • :;UI-2$ 111-26 一_; :矜臂( 欺猙 麟 lii-zr -綱_雜: -麵_轉. lfH3D .··,·-·:.“. .. :.. :.,··:..··., .·Μ ν';· V·' ' · -輝广__卿 m.. .祕. ' ,麟;: ··, · · /.. t.« &lt;·· .*. -CHsNHso^Hv 9sHs ,轉 :爲…. 祕 .曝 ⑧ -84- 201221520ΟΟΟ.*^^ Φ' ^φι-PL·^ #13⁄4. ·) ί=〇ί··: '::; ^b;·^;: 瘅: 'S; a compound number • if compound number • :;UI-2$ 111-26 一_; :矜臂((狰麟 lii-zr -纲_杂: -面_转. lfH3D .··,···:...... :.. : .···:..··., .·Μ ν · · · · · 辉 辉 辉 辉 辉 辉 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ « &lt;·· .*. -CHsNHso^Hv 9sHs, turn: for.... Secret. Exposure 8 -84- 201221520

化合物 編號 # φ 化合物 編號 # Μ: :猶旁’ 獅: 一 :'Ilte37: NHS〇iC^3 同上 IIHJS .. . . · · *. · ·· ·,··. . mh 編$ -p 獅 k土 • ···.·: .· ;· ; ,- K .· · · 麵.. f· .·..·.. Itir42 '脅· Η論 同备 4喊 -85- 201221520Compound No. # φ Compound No. # Μ: :犹旁' Lion: One: 'Ilte37: NHS〇iC^3 Ibid IIHJS .. . . · · *. · ·· ····. . mh Edit $-p Lion k土•···.·: .· ;· ; , - K .· · · Face: f· ....·.. Itir42 'Warrior · Paradox with 4 shouts -85- 201221520

化合物 編號 :R® R?;i 化合物 編號 1Π-45: ......_...... 嫩 4¾¾ Ϊίίτ48 !^0 -Ο 祕Ηφ如3. 一 :1Π-5〇: .... ... -CHiNHSO#^ ;inr5H :—3BNHS.〇i'CH3 處上 W52 -CH寒02餅3 gh3 &quot;iCHNHSP2CH3. 0hi3 ' iii-P -dHNHSPiGHa 1 同占 瓣 :~Q. ^ihsQjCh3; —^}¾ ;ΙΠ^55; Nt4S02CH3- 驟 \'Λ· · . ..·_,. .1··. 1 網 ⑧ -86- 201221520 c4_yCompound number: R® R?;i Compound number 1Π-45: ......_...... 嫩 43⁄43⁄4 Ϊίίτ48 !^0 -Ο Tip φ as 3. One: 1Π-5〇: .. .. ... -CHiNHSO#^ ;inr5H :—3BNHS.〇i'CH3 at W52 -CH cold 02 cake 3 gh3 &quot;iCHNHSP2CH3. 0hi3 ' iii-P -dHNHSPiGHa 1 with the valve:~Q. ^ihsQjCh3 ;^^}3⁄4 ;ΙΠ^55; Nt4S02CH3- \\'Λ·· . ..·_,. .1··. 1 Net 8 -86- 201221520 c4_y

魏 糾 瓣 Ί ·Μ=/ . W4、名. €;&quot; ^-齡Wei 纠 Ί ·Μ=/ . W4, name. €;&quot; ^-

化合物 編號 ff 化合物 編號 MfrbJ! 1CH3 m -CH3 J祕 Ψ CHV ψί -Ct^ m- .1IF59 同為 lff-60'1 ,:^Q; ~COBCH% ·:. 1.·* · ::H 卜 61: /3^¾ 〇e哦 喊 歸2: mmm .:同上. ΙΠ-63 .ip 鮮 in-64. -Q -87- 201221520Compound No. ff Compound No. MfrbJ! 1CH3 m -CH3 J Tips CHV ψί -Ct^ m- .1IF59 Same as lff-60'1 , :^Q; ~COBCH% ·:. 1.·* · ::H Bu 61: /3^3⁄4 〇e oh yeah 2: mmm .: ibid. ΙΠ-63 .ip fresh in-64. -Q -87- 201221520

化合物 編號 R3 R4 R8 R9 111-65 —ch3 -CHa —COOC2H5 -OH3 —CH3 111-66 同上 同上 同上 -chnhsq2ch3 ch3 -chnhso2ch3 ch3 1Π-67 同上 同上 同上 ~^Q nhso2oh3 nhso2ch3 1J 卜 68 ~〇 同上 同上 —ch3 —ch3 111-69 〇 -〇 同上 同上 同上 111-70 —CH* 〇 C4Hg(t) —COO&quot;^~V-CH3 C&amp;) 同上 -ch2nhsq2-^^-ch3 ⑧ -88- 201221520 ^4HS(1) ^ η # _V ?-N^v^N=1( C4H^'HW -N, ^ ! p%9Compound No. R3 R4 R8 R9 111-65 —ch3 —CHa —COOC2H5 —OH3 —CH3 111-66 Same as above -chnhsq2ch3 ch3 -chnhso2ch3 ch3 1Π-67 Same as above Ibid.~^Q nhso2oh3 nhso2ch3 1J 卜68~〇 Ibid. Ch3 —ch3 111-69 〇-〇 Same as above Ibid. 111-70 —CH* 〇C4Hg(t) —COO&quot;^~V-CH3 C&amp;) Same as above-ch2nhsq2-^^-ch3 8 -88- 201221520 ^4HS( 1) ^ η # _V ?-N^v^N=1( C4H^'HW -N, ^ ! p%9

代Γ Q K H3C4 化合物 編號 R3 ㉚ R3 R8 if ::III!H71 -〇 鶴 -C〇rNGH;3 ,剛 Jli-7g 辦上. ‘同占 .〒3_娥 -C0-N9gH:7as〇) 同上 周上 111-73 m± 齡 -CQNH-^~^ 同上 同上 :.雜 74.. :同:上' 同上 Γ7^ ch3 mM ©is: :厨上 同上. mh -89- 201221520Γ QK H3C4 Compound No. R3 30 R3 R8 if ::III!H71 - 〇鹤-C〇rNGH;3, just Jli-7g. On the 'same. 〒3_娥-C0-N9gH:7as〇) Last week, 111-73 m± Age-CQNH-^~^ Same as above: Miscellaneous 74..: Same as: Upper 'Supper Γ7^ ch3 mM ©is: :Cooking up. mh -89- 201221520

化合物 編號 0 φ R?· •rv··. :R?&quot; lira; Μέί-ii *- - ····«- • · 111:-77: 喝_賴: ...故接 m _:氣 :轉, ..:. .· .:. t. 输掷 1 . . · mm Ά, •JL,;..;:· · ...... 細 &quot;-Q:i '—雜 1' ΐίίτδΐ 輸 :祕 靖_轉_.. .同志: ,麵陶纖 m 難 -90- ⑧ 201221520Compound number 0 φ R?· •rv··. :R?&quot;lira; Μέί-ii *- - ····«- • · 111:-77: Drink _ 赖: ... so pick m _: Gas: turn, ..:. . . .:. t. throwing 1 . . . mm Ά, •JL,;..;:·· ...... fine&quot;-Q:i '- 1' ΐίίτδΐ Loss: Secret Jing _ Turn _.. . Comrade: , face ceramic fiber m difficult -90- 8 201221520

化合物 編號 If pr ·Γ\-· t .· - · 1 随3 : t轉__3.:: mfy ........ J..··. ..··: . · * :;*·: -· vv;' 赚 MM 織: 職: ,/ί %JL 1晦_:+: .· · · :·、···.’..· · 痛為 .同_ : 同iE ._ . 5 ·ν r :· ;*: · , V V ··. 111-66 r. s ·. .,. · ..... /. .· ····.··... ·...‘·.·····.··· · ms . . ........ -.···. I. · ·. ·. .· · .·· .··-, 獅 ...···.··.· · 1. ·...*:·*·,*· ,····· ,__講 «... r .... ·. · · · .. ·,· 1. ·. ·,·,·,... 厂— ''rrCBs· 獅失: 秀圬i -ft ….. .1纖_ 雜 嵐其. -91 - 201221520Compound No. If pr ·Γ\-· t .· - · 1 Follow 3 : t to __3.:: mfy ........ J..··. ..··:: · * :; *·: -· vv;' earn MM weaving: position: , / ί %JL 1晦 _:+: .· · · :·····...··· Pain is the same as _: Same as iE. _ . 5 ·ν r :· ;*: · , VV ··. 111-66 r. s ·. .,. · ..... /. .. ·······... ..'············ ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lion...··································································· · .. ·,·················································································

化合物 編鐵 ^ ^ ' III-90. ^?η3: • ../StJ' ~s^m -m «Γ Μ±: 同上: 一钟__喰 .:/ί%;·υ· 1 *· m'fio:; \Άφ: 批 m. 一娜雜1¾ mm P.rt ΙΙΙ-93;, \ ψ CfHj J補 :同為 :Μ± :,剛 :.nw ΙΠ^95.' MJi-· 同土 •^0HNH:S〇5〇H3. mk 同上: ‘同上 rr'rQ 飞HSQ㈣卜蚨 mj' !\;· '.· Μ... ·' . . . ·.· Γ !1 -92 201221520 &gt;=〇· £ &quot; &quot; &quot; % 糧 化合物 編號 ;R? :嵌 Ff; l_l -p : -p ^Hs;; ;-:6% 1轉 ^Ο^ι: W : :;~C5r^1 L M ....... Μ-t:· M±. iiRoa 喰. Wi± 鲜 ,πι.^ιοι ::&quot;P M;-k. 勘. 綱碑 〔鼠, 麵 3 ,酬?觸3 峨 .:¾ i: ~Q ,r%........ 1膽獅 -93- 201221520Compound braided iron ^ ^ ' III-90. ^?η3: • ../StJ' ~s^m -m «Γ Μ±: Same as above: One clock __喰.:/ί%;·υ· 1 *· M'fio:; \Άφ: batch m. one na miscellaneous 13⁄4 mm P.rt ΙΙΙ-93;, \ ψ CfHj J complement: the same as: Μ± :, just: .nw ΙΠ^95.' MJi-·土•^0HNH:S〇5〇H3. mk Same as above: 'Ibid rr'rQ Flying HSQ (4) Buddy mj' !\;· '.· Μ... ·' . . . ··· Γ !1 -92 201221520 &gt;=〇· £ &quot;&quot;&quot; % grain compound number; R?: embedded Ff; l_l -p : -p ^Hs;; ;-:6% 1 turn ^Ο^ι: W : :;~ C5r^1 LM ....... Μ-t:· M±. iiRoa 喰. Wi± Fresh, πι.^ιοι ::&quot;PM;-k. Survey. Outline (rat, face 3, paid) ? Touch 3 峨 .:3⁄4 i: ~Q ,r%........ 1 胆狮 -93- 201221520

化合物 編號 R7 R8 R9 Π卜A ch2cooh —〇4Η9〇) 一 C4H9(t)Compound No. R7 R8 R9 A布 A ch2cooh —〇4Η9〇) A C4H9(t)

化合杨 編號 R3 R4 R5 R? R® H9 ΙΙΓ-Β —CH.+3 —:CH.3 -COOC2H5 ch2cooh 一 eH3 -ch3 ⑧ -94- 201221520 R3 r7 R4Compound Yang No. R3 R4 R5 R? R® H9 ΙΙΓ-Β —CH.+3 —:CH.3 -COOC2H5 ch2cooh one eH3 -ch3 8 -94- 201221520 R3 r7 R4

化合物 編號 R3 R4 R7 R8 R9 IIIH3 —ch3 —CH3 ch2c〇〇h —CH3 _CH3Compound No. R3 R4 R7 R8 R9 IIIH3 —ch3 —CH3 ch2c〇〇h —CH3 _CH3

化合物編號 R8 R9 W-ACompound number R8 R9 W-A

-95- 201221520 由前述通式(i)表示的化合物所得之二吡咯亞曱基金 屬錯合體化合物’係可藉由美國專利第4,7 7 4,3 3 9號說明 書、同第5,433,896號說明書、特開2001-240761號公報 、同2002-155052號公報、日本發明專利第3614586號 說明書、Aust. J. Chem,1 965,1 1,1835-1 845、J. H. Boger et al,Heteroatom Chemistry,Vol.i,N〇.5,389(1990)等中 記載的方法來合成。 關於具體的合成方法’可參照特開2 〇 〇 8 - 2 9 2 9 7 0號 公報的段落編號[01 31]〜[0157]之記載。 其次,說明通式(II)。-95-201221520 The dipyrrolidinium-based metal-conjugated compound obtained by the compound represented by the above formula (i) can be used in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,7,7,3,3,9, and the specification of No. 5,433,896. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2001-240761, the same as No. 2002-155052, Japanese Patent No. 3614586, Aust. J. Chem, 1 965, 1, 1,1835-1845, JH Boger et al, Heteroatom Chemistry, Vol. The method described in .i, N. 5, 389 (1990), etc. is synthesized. For the specific synthesis method, the descriptions of paragraph numbers [01 31] to [0157] of JP-A No. 2 - 2 9 2 9 7 0 can be referred to. Next, the general formula (II) will be explained.

前述通式(II)中,A1表示從選自由 嘮唑酮、巴比妥酸、硫代巴比妥酸、勞 、乙内醯脲(hydantoin)、硫代乙内醯脲 通式 5 -吡唑啉酮、異 丹寧(rhodanine) 、号唑啶二g同、 。比。坐σ定 m 知滿二酮、羥基咣啶鲷、吡唑并吡啶_、 四氫》it2,4_二酮、3_氧代_2,3_二氣苯并⑷。塞令 -1,1-二氧化物及3-二氰基次甲基_2, 3_二氫苯并[d]噻嘴 -1,1·二氧化物所成之群組中的化合物而來的酸性核。於 此等之中,Α1較佳為從5_吡唑啉酮、異嘮唑酮、巴比妥 酸Kd対。定二酮、茚滿二酮、經基。比咬酿 、吡唑并吡啶酮而來之酸性核。 -96- 201221520 L1、L2及L3表示次甲基。 R33及R34各自獨立地表示烷基、芳基、烷氧艘基或 氫原子’ R35表示氫原子、曱氧基、氯原子、曱基或硝基 。其中,R33及R34各自獨立地較佳為氫原子、碳數i〜 10之取代或無取代的炫•基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基、氛夷 乙基、甲氧基乙基、苄基、羧基苄基等)、碳數6〜12之 取代或無取代的芳基(例如苯基、對二甲基胺基笨基、對 二乙基胺基-鄰甲基本基、2,4,6-三甲基、對緩基苯夷、 對乙氧羰基苯基、對曱磺醯基胺基苯基等)等。 η表示0或1。 惟,作為鍵結於Α1及R33〜r35中 κ Τ的至少一個之取代 基’在分子中具有由缓基、磺酿胺其^ , 尹' α販妝基及胺磺醯基所選出 的至少一個。又,此等基較佳Α铋έ 兩鍵結於分子中的芳基。 更佳為羧基。 車又佳為下述通式(Ila)所示的化 於前述通式(II)之中 合物。In the above formula (II), A1 represents a 5-pyridyl group selected from the group consisting of oxazolone, barbituric acid, thiobarbituric acid, laurel, hydantoin, and thioacetamidine. Oxazolinone, rhodamine (rhodanine), and oxazolidine two g, the same. ratio. Sitting on σ set m known as diketone, hydroxy acridine, pyrazolopyridine_, tetrahydro"it2,4_dione, 3-oxo-2,3_dibenzobenzo (4). a compound of the group formed by the combination of 1,1-dioxide and 3-dicyanomethyl 2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]thiton-1,1·dioxide The acidic core coming. Among these, Α1 is preferably from 5-pyrazolone, isoxazolone, and barbituric acid Kd対. Dicarboxylic acid, indandione, and thiol. An acidic nucleus derived from bitten and pyrazolopyridone. -96- 201221520 L1, L2 and L3 represent methine groups. R33 and R34 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group or a hydrogen atom. R35 represents a hydrogen atom, a decyloxy group, a chlorine atom, a fluorenyl group or a nitro group. Wherein R.sup.33 and R.sup.34 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted hexyl group having a carbon number of i to 10 (eg, methyl, ethyl, propyl, arylethyl, methoxyethyl, a benzyl group, a carboxybenzyl group or the like, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group, a p-dimethylamino group, a p-diethylamino-o-methyl group, 2, 4,6-trimethyl, p-hydroxybenzoyl, p-ethoxycarbonylphenyl, p-sulfonylaminophenyl, etc.). η represents 0 or 1. However, the substituent 'which is at least one of κ 键 bonded to Α1 and R33 to r35 has at least one selected from the group consisting of a sulfhydryl group, a sulfonamide, an oxonium, and an amidoxime group. One. Further, these groups are preferably two aryl groups bonded to the molecule. More preferably, it is a carboxyl group. Further, the car is preferably a compound of the above formula (II) represented by the following formula (Ila).

通式®a) 係與通式(II) 前述通式(Ila)中,R33〜R35、l1〜l3 中的情况同義,較佳的態樣亦同樣。及 -97- 201221520 R較佳為碳數1〜4之取代或無取代的烷基(例如曱 基 '乙基、丁基、第三丁基、2-氣乙基、甲氧基乙基、 2經乙基二氟曱基等)、碳數6〜1〇之取代或無取代的 芳基(+例如苯基、曱苯基、甲氧基苯基、氯苯基、萘基、 緩基苯基等)、碳數1〜4之取代或無取代的烷氧基(例如 曱氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基、曱氧基乙氧基等)、碳數2〜5 之取代或無取代的烷氧羰基(例如甲氧羰基、乙氧羰基、 2-曱氧基6氧数基、丁氧幾基等)、碳數7〜12之取代或 無取代的芳氧羰基(例如笨氧羰基、甲氧基苯氧羰基、氣 苯氧羰基、甲基苯氧羰基等)、碳數6〜1〇之取代或無取 代的芳氧基(例如苯氧基、曱氧基苯氧基等)、碳數2〜5 之醯基(例如醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基等)、羥基、氰基、 碳數2〜1 〇之醯基胺基(例如乙醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基 等)、脲基(例如甲基脲基、乙基脲基等)、胺基(例如二甲 基胺基、二乙基胺基、苯基胺基、氣苯基胺基、曱氧基 笨基胺基等)等。 R較佳為碳數6〜1 2之取代或無取代的芳基(例如 苯基、對敌基苯基、3’ 5 -二羧基苯基、鄰羧基苯基、氣 苯基、曱氧基苯基、甲基苯基等)、碳數7〜12之取代或 無取代的芳烷基(例如苄基、2 -羧基苄基等)等。 以下列舉前述通式(II)所示的化合物之具體例。惟, 本發明中不受此等所限定。 ⑧ -98- 201221520The general formula ®a) is the same as the general formula (II) in the above formula (Ila), R33 to R35, and l1 to l3, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. And -97-201221520 R is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (for example, anthracenyl 'ethyl, butyl, tert-butyl, 2-oxyethyl, methoxyethyl, 2 substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (e.g., phenyl, anthracenylphenyl, methoxyphenyl, chlorophenyl, naphthyl, thiol) having a carbon number of 6 to 1 fluorene (e.g., ethyldifluoroindenyl) a phenyl group or the like, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (for example, an anthraceneoxy group, an ethoxy group, a butoxy group, a decyloxyethoxy group, etc.), a substitution of a carbon number of 2 to 5 or An unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group (e.g., methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, 2-decyloxy 6 oxo, butoxy, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl having 7 to 12 carbon atoms (e.g., stupid) An oxycarbonyl group, a methoxyphenoxycarbonyl group, a gas phenoxycarbonyl group, a methylphenoxycarbonyl group, etc., a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having a carbon number of 6 to 1 Å (for example, a phenoxy group, a phenoxyphenoxy group) Etc., a fluorenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms (e.g., anthracenyl, propylidene, butyl, etc.), a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a fluorenylamino group having a carbon number of 2 to 1 (e.g., an ethylamino group, a benzyl group) Mercaptoamine, etc., urea group (eg A Alkureido group, ethylurea group or the like), an amine group (e.g., dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, phenylamino group, phenylphenylamino group, decyloxyphenylamino group, etc.), and the like. R is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms (e.g., phenyl, p-phenylphenyl, 3' 5-dicarboxyphenyl, o-carboxyphenyl, phenyl, decyloxy). A phenyl group, a methylphenyl group or the like), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms (e.g., a benzyl group, a 2-carboxybenzyl group, etc.). Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (II) are listed below. However, the present invention is not limited by these. 8 -98- 201221520

Sot Ri R« R* R» 1 r-CHi -^〇y&gt;-eo〇H H H H 2 -C.H* n K If il 3 -CODC,iU n H If i! A —OGIU n 11 II 1! 5 n H H β 6 -OH μ H H H 7 -cxm u H H H 8 -CIU // K -CH, H 9 -ΟΟΟ^Η» u H -CHJ; H 10 // &lt;〇&gt; -au H 11 COOH n -au II \—^ COOH 12 -(Q^-cooh -CH, —CH&gt; H 13 -au n -ώρο,Η» II H l\ -QU it -OOOCtHt -¾ H 15 —0“, // —Cl TCjJU tl 16 -0¾. u H H OCSt 17 -OpOCtH» &quot; H H IB -cil, ft 11 II id &quot;CHj // H B Cl 20 -CH, ii H K au 21 -at it H -¾¾ H 22 -αι» ^-(〇) COOH H -QU tl 23 -ax)C«!U -qu. -C.IU It Z4 u -CH, -ho, 25 -dL 费 COOH -(¾ -CH* H -99- 201221520 4 3 CHaSot Ri R« R* R» 1 r-CHi -^〇y&gt;-eo〇HHHH 2 -CH* n K If il 3 -CODC,iU n H If i! A —OGIU n 11 II 1! 5 n HH β 6 -OH μ HHH 7 -cxm u HHH 8 -CIU // K -CH, H 9 -ΟΟΟ^Η» u H -CHJ; H 10 // &lt;〇&gt; -au H 11 COOH n -au II \—^ COOH 12 -(Q^-cooh -CH, —CH> H 13 -au n -ώρο,Η» II H l\ -QU it -OOOCtHt -3⁄4 H 15 —0”, // —Cl TCjJU tl 16 -03⁄4. u HH OCSt 17 -OpOCtH» &quot; HH IB -cil, ft 11 II id &quot;CHj // HB Cl 20 -CH, ii HK au 21 -at it H -3⁄43⁄4 H 22 -αι» ^- (〇) COOH H -QU tl 23 -ax)C«!U -qu. -C.IU It Z4 u -CH, -ho, 25 -dL Fee COOH -(3⁄4 -CH* H -99- 201221520 4 3 CHa

COOH 4 8COOH 4 8

Cx H* CH,Cx H* CH,

45 cm 4 445 cm 4 4

S8 NHSO, CH&gt; o 5 9S8 NHSO, CH&gt; o 5 9

eo〇Heo〇H

COOH -100- ⑧ 201221520 8 9 ηCOOH -100- 8 201221520 8 9 η

7 07 0

其次,說明通式(ΠΙ)。 -101 - 201221520 R44 i%l&quot;; ;, 、, ·▲· ..\.\ .· Ar*. · ·»Next, the general formula (ΠΙ) will be explained. -101 - 201221520 R44 i%l&quot;;;, ,, ·▲· ..\.\ .· Ar*. · ·»

M m 通式(IE〇 m 前述通式(III)中,R41表示雜環基,r42表示氫原子 或取代基。Re、r44、r45、r46、r47及r48各自獨立地 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基 '雜環基、醯基 、烷氧羰基、芳氧羰基、胺曱醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基 磺醯基或胺磺醯基。R43與R44可互相鍵結而形成5員、 6員或7員的環,R45與R46可互相鍵結而形成5員、6 員或7員的環,R47與r48可互相鍵結而形成5員、6員 或7員的環。 r41較佳為碳數1〜36的雜環基,更佳為碳數2〜24 的雜%基。例如較佳為吡咯基、呋喃基、硫苯基、苯并 0比洛基、笨并呋喃基、苯并硫苯基、。比唑基、異嘮唑基 、異。塞。全基、吲唑基、苯并異噚唑基、苯并異噻唑基、 。米。坐基、唑基、噻唑基、苯并咪唑基、苯并嘮唑基、 表并°塞嗤基、π比咬基、喧琳基、異啥琳基、塔听基、。密 啶基、吡啩基、噌啉基、酞畊基、喹唑啉基、喹噚啉基、 吖啶基、菲繞啉基、酞畊基、咔唑基、甲腈基、嘌呤基 、三β坐基、〇^·二β坐基、嗔二。坐基,其中更佳為3 -17比嗤基 、4 -吡唑基、2 -咪唑基、4 -咪唑基、5 -咪唑基、2 - 唑基 、2-噻唑基、2-苯并咪唑基、2-苯并嘮唑基、2-苯并噻唑 -102- ⑧ 201221520 基、2_吡啶基' 3'吡啶基、4-吡啶基、2-喹啉基、4-喹啉 基' 1·異喹啉基' 3_異喹啉基、3_嗒啩基、4_嗒畊基、2_ 嘧啶基、4-嘧啶基、5_嘧啶基、2吡啩基、2_嘌呤基、&amp; 嘌呤基、8-嘌呤基、3_三唑基、5三唑基、3嘮二唑基、 5-喝二。坐基、3-嗔二。坐基、5·嘆二。坐基。又,較佳為r43 、R44、R45、R46、R47及r48各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷 基、稀基、芳基、雜環基、醯基、胺甲酿基、烧基續酿 基、芳基磺醯基或胺磺醯基之情況,更佳為表示氫原子 、烷基、烯基、芳基'雜環基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯 基之It况冑佳為氫原子、烧基、芳基、雜環基或烧基 石黃醯基之情況。 通式(ΠΙ)中’更佳可舉出R41係3·吡唑基、4-吡唑 基、2-味唑基、4-咪唑基、5_味唑基、坐基、2_嗟唑 基、2-苯并咪唑基、2_苯并嘮唑基、2_苯并噻唑基、2_ 。比咬基、3+定基、4·。比啶基、2•啥啉基、4_啥啉基、^ 異喧琳基、3-異啥啉基、3·塔畔基、4_塔呼基、密啶基 4密定基5喷η定基、2 _ D比听基、2 _。票呤基、6嗓呤基 、8-嘌呤基、3-二唑基、5_三唑基、3嘮二唑基、$-噚二 唑基、3-售二唑基或5_噻二唑基,π為氫原子、烷基、 稀基、炔基、氰基、芳基、醯氧基、烧氧基、稀氧基、 炔氧基、院基續酿氧基、婦基❹氧基或炔基確酿氧基 ,R43、R44、R45、R46、R”及R48各自獨立地、氫原子 、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、醯基、烷氧羰基、芳氧 幾基、胺甲酿基、烧基績醯基、芳基績醯基或胺續酿基 所示之色素。 -103- 201221520 更佳可舉出r4 1係3 -。比唾基、4- °比。坐基、2-咪。坐基 、4-°米°坐基、5-咪唑基、2-噚唑基、2-噻唑基、2-苯并咪 唾基、2-苯并嘮唑基、2_苯并噻唑基、2_吡啶基、3_吡啶 基、4-。比啶基、2_喹啉基、心喹啉基、卜異喹啉基、3· 異啥嚇基、3-嗒啡基' 4-嗒啡基、2-嘧啶基、4-嘧啶基、 5-°密咬基、2-吡啩基、2-嘌呤基、6-嘌呤基、8-嘌呤基、 3-三唾基、5_三唑基、3_嘮二唑基、5_嘮二唑基、3_噻二 唑基或5-噻二唑基,R42係氫原子、烷基、烯基、氰基 、醯氧基、烷氧基或烷基磺醯氧基,R43、R44、R45、R46 、R47及R48各自獨立地係氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、 雜環基、醯基、烷氧羰基、芳氧羰基、胺甲醯基、烷基 績酿基、芳基磺醯基或胺磺醯基所示之色素。 最佳可舉出在通式(111)中,R4!係3_吡唑基、4_吡唑 基、2-咪唾基、4·咪唑基、5_咪唑基、2-嘮唑基、2-噻唑 基、2_苯并咪唑基、2-苯并噚唑基、2-苯并噻唑基、3-。荅听基、4 -嗒啡基、2 -嘧啶基、4 -嘧啶基、5 -嘧啶基、2 -比井基 3 -二。坐基、5 -三〇坐基、3-喝二0坐基、5-崎二°坐基 、3 -噻二唑基或5 -噻二唑基,r42係氫原子、烷基或氰基 ,、r44、r45、r46、r47及r48各自獨立地係氫原子 、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳 基續si基或胺黃醯基所示之色素。 關於前述通式(III)所示的嘧啶偶氮化合物之詳細, 可參fl?、特開2 0 0 7 - 3 9 4 7 8號公報的記載。又,關於前述通 式(III)所示的嘧啶偶氮化合物之具體例,可舉出特開 2007-3 9478號公報的段落[0028]〜[〇〇48]之記載的例示 化合物(1)〜(7 4)同樣的化合物。 ⑧ -104- 201221520 其次,說明通式(ιν)。M m General formula (IE m) In the above formula (III), R41 represents a heterocyclic group, and r42 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Re, r44, r45, r46, r47 and r48 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. , alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl 'heterocyclyl, decyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, amidino, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl or sulfonyl. R43 and R44 They can be interlocked to form a ring of 5, 6 or 7 members. R45 and R46 can be interlocked to form a ring of 5, 6 or 7 members. R47 and r48 can be bonded to each other to form 5 members. Or a ring of 7 members. R41 is preferably a heterocyclic group having 1 to 36 carbon atoms, more preferably a heterovalent group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms. For example, pyrrole group, furyl group, thiophenyl group, benzophenone is preferred. 0 洛洛基, stupid and furanyl, benzothiophenyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isomeric. all-base, carbazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, Sodium, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxyl, π-biti, 喧, 啥, 塔, 基, 基Pyridyl, pyridyl, porphyrin, hydrazine, quin Phytyl, quinoxalinyl, acridinyl, phenanthroline, hydrazine, carbazolyl, carbonitrile, fluorenyl, tris(s), 〇^·2β, 嗔. More preferably, it is 3 -17 fluorenyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 5-imidazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 2-benzoxazolyl, 2-benzothiazole-102-8, 201221520, 2-pyridyl '3'pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-quinolinyl, 4-quinolinyl' 1 Quinolyl ' 3 -isoquinolyl, 3 -fluorenyl, 4 hydrazine, 2 -pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 2 pyridinyl, 2 fluorenyl, &amp; Base, 8-mercapto, 3-3-triazolyl, 5-triazolyl, 3-oxadiazolyl, 5-diethyl. Sit-based, 3-indenyl. Sit-base, 5-sigh two. Sit-base. Also, Preferably, r43, R44, R45, R46, R47 and r48 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a dilute group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a fluorenyl group, an amine mercapto group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, and an aryl group. In the case of a sulfonyl group or an amine sulfonyl group, it is more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl 'heterocyclic group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group. The case of the It is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or a pyridyl group. In the formula (ΠΙ), R is preferably a R41 system, a pyrazolyl group or a 4-pyrazolyl group. , 2-isoxazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, succinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 2-benzoxazolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 2_ Than base, 3+ group, 4 · pyridine group, 2 • porphyrin group, 4 啥 porphyrin group, ^ isoindolinyl group, 3-isoindolyl group, 3 · tower base, 4_ tower Respiratory, Milidinyl, 4, 4, η, 2, 2, _ D, listening group, 2 _. Acetin, 6-mercapto, 8-mercapto, 3-oxadiazolyl, 5-triazolyl, 3-oxadiazolyl, $-oxadiazolyl, 3-s-oxadiazolyl or 5-thiadipine Azyl, π is hydrogen, alkyl, dilute, alkynyl, cyano, aryl, decyloxy, alkoxy, diloxy, alkynyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxy Or an alkynyl group, R43, R44, R45, R46, R" and R48 are each independently, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxy group. a pigment represented by a few groups, an amine-based base, a base, an aryl group or an amine-based base. -103- 201221520 More preferably, it is a r4 1 system 3 -. ° ratio. Sit-base, 2-m. Sit, 4-° m., 5-imidazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-benzopyranyl, 2-benzopyrene Azyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridine, 4-pyridyl, 2-quinolinyl, quinolinolyl, isoquinolyl, 3 3-cyanoyl 4- 4- morphinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-° dimethyl, 2-pyridyl, 2-indenyl, 6-fluorenyl, 8-fluorenyl , 3-three saliva , 5-triazolyl, 3-oxadiazolyl, 5-oxadiazolyl, 3-thiadiazolyl or 5-thiadiazolyl, R42 hydrogen atom, alkyl, alkenyl, cyano, Alkoxy, alkoxy or alkylsulfonyloxy, R43, R44, R45, R46, R47 and R48 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a decyl group or an alkane a dye represented by an oxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an amine mercapto group, an alkyl group, an arylsulfonyl group or an amine sulfonyl group. Preferably, in the formula (111), the R4! _pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl, 2-metenyl, 4-imidazolyl, 5-imidazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 2-benzopyrene Azolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 3-. indenyl, 4-cyanophthyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 2-indolyl 3- 2 5 - triterpenoid, 3-dose 2-sodium, 5-sodium diazide, 3-thiadiazolyl or 5-thiadiazolyl, r42 hydrogen atom, alkyl or cyano group, r44 And r45, r46, r47 and r48 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a fluorenyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an aryl group, or an amine group. For the details of the pyrimidine azo compound represented by the above formula (III), reference is made to the description of the publication of JP-A No. WO 07-397. Specific examples of the pyrimidine azo compound represented by the formula (III) include the exemplified compounds (1) to (7 4) described in paragraphs [0028] to [〇〇48] of JP-A-2007-3 9478. The same compound 8 - 104 - 201221520 Next, the general formula (ιν) will be described.

前述通式(I V)中,Ra 1、Ra2、Ra3、Rb 1、Rb2 及 Rb3 各自獨立地表示氩原子或一價取代基’ Ra2與Ra3可互相 鍵結而形成5〜7員的雜環。A2表示取代或無取代的脂 肪族基、取代或無取代的芳基、或取代或無取代的雜環 基。η表示0、1、2或3,當n為2以上時’複數存在的 Rb2及Rb3可各自相同或相異。In the above formula (IV), Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ra 3 , Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 each independently represent an argon atom or a monovalent substituent. Ra 2 and Ra 3 may bond each other to form a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members. A2 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. η represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and when n is 2 or more, Rb2 and Rb3 which are present in plural plural may be the same or different.

Ral、Ra2、Ra3、Rbl、Rb2 或 Rb3 所示的「一 價取代 基」,只要是可取代的基即可,例如可舉出脂肪族基、 芳基、雜環基、醯基、醯氧基、醯基胺基、脂肪族氧基 、芳氧基、雜環氡基'脂肪族氧基羰基、芳氧羰基、雜 環氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、脂肪族磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、 雜環磺醯基、脂肪族磺醯氧基、芳基磺醯氧基、雜環石夤 醯氧基、胺續醯基、脂肪族續醯胺基、芳基績醯胺基、 雜環續酿胺基、胺基、脂肪族胺基、方基胺基' 雜環胺 基、脂肪族氧基羰基胺基、芳氧羰基胺基、雜環氧基羰 基胺基、脂肪族亞續醯基、芳基亞績酸基、脂肪族硫基 、芳硫基、羥基、氰基、磺基、羧基、脂肪族氧基胺基 、芳氧基胺基、胺曱醯基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、il素原 -105- 201221520 子、胺磺醯基胺f醯基、胺甲醯基胺磺醯基、二脂肪族 氧基氧膦基、二芳氧基氧膦基等^此等取代基可更被其 它一價取代基所取代。 作為上述中的Ral、Ra2、、Rb2、Rb3,從本 發明的效果之點來看’較佳為表示氫原子、脂肪族基、 芳基、醯氧基、醯基胺基、脂肪族氧基、脂肪族磺醯氧 基、芳基磺醯氧基、脂肪族磺醯胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、 胺基、朐肪族胺基、芳基胺基、脂肪族氧基羰基胺基、 芳氧羰基胺基、雜環氧基羰基胺基、羥基、氰基、磺基 、胺甲醯基胺基、胺項醯基胺基之情況,更佳為表示氮 原子、脂肪族基、芳基、脂肪族氧基之情況。又,Ra2 ^可互相鍵結而形成5員至7員的環構造。 作為更佳的Ru,碳數!〜12的烷基係合適,例如、 甲基可舉出乙基、⑴丙基(異丙基)、⑴丁基(第三丁基) 衣己基2-乙基己基、十二基等。其中’較佳為碳數i 〜8的烷基,特佳為碳數卜4的烷基。作為以,較佳 為脂肪族基、芳基,作為β,較佳為氫原子、脂肪族基 嫌更佳為虱原+,特佳為Ra2與Ra3可互相鍵結而形成環 舞造之情況。形成環構造時的環構造較佳為$員至7員 的環,其中更佳為5員環。 又,作為 Rbl、Rb2、Rb3 特佳為氩原子。 較佳為氫原子 脂肪族基 作為Rbl、 或具有取代基, 之脂肪族基同義 R 或Rb3所示的脂 W 1日]月日肪族基,可為無取代 係與下述Α2所示的益抱从+曰一 ,^ J無取代或具有取代基 ’較佳的態樣亦同樣。 ⑧ -106- 201221520 從堅牢性的觀點來看,η較佳為〇、i或2,更佳為 〇或1,最佳為0。 … 前述通式(IV)中的A2具有取代基時,作為該取代基 ,可舉出與前述Ral〜及Rbl〜Rb3所示的「一價取二 基」之項目下所列舉的取代基同樣之基。較佳為雜環基 、醯基、醯氧基 '醯基胺基、脂肪族氧基、芳氧基、雜 環氧基、脂肪族氧基羰基、芳氧羰基、雜環氧基羰基、 胺甲醯基、脂肪族磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、雜環磺醯基、 脂肪族磺醯氧基、芳基磺醯氧基、雜環磺醯氧基、胺磺 醯基、脂肪族磺醯胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、雜環磺醯胺基 月曰肪族氧基幾基胺基、芳氧艘基胺基、雜環氧基幾基 胺基、脂肪族亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、羥基、氰基^ 羧基、胺磺醯基胺基、鹵素原子、胺磺醯基胺甲醯基、 胺曱醯基胺磺醯基等。 作為A2所示之無取代的脂肪族基,例如可合適地舉 出〜碳數1〜20的烷基、總碳數2〜2〇的烯基、總碳數 2〜20的炔基等。其中,較佳為總碳數i〜15的烷基, 特佳為總碳數1〜1 〇的烧基。 作為A2所示之具有取代基的脂肪族基,例如可合適 地舉出總碳數2〜20的取代烷基、總碳數3〜2〇的取代 7基、總碳數7〜20的取代芳烷基等。其中,較佳為總 碳數2〜15的取代烷基,特佳為總碳數2〜1〇的取代烷 基。 A所示的芳基亦可為稍環,例如可舉出苯基、4甲 氧基笨基等。其中,較佳為總碳數6〜30的芳基,尤佳 -107- 201221520 為總碳數6〜2〇的芳基,更佳為總碳數6〜丨5的芳基, 特佳為6〜12的芳基。 A2所示的雜環基亦可為稠環,較佳為5〜7員環的 總碳數2〜30之取代或無取代的雜環基。其中,作為前 述雜%基,較佳為花青色素、氧雜菁色素的技術領域中 稱為酸性核的雜環。關於酸性核,在了咖以編的TheThe "monovalent substituent" represented by Ral, Ra2, Ra3, Rb1, Rb2 or Rb3 may be a substitutable group, and examples thereof include an aliphatic group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a fluorenyl group, and an anthracene group. Base, mercaptoamine, aliphatic oxy, aryloxy, heterocycloalkyl 'aliphatic oxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, amine mercapto, aliphatic sulfonyl, aryl Sulfonyl, heterocyclosulfonyl, aliphatic sulfonyloxy, arylsulfonyloxy, heterocyclopentadienyloxy, amine fluorenyl, aliphatic hydrazine, aryl amide , heterocyclic amine chain, amine group, aliphatic amine group, arylamino group 'heterocyclic amine group, aliphatic oxycarbonyl amine group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, heterocyclic oxycarbonyl amine group, aliphatic Sulfhydryl, aryl sulfhydryl, aliphatic thio, arylthio, hydroxy, cyano, sulfo, carboxy, aliphatic oxyamino, aryloxyamino, amine sulfhydryl Aminesulfonylamino, il-primogen-105-201221520, amidoxime-yl-fluorenyl, amine-formylamine sulfonyl, di-aliphatic oxyphosphinyl, diaryloxyphosphine oxide Base, etc. The substituent may be further substituted by other monovalent substituents. In the above, Ral, Ra2, Rb2, and Rb3 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aryl group, a decyloxy group, a decylamino group, or an aliphatic oxy group from the viewpoint of the effects of the present invention. , an aliphatic sulfonyloxy group, an arylsulfonyloxy group, an aliphatic sulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, an amine group, an aliphatic amino group, an arylamino group, an aliphatic oxycarbonylamino group And an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a heterocyclic oxycarbonylamino group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfo group, an amine carbylamino group, an amine fluorenylamino group, more preferably a nitrogen atom, an aliphatic group, In the case of an aryl group or an aliphatic oxy group. Further, Ra2^ can be bonded to each other to form a ring structure of 5 to 7 members. As a better Ru, carbon number! The alkyl group of ~12 is suitably used. For example, the methyl group may, for example, be an ethyl group, (1) a propyl group (isopropyl group), (1) a butyl group (t-butyl group), a hexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group or a dodecyl group. Wherein ' is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of i to 8 and particularly preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4. Preferably, it is an aliphatic group or an aryl group, and β is preferably a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group, more preferably a ruthenium group, and particularly preferably a case where Ra2 and Ra3 are bonded to each other to form a ring dance. . The ring structure at the time of forming the ring structure is preferably a ring of $ members to 7 members, and more preferably a ring of 5 members. Further, Rbl, Rb2, and Rb3 are particularly preferably argon atoms. Preferably, the hydrogen atom aliphatic group is Rbl or has a substituent, and the aliphatic group is synonymous with R or Rb3, and the aliphatic group may be an unsubstituted system and represented by the following Α2. The same is true for the preferred aspect of the benefit of the parental formula, which is unsubstituted or has a substituent. 8 -106- 201221520 From the standpoint of fastness, η is preferably 〇, i or 2, more preferably 〇 or 1, most preferably 0. When A2 in the above formula (IV) has a substituent, the substituents may be the same as those listed under the item "monovalent two groups" represented by Ral and Rb1 to Rb3. The basis. Preferred are heterocyclic group, mercapto group, nonyloxy 'mercaptoamine group, aliphatic oxy group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, amine Mercapto, aliphatic sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heterocyclosulfonyl, aliphatic sulfonyloxy, arylsulfonyloxy, heterocyclosulfonyloxy, amidoxime, aliphatic Sulfonamide, arylsulfonylamino, heterocyclosulfonylamino, anthraquinone, aliphatic arylamino, aryloxy, arylamino, heterocyclooxyamino, aliphatic sulfin Alkyl, arylsulfinyl, hydroxy, cyanocarboxy, sulfonylamino, a halogen atom, an amine sulfonylaminomethyl sulfonyl group, an amine sulfhydryl sulfonyl group, and the like. Examples of the unsubstituted aliphatic group represented by A2 include, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms in total, and an alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Among them, an alkyl group having a total carbon number of i to 15 is preferable, and a group having a total carbon number of 1 to 1 Å is particularly preferable. Examples of the aliphatic group having a substituent represented by A2 include a substituted alkyl group having a total carbon number of 2 to 20, a substituted 7 group having a total carbon number of 3 to 2 Å, and a substitution of 7 to 20 total carbon atoms. Aralkyl group and the like. Among them, a substituted alkyl group having a total carbon number of 2 to 15 is preferable, and a substituted alkyl group having a total carbon number of 2 to 1 Å is particularly preferable. The aryl group represented by A may be a minor ring, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a 4-methoxyphenyl group. Wherein, the aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 30 is preferred, and the aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 2 Torr is particularly preferably an aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 2 Å, more preferably an aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 丨5, particularly preferably 6 to 12 aryl groups. The heterocyclic group represented by A2 may also be a fused ring, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having a total carbon number of 2 to 30 in a 5- to 7-membered ring. Among them, the heteronuclear group described above is preferably a heterocyclic ring called an acidic core in the technical field of a cyanine dye or an oxonol dye. About the acid nucleus, in the coffee to edit

Theory of the Photographic Process(第 4 版、Macmillan 公司、1977年、第198頁)中有記載》具體地,可舉出各 自可被取代的吡唑-5-酮、吡唑啶-3,5-二酮、咪唑啉_5_ 酮、乙内醯脲、2-或4-硫代乙内醯脲、2_亞胺基嘮唑啶_4· 酮、2-嘮唑啉-5-酮、2-噻唑啉_2,4-二酮、異勞丹寧、勞 丹寧、噻吩-3-酮、噻吩-3-酮-1,1-二氧化物、吲哚啉_2· 酮、吲哚啉-3-酮、2-氧代吲唑鏽、5,7-二氧代·6 7_二氫 塞。坐并[3,2-a]°^咬、3,4 -二氫異啥琳-4_酮、1 3_二令烧 -4,6-二酮(例如美德朗酸(Meldrum’s acid)等)、巴比妥酸 、2-硫代巴比妥酸、香豆素-2,4-二酮、吲唑啉-2__、吡 啶并[l,2-a]嘧啶-1,3-二酮、吡唑并[^弘…喹唑酮吡唑 并°比咬酮、5員或6員Ο碳環(例如、己燒_ 1 3 _二嗣、戊 烷-1,3-二酮、茚滿_i,3-二酮)等之核,較佳為吡唑_5_酮 、巴比妥酸、2-硫代巴比妥酸、1,3-二噚烷_4,6_二酮。再 者’較佳為在銀鹽照相的技術領域中稱為色偶合劑(c〇1〇r coupler)的化合物之殘基。例如’可舉出吡唑啉酮類、ih_ 味唾并[l,2-b]。比吐類、1H-吼嗤并[5,1-〇:][1,2,4]三唾類、 1H-D比唑并[U-bnUj]三唑類等。其中,作為A2,更佳 為5員至7員的總碳數2〜20的雜環基。 ⑧ -108- 201221520 於上述之中,A2較佳為下述(A-1)〜(A-14)所示的基 (A-1) (A-2) (A-3) (A-4)The Theory of the Photographic Process (4th edition, Macmillan, Inc., 1977, p. 198) is specifically described as pyrazol-5-one and pyrazolyl-3,5- which may each be substituted. Diketone, imidazoline _5-ketone, beta-urea urea, 2- or 4-thiobenzalazine, 2-iminoimidazole-4-enone, 2-oxazoline-5-one, 2 -thiazoline-2,4-dione, isoprotanin, lodanine, thiophene-3-one, thiophen-3-one-1,1-dioxide, porphyrin-2·one, hydrazine Bora-3-one, 2-oxocarbazole rust, 5,7-dioxo-6 7-dihydrogen plug. Sit and [3,2-a] ° ^ bite, 3,4 - dihydroisoindolene-4 ketone, 1 3_ bis- s- 4,6-dione (such as Meldrum's acid, etc.) ), barbituric acid, 2-thiobarbituric acid, coumarin-2,4-dione, oxazoline-2__, pyrido[l,2-a]pyrimidine-1,3-dione , pyrazolo[^弘... quinazolin pyrazole and ketone, 5- or 6-member carbene ring (for example, hexane _ 13 _ 嗣, pentane-1,3-dione, 茚a core of _i,3-dione), preferably pyrazole _5-ketone, barbituric acid, 2-thiobarbituric acid, 1,3-dioxane _4,6_two ketone. Further, it is preferably a residue of a compound called a color coupler (c〇1〇r coupler) in the technical field of silver salt photography. For example, pyrazolone, ih_flavor [1,2-b] can be mentioned. Specific oxytocin, 1H-indole [5,1-〇:][1,2,4]trisal, 1H-D-pyrazolo[U-bnUj]triazole, and the like. Among them, as A2, a heterocyclic group having a total carbon number of 2 to 20 from 5 members to 7 members is more preferable. 8 - 108 - 201221520 Among the above, A2 is preferably a group (A-1) (A-2) (A-3) (A-4) represented by the following (A-1) to (A-14). )

(A-5} (A-6) (A-7) (A-8)(A-5} (A-6) (A-7) (A-8)

W (A-10) (A-tt)W (A-10) (A-tt)

(A-12) (A-13) {A-14)(A-12) (A-13) {A-14)

OR^® 1OR^® 1

前述(A-1)〜(A-14)中,R6〜R49各自獨立地表示氫原 子或取代基。此處的取代基係前述「一價取代基」之項 目下所列舉的基,只要是可取代的基即可,較佳的取代 基係脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基、醯基、醯基胺基、脂肪 族氧基、脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、脂肪 -109- 201221520 族續醯胺基、芳基續醢胺基、胺基、脂肪族胺基、經基 、氰基、續基、幾基。 R6〜R14、R15〜R17、R42〜R47中的鄰接2個基,以 及 R19 與 R2G、R21 與 R22、R23 與 R24、R29 與 R3Q、R31 與 R32及R35與R36,各自在可能的範圍内,亦可互相鍵結 而形成5員環〜7員環的烴環、雜環。 又,(A-9)中的 Q1、(A-11)中的 q2、(A-14)中的 Q3 各自獨立地表示為了形成5員環〜7員環而需要的非金 屬原子群。 作為A2的具體例,可舉出特開2008-179067號公報 的段落編號[0028]〜[〇〇32]中記載的具體例A1-1〜 A14 - 2 5。 果之點來看’ A表示 於上述之中’從本發明的效 表示(A-l 1)的情 (A-10)、(A-l 1)、(A-14)的情況係較佳 況係特佳。 以下顯示前述通式(IV)中,以R ai v 所鍵結的。比。坐淋環 為基本構造之基的具體例(B1(M〜 uiU-o 、 Β11·1 〜 Β 1 1 -1 9)。惟’本發明不受下述且體 又卜述具體例所限定。於下述中 ,氺表示與前述通式(IV)中的碳原子 、石〇令于0In the above (A-1) to (A-14), R6 to R49 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The substituent herein is a group exemplified under the above-mentioned "monovalent substituent", and a preferred substituent is an aliphatic group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a fluorenyl group, or the like. Mercaptoamine, aliphatic oxy, aliphatic oxycarbonyl, amine carbaryl, sulfonamide, aliphatic-109-201221520 Group hydrazine, aryl hydrazide, amine, aliphatic amine Base, trans group, cyano group, contiguous group, several groups. Two adjacent R6 to R14, R15 to R17, and R42 to R47, and R19 and R2G, R21 and R22, R23 and R24, R29 and R3Q, R31 and R32, and R35 and R36 are each within a possible range. They may also be bonded to each other to form a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring of a 5-membered ring to a 7-membered ring. Further, Q1 in (A-9), q2 in (A-11), and Q3 in (A-14) each independently represent a non-metal atomic group required to form a 5-membered ring to a 7-membered ring. Specific examples of A2 include specific examples A1-1 to A14 - 25 described in paragraphs [0028] to [32] of JP-A-2008-179067. From the point of view, 'A is expressed in the above'. In the case of the effect (A-10), (Al 1), (A-14) of the effect (Al 1) of the present invention, it is preferable. . The following is shown in the above formula (IV), which is bonded by R ai v . ratio. Specific examples of the base of the sitting ring are B1 (M~uiU-o, Β11·1 ~1 1 -1 9). However, the present invention is not limited to the specific examples described below. In the following, 氺 represents a carbon atom in the above formula (IV), and the sarcophagus is at 0.

-110- 201221520 8ί(Μ Β10-2-110- 201221520 8ί(Μ Β10-2

Bt〇-5 Β10-6 ΗΝBt〇-5 Β10-6 ΗΝ

Β10-3 510-4Β10-3 510-4

Β11-6 B1V7Β11-6 B1V7

Bt14 ΒΤ1-5Bt14 ΒΤ1-5

Β11-8 ¢11-9- Bi.VlpΒ11-8 ¢11-9- Bi.Vlp

V/H&gt; 011*19V/H&gt; 011*19

-111- 201221520 式(IV)中,更佳的情況為係碳*卜4的 烧基與R可互相鍵結而形成$〜7員環,Rb 1係氮 原子,R係、氫原m系氫原子,a#、(a_10) ♦⑴ 或()η係〇或1,特佳的情況為A係(A_ 11) , η係 則述通式(IV)所示的色素之骨架係可為以次甲基當 作中心的對稱骨架構造或非對稱骨架構造中的任一者, 從堅牢丨生之點來看,Α所示的唑環係與Ral的鍵結之嗤 環相同之唑骨架構造。 ^ 於前述通式(IV)所示的化合物中,較佳為下述通式 (IVa)所示的化合物。-111- 201221520 In the formula (IV), it is more preferred that the carbon group and the R group are bonded to each other to form a $~7 member ring, the Rb 1 group nitrogen atom, the R system and the hydrogen source m system. Hydrogen atom, a#, (a_10) ♦ (1) or () η system 〇 or 1, particularly preferably A system (A_ 11), η system, the skeleton of the pigment represented by the general formula (IV) may be The methine group serves as either a central symmetrical skeleton structure or an asymmetric skeletal structure. From the point of view of the strong axillary point, the azole skeleton structure of the azole ring system and the Ral bond enthalpy ring is the same. . In the compound represented by the above formula (IV), a compound represented by the following formula (IVa) is preferred.

通式(lv费) 前述通式(IVa)中,Ral、Ra4、Rbl、Rb2及Rb3各自獨 立地表示氫原子或一價取代基’ A表示取代或無取代的 脂肪族基、取代或無取代的芳基、或取代或無取代的雜 環基。又,η表示0、1、2或3,當η為2以上時’後敦 存在的Hb2及Rb3各自可相同或相異。通式(IV)中的玟ai 、Rbl、Rb2、、a及η係與前述通式(IVa)中的、 r b 1、Rb 2、r b 3、a及η同義,較佳的態樣亦同樣。 -112- 201221520 前述通式(IVa)中,Ra4表示氫原子或一價取代基。 Ra4所示的一價取代基只要是可取代的基即可,可舉出與 前述Ral〜Ra3及Rbl〜Rb3所示的「一價取代基」之項目 下列舉的取代基同樣的基。此取代基係可為無取代,或 可更被前述通式(IV)中的Ral〜Ra3等所示之「一價取代 基」的項目下列舉的取代基所取代的。較佳為脂肪族基 、芳基或雜環基,更佳為烷基或芳基。 作為前述Ra4所示的脂肪族基,可為無取代或具有 取代基,包含烷基、烯基等。作為無取代或具有取代基 的烷基,較佳為碳數i〜2 5的烷基,例如可舉出(丨)丙基( 異丙)、2-甲基_2-乙醯基胺基乙基、2·丙醯基胺基丙基等 其中,較佳為碳數2〜25的烷基,特佳為碳數2〜2〇 的烧基。 作為則述Ra4所示的芳基,可為無取代或具有取代 車乂佳為碳數6〜3〇的芳基,更佳為碳數6〜2〇的芳 例如可合適地舉出4·丁醯基胺基苯基、4-丁磺醯胺 本基、4-硝基苯基等。 作為刖述R“所示的雜環基,可為無取代或具有取 土、例如可舉出5-嘧啶基等。 為R/丨/述!1式(IVa)所不的化合物之中,尤其較佳的態樣 原子,=厌數1〜8的烧基,R“係烧基或芳基,Rbl係氫 態樣為原子’Rb3係氯原子’11係0或1;更佳的 基或碳數,數1〜4的燒基,R“係碳數1〜2。的炫In the above formula (IVa), Ral, Ra4, Rb1, Rb2 and Rb3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, substituted or unsubstituted. An aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. Further, η represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and when η is 2 or more, Hb2 and Rb3 which are present in the latter may be the same or different. The 玟ai, Rbl, Rb2, a and η in the general formula (IV) are synonymous with rb 1 , Rb 2, rb 3, a and η in the above formula (IVa), and preferred embodiments are also the same. . -112- 201221520 In the above formula (IVa), Ra4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. The monovalent substituent represented by Ra4 may be a group which may be substituted, and examples thereof include the same substituents as those exemplified in the item of "monovalent substituent" represented by Ral to Ra3 and Rb1 to Rb3. The substituent may be unsubstituted or may be further substituted by the substituents listed under the item "monovalent substituent" represented by Ral to Ra3 in the above formula (IV). It is preferably an aliphatic group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group. The aliphatic group represented by the above Ra4 may be unsubstituted or substituted, and may contain an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or the like. The alkyl group which is unsubstituted or has a substituent is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of i to 25, and examples thereof include (indenyl)propyl (isopropyl) and 2-methyl-2-ethynylamino. Among them, an ethyl group, a 2-propionylaminopropyl group, and the like are preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 25 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a carbon group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms. The aryl group represented by Ra4 may be an unsubstituted or substituted aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 3 Å, and more preferably a aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 2 Å, for example, 4'. Butylated aminophenyl, 4-butylsulfonylamine, 4-nitrophenyl and the like. The heterocyclic group represented by R" may be unsubstituted or have a soil, and may, for example, be a 5-pyrimidinyl group. Among the compounds which are not represented by the formula (IVa), R/丨/ Particularly preferred aspect atom, = an anion having a number of 1 to 8, R "alkyl or aryl, Rbl is a hydrogen atom - 'Rb3 is a chlorine atom' 11 is 0 or 1; a preferred group Or carbon number, number 1 to 4 of the burning base, R "system carbon number 1 ~ 2.

2〇的芳基,R 〇或1。A ' Rb2及Rb3係氫原子,η係 ,攸堅牢性的提高效果之點來看,在通式(IV) -113- 201221520 所不的色素中,特佳為A所示的唑環係與Ral的鍵結唑 環相同之唑骨架構造。 關於刖述通式(iv)所示的化合物之詳細,可參照特 開2008-179067 5虎公報的記載。χ,關於前述通式 所示的化合物之具體例,可舉出與特開2〇〇8 i79〇67號 公報的段落[0054]〜[GQ59]中記載的心化合物同樣之 化合物。 其次,說明通式(V)。2 芳 aryl, R 〇 or 1. A 'Rb2 and Rb3 are hydrogen atoms, η system, and the effect of improving the fastness of ruthenium. From the point of view of the dyes of the formula (IV) -113 to 201221520, the azole ring system represented by A is particularly preferred. Ral is bonded to the same azole skeleton structure as the azole ring. For details of the compound represented by the formula (iv), reference is made to the description of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-179067.具体 χ χ 具体 具体 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 Next, the general formula (V) will be explained.

通式(V) 卿叫 产前述通式(V)中,R61、R62、R63及R“各自獨立地表 不氫原子、可被取代的烷基、可被取代的芳基或 S〇2NH-R,r65表示氫原子、可被取代的烷基、可被取 代的方基、·3〇3Η或_s〇2NH_R。R表示烷基、烷氧基烷 基$ 衣己基、環己基烷基、烷氧基、芳基或烷基羰氡基 η表示0或1以上的整數,當n為〇時,R6〗〜R65中的 至^ 個表不具有-s〇2NH-R當作取代基的芳基。 、作為較佳的R,可舉出碳數1以上,尤其碳數為3 以上3〇以下的烷基,全碳數為3以上30以下的烷氧基 &quot; 裒己基,烷基部分的碳數為1以上20以下的環己 基烷基等,此等基可被適當的取代基所取代。 ⑧ -114- 201221520 其中,較佳的情況為R61及R62的至少一個或R63及 R64的至少一個係碳數丨〜4的院基或可被丨個或2個的 取代基取代之芳基,再者亦較佳的情況為及R62的至 少-個係碳數1〜4的烷基或可被【個或2個取代基取代 之方基,R63及R64的至少一個係碳數丨〜4的烷基或可 被i㈣2個取代基取代之芳基。於任一情況中,r6i 〜中的烧基或芳基以外者較佳為氫原子。作為芳基的 取代基’例如可舉出甲基、三氣甲基、經基、JO#、 -so2nh-c6h5 等。 關於前述通式(V)所/V , 恭曰…,- 合物之詳細,可參照曰本 發明專利第3 3 8 7 5 4 1轳的0 . ^ , . 唬的δ己載。又,關於前述通式(V) 所不的化合物之具體例, ^87Sd1 了舉出與日本發明專利第 338 41 唬的段落[0010]〜「〇〇2fnd7 化合物。 20]中记載的具體例同樣之In the above formula (V), R61, R62, R63 and R "each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may be substituted, an aryl group which may be substituted or S〇2NH-R And r65 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may be substituted, a group which may be substituted, ?3〇3Η or _s〇2NH_R. R represents an alkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an alkane The oxy group, the aryl group or the alkylcarbonyl fluorenyl group η represents an integer of 0 or more, and when n is 〇, the aryl group of R6 to R65 has a group of -s〇2NH-R as a substituent. The preferred R is an alkyl group having 1 or more carbon atoms, particularly a carbon number of 3 or more and 3 or less, and an alkoxy group having a total carbon number of 3 or more and 30 or less, and an alkyl group. The carbon number is 1 or more and 20 or less cyclohexylalkyl groups, etc., and these groups may be substituted by an appropriate substituent. 8 - 114 - 201221520 wherein, preferably, at least one of R61 and R62 or R63 and R64 is used. At least one aryl group having a carbon number of 丨~4 or an aryl group which may be substituted by one or two substituents, and further preferably, at least one alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of R62 Or can be Or a substituent in which two substituents are substituted, at least one of R63 and R64 is an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨4 or an aryl group which may be substituted by i(tetra)2 substituents. In either case, the alkyl group in r6i~ or The aryl group is preferably a hydrogen atom. Examples of the substituent aryl group include a methyl group, a trimethyl group, a mesogenic group, JO#, -so2nh-c6h5, etc. With respect to the above formula (V) / V, Gongyi...,- For details of the compound, reference may be made to the invention of the invention patent No. 3 3 8 7 5 4 1轳 0. ^ , . 唬 δ has been carried. Further, regarding the above formula (V) A specific example of the compound, ^87Sd1 is the same as the specific example described in the paragraph [0010] to "〇〇2fnd7 compound. 20" of Japanese Patent No. 338 41 唬.

興.鱗. jja次,J明通式(VI)Xing. Scale. jja times, J Ming formula (VI)

通式(VI) 月_J述通式(Vi)中 ” 一 鏈的碳數為2 )中 表不碳數2〜20的烷基、烷基 的烷基環:其12的%己基烷基、烷基鏈的碳數為1… U的^^碳數2〜12的燒氧基取代之碳數卜 、L -C0-0-L72 鉍- L73-〇-C〇-t^ „ 所不的烷基羧基烷基、 所示的爾基燒基、經碳數卜2〇的炫 -115- 201221520 基取代之苯基、或經苯基取代之碳數2〜2〇的烷基❶L7! 表7不奴數2〜1 2的烷基,L72表示碳數2〜丨2的伸烷基, L73表示碳數2〜12的烷基,[Μ表示碳數2〜12的伸烷 基。R 、R73、R及R75各自獨立地表示氫原子、碳數 1〜4的烷基、羧基或鹵素原子。 作為碳數2〜20的烷基,可舉出乙基、正丙基、異 丙基、正己基、正壬基、正癸基、正十二基、2_乙基己 基、1,3-二甲基丁基、1_甲基丁基、i,5二甲基己基及 M,3,3-四曱基丁基等。 作為烷基鏈的碳數為2〜12的環己基烷基,可舉出 絃己基乙基、3-環己基丙基及8_環己基辛基等。 作為烷基鏈的碳數為1〜4的烷基環己基,可舉出 2乙基裱己基、2-丙基環己基及2-(正丁基)環己基等。 作為經碳數2〜12的烷氧基取代之碳數2〜12的烷 基,可舉出3-乙氧基_正丙基、丙氧基丙基、4丙氧基_ =丁基、3_曱基-正己氧基乙基及3-(2-乙基己氧基)丙基 作為經碳數1〜20的烷基取代之苯基,可舉出鄰異 丙基苯基等。 &quot; ^ 作為經苯基取代之碳數1〜20的烷基,可舉出DLj —土乙基、苄基及3 -苯基-正丁基等。 ’可舉出乙基 二基、2-乙基 二甲基己基及 作為L71及[73中的碳數2〜12的烷基 丙基、正己基、正壬基、正癸基、正十 '基、1,3_二曱基丁基、1-曱基丁基、1,5-’H3-四曱基丁基等。 ⑧ -116- 201221520 作為L72及L74中的碳數2〜12的伸烷基,可舉出二 亞甲基及六亞甲基等。 作為R72〜R75,可舉出氫原子、甲基、乙基、正丙 基、正丁基、異丙基、第二丁基、第三丁基、羧基、氟 原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子等,較佳為氫原子、甲 基、乙基、正丙基、正丁基、異丙基、第二丁基、第三 丁基、氟原子或氯原子。 作為前述通式(VI)所示的化合物之具體例,可舉出In the formula (VI), in the formula (Vi), "the carbon number of one chain is 2", an alkyl group having an alkyl group of 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group of an alkyl group: a 12% hexyl alkyl group thereof The carbon number of the alkyl chain is 1... The carbon number of the ^^ carbon number of 2~12 is substituted by the alkoxy group, L-C0-0-L72 铋- L73-〇-C〇-t^ „ The alkylcarboxyalkyl group, the thiol group shown, the phenyl group substituted by the Hyun-115-201221520 group of the carbon number, or the alkyl group L7 substituted by the phenyl group with a carbon number of 2~2〇! Table 7 is not an alkyl group of 2 to 12, L72 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, L73 represents an alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and [Μ represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. R, R73, R and R75 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group or a halogen atom. Examples of the alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-hexyl, n-decyl, n-decyl, n-dodecyl, 2-ethylhexyl, and 1,3-. Dimethylbutyl, 1-methylbutyl, i,5-dimethylhexyl and M,3,3-tetradecylbutyl and the like. Examples of the cyclohexylalkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain include a hexylethyl group, a 3-cyclohexylpropyl group, and an 8-cyclohexyloctyl group. Examples of the alkylcyclohexyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain include a 2-ethylhexyl group, a 2-propylcyclohexyl group, and a 2-(n-butyl)cyclohexyl group. Examples of the alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms which are substituted by an alkoxy group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms include 3-ethoxy-n-propyl group, propoxypropyl group, and 4 propoxy group = butyl group. The 3-phenyl-n-hexyloxyethyl group and the 3-(2-ethylhexyloxy)propyl group are phenyl groups substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an o-isopropylphenyl group. &quot; ^ The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms substituted by a phenyl group may, for example, be DLj-triethyl, benzyl or 3-phenyl-n-butyl. 'Ethyl diyl, 2-ethyldimethylhexyl, and alkyl propyl, n-hexyl, n-decyl, n-decyl, n-decene as L71 and [C 2 to 12 in [73] Base, 1,3 -didecylbutyl, 1-decylbutyl, 1,5-'H3-tetradecylbutyl, and the like. 8 - 116 - 201221520 Examples of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms in L72 and L74 include a dimethylene group and a hexamethylene group. Examples of R72 to R75 include a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, a n-butyl group, an isopropyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a carboxyl group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom. The iodine atom or the like is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, a n-butyl group, an isopropyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom. Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (VI) include

前述通式(VII)中,Z1及Z2各自獨立地表示氧原子 或硫原子。R81、R82、R83及R84各自獨立地表示氫原子 、碳數1〜10的飽和脂肪族烴基、經羥基取代之碳數1 〜1 0的飽和脂肪族烴基、經碳數1〜8的烷氧基取代之 碳數1〜1 0的飽和脂肪族烴基、經碳數1〜8的硫烷氧基 201221520 取代之碳數1〜1 0的飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數6〜2 0的芳 基、碳數7〜20的芳烷基、或碳數2〜1〇的醯基。R85 、R86 , R87、R88 ' R89、R1 IGa、r1 丨 la 及 R1 12a 各自獨立地 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1〜1 〇的飽和脂肪族烴基 、碳數1〜1 0的鹵素化飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數1〜8的烷 氧基、羧基、磺基、胺磺醯基或…取代胺磺醯基,R85 〜R89及R110a〜R1 12a中的至少一個表示Ν_取代胺磺醯基 R〜R 的飽和脂肪族烴基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀或 環狀中的任一者。 飽和脂肪族烴基的碳數中,不包含取代基的碳數。 其碳數通常為1〜1 0 ’較佳為2〜8,更佳為3〜6。飽和 脂肪族烴基中,例如包含甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基 、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、乙基己基(2_ 乙基己基等)等的烷基,環戊基、環己基、環己基烷基等 的環烷基等。又,飽和脂肪族烴基中,羥基、碳數ι〜 μ較佳為碳t i〜氧基、或碳數丨〜8(較佳為碳數1 〜4)硫烷氧基等的取代基亦可取代。作為此取代飽和脂 肪族烴基,例如可舉出羥乙基(2_羥乙基等)、乙氧基乙基 U-乙氧基乙基等)、乙基己氧基丙基(3_(2_乙基己氡基〜 丙基等)、曱基硫丙基(3-曱基硫丙基等)等。 祐RS1〜R84的芳基係可為無取代’也可具有飽和脂肪 :經基、院氧基、叛基、項基或醋基等的取代基。前述 方基的碳數係包含取代基的碳數來算, y+ ^ 通常為6〜20, 車X佳為6〜1 0。作為此等芳基,例如可舉 — 出本基、2-、3- -118- 201221520 、4-曱基笨基、2_,3_,4_曱氧基苯基、2-,3-, ,、_ 氧羰基苯基(4-(COOC2H5)Ph基等)等的取代或無取代苯 基等。 R81〜R84之芳烷基(芳基烷基)的烷基部分係可為直 鏈狀或支鏈狀中的任一者。芳烧基的碳數係包含取代基 的碳數來异,通常為7〜20,較佳為7〜10。作為此芳烧 基’节基等的苯基烷基係為代表。 p 8 1 ό 8 4 〜R 的醯基係可為無取代,也可結合飽和脂肪 奴烃基、烷氧基等的取代基。醯基的碳數係包含取代基 的碳數來算,該數通常為2〜1〇,較佳為6〜1〇。前述醯 f例如為乙醯基、$甲醯基、甲氧基苯曱醯基(對曱氧基 笨曱酿基等)等。 為了提高色濃度,在R81〜r84的至少一個 部)中,碳數為s w 丁〜u ^ i I (較k為3以下)的基(例如曱基、乙In the above formula (VII), Z1 and Z2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. R81, R82, R83 and R84 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 substituted by a hydroxyl group, and an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 8. a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, which are substituted by a thioalkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 8 and 201221520. An aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms or a fluorenyl group having 2 to 1 carbon atoms. R85 , R86 , R87 , R88 ' R89 , R1 IGa , r1 丨la and R1 12a each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 fluorene, and a halogenation of 1 to 10 carbon atoms. a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an aminesulfonyl group or a substituted aminesulfonyl group, and at least one of R85 to R89 and R110a to R1 12a represents a hydrazine-substituted amine sulfonate. The saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group of the fluorenyl group R to R may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, or a cyclic chain. The carbon number of the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group does not include the carbon number of the substituent. The carbon number is usually from 1 to 10 0', preferably from 2 to 8, more preferably from 3 to 6. The saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group includes, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an ethylhexyl group (2-ethylhexyl group, etc.). Or an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a cyclohexylalkyl group. Further, in the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituent such as a hydroxyl group or a carbon number 〜μμ is preferably a carbon ti~oxy group or a carbon number 88 (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 4) thioalkoxy group. Replace. Examples of the substituted saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a hydroxyethyl group (2-hydroxyethyl group, etc.), an ethoxyethyl group U-ethoxyethyl group, and the like, and an ethylhexyloxypropyl group (3_(2). _Ethylhexyl hydrazide ~ propyl, etc.), mercapto thiopropyl (3-mercaptothiopropyl, etc.), etc. The aryl group of RS1 to R84 may be unsubstituted or may have saturated fat: transbasic a substituent of a courtoxy group, a thiol group, a terminus group or a vine group, etc. The carbon number of the above-mentioned square group is calculated by the carbon number of the substituent, y+^ is usually 6 to 20, and the car X is preferably 6 to 1 0. As such aryl groups, for example, a base, 2-, 3-118-201221520, 4-mercapto-phenyl, 2,3,4-methoxyphenyl, 2-, 3-, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group such as an oxycarbonylphenyl group (4-(COOC2H5)Ph group or the like), etc. The alkyl moiety of the aralkyl group (arylalkyl group) of R81 to R84 may be a linear chain. Or a branched form, the carbon number of the aryl group is different from the carbon number of the substituent, and is usually 7 to 20, preferably 7 to 10. As the benzene of the aryl group, etc. The alkyl group is represented by p 8 1 ό 8 4 〜 R The fluorenyl group can be unsubstituted or knotted. a substituent of a saturated aliphatic sulfonyl group, an alkoxy group, etc. The carbon number of the fluorenyl group is determined by the carbon number of the substituent, and the number is usually 2 to 1 Å, preferably 6 to 1 Å. It is an acetamyl group, a methionyl group, a methoxyphenyl fluorenyl group (for a decyloxy group, etc.). In order to increase the color density, in at least one of R81 to r84, the carbon number is sw. a base of 〜~u ^ i I (more than k is 3 or less) (eg thiol, B)

基等)係選擇氫原子。 TG 又’從提高在有播、、办杰丨 來看,在rS1〜r84的中的溶解性(油溶性)之觀點 碳數為6以上的基,二V個(較佳為全部)中,宜選擇 基)。 為取代或未取代芳基(較佳為苯 R 8 5 〜R 8 9 及 r u α 1 i 素原子(較佳為氟、氣:::各自獨立地表示氫原子、齒 放、陆Λ,a Μ ^ . 、、子)、石反數1〜1 0飽和脂肪 10飽和脂肪族烴基中鍵結有_ 1 0 a 知經基(包含於該碳數 素原子者)、碳數1 或N-取代胺磺醯基,r85〜^9 ^ —個係N-取代胺磺醯基 及 烷氧基、羧基、磺基、胺磺醯基 110 R112 a中的至少 -119- 201221520 2 a R85 〜R89 及 Rll〇a 〜R-… _ 與R81〜f 所不的飽和脂肪族烴基係 的任-者,Si為:為直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀中 Η。〜89及數;為二⑼’較佳為2〜8,更佳為 例係與W〜R“的…様,和脂肪族煙基之具體 R的情況同樣。R85〜R89及Rll〇a〜Rll2a 的飽和脂肪族烴基係可被鹵素 、 丫、丁 W取代,較佳可被氟 原子所取代。作為函素化飽和脂肪族烴基的具體例,可 舉出三氟甲基等。 R85〜R89* R11°a〜R112、示的燒氧基之碳數通常 為i〜8,較佳為1〜4。作為該烷氧基,例如可舉出甲氧 基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、正丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧 基、第二丁氧基及第三丁氧基等。 、 R&amp;5〜R89及RllGa〜Rll2a所示的N-取代胺磺醯基, 例如是屮一取代胺磺醯基,可以式_s〇2NHRll3a基表示 。該式中,RlUa係碳數1〜10飽和脂肪族烴基(包含在噹 碳數丨〜丨〇飽和脂肪族烴基中鍵結有碳數丨〜8烷氧基^ )、碳數為6〜20的芳基、石告制·支7 反要 反數為7〜20的芳烷基、或碳 數為2〜1〇的醯基。 r Π 3 a戶斤示的飽和脂月 R 7舢肪族烴基係可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀 或環狀中的任一I。絲脂肪族烴基的碳數通常為卜 10,較佳為飽和脂肪族烴基中例如包 含甲基、6基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第 一丁基、第了 ▲ f基丁基(113,3_四曱基丁基等)、 曱基己基(H基己基、i,5、二甲基己基等)、乙基己基(2_ 乙基己基等)、環戊基、環己基、甲基環己基(2_甲基環己 ⑧ -120- 201221520 基等)、環己基烷基等。RU3a的鉑釦和B^ ^ 的飽和知肪族烴基係如前述 ’可被碳數卜8(較佳為碳數卜4成氧基等取代基所取 代。作為該取代飽和脂肪族烴基,可例示丙氧基丙基(3_( 異丙氧基)丙基等)等。The base is selected from a hydrogen atom. TG is also based on the improvement of the solubility (oil solubility) in rS1 to r84 from the point of view of the solubility (oil solubility) of the TG, and the number of carbons is 6 or more, and the second V (preferably all). Should choose base). Is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group (preferably a benzene R 8 5 -R 8 9 and ru α 1 i atom) (preferably fluorine, gas::: each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a tooth, a land, a Μ ^ . , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , Substituted amine sulfonyl, r85~^9 ^ - N-substituted amine sulfonyl and at least -119- 201221520 2 a R85 ~ R89 of alkoxy, carboxyl, sulfo, sulfonyl 110 R112 a And any of the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups which are not R11a to R-... _ and R81 to f, and Si is a linear, branched or cyclic fluorene. ~89 and number; (9) 'preferably 2 to 8, more preferably as an example with W to R", as in the case of the specific R of the aliphatic nicotine group. R85 to R89 and a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group of R11a to Rll2a It may be substituted by halogen, hydrazine or butyl W, and may be preferably substituted by a fluorine atom. Specific examples of the functionalized saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a trifluoromethyl group, etc. R85 to R89* R11°a to R112, Alkoxy carbon number It is usually i~8, preferably 1 to 4. Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-propoxy group, a n-butoxy group, and an isobutoxy group. , a second butoxy group, a third butoxy group, etc., an N-substituted amine sulfonyl group represented by R&amp;5 to R89 and RllGa to Rll2a, for example, an unsubstituted amine sulfonyl group, which may be of the formula _s〇 2NHRll3a is a base. In the formula, RlUa is a carbon number of 1 to 10 saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group (including when a carbon number 丨 丨〇 丨〇 saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group is bonded with a carbon number 丨 8 alkoxy group ^), carbon number It is an aryl group of 6 to 20, a teller system, and an aralkyl group having an inverse number of 7 to 20 or a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 1 Å. r Π 3 a The R 7 舢 aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be any one of a linear chain, a branched chain or a cyclic group. The carbon number of the silk aliphatic hydrocarbon group is usually 10, and preferably the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group contains, for example, a methyl group. 6-, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, first butyl, ▲f-butyl (113,3-tetradecylbutyl, etc.), decylhexyl (H-based) Hexyl, i,5, dimethylhexyl, etc.), ethylhexyl (2_B Cyclohexyl, etc.), cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, methylcyclohexyl (2-methylcyclohexane 8 -120-201221520, etc.), cyclohexylalkyl, etc. The platinum deduction of RU3a and the saturation of B^^ The group of the hydrocarbon group may be substituted by a substituent such as carbon number 8 (preferably a carbon number of 4 to an oxy group). As the substituted saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a propoxypropyl group (3_(isopropyl isopropoxide) may be exemplified. Base) propyl, etc.).

Rn3a所示的芳基係可為無取代,也可具有飽和脂肪 族烴基或經基等的取代基。前述芳基的碳數通常為6〜 ⑽’較佳A 6〜10。作為此等芳基,例如可舉出苯基、 羥基苯基(4_羥基苯基等)、1氟曱基笨基(4三氟甲基苯 基專)等的取代或無取代苯基等。 R113a所示的芳烷基的烷基部分係可為直鏈狀或支鏈 狀中的任一者。芳烷基的碳數通常為7〜20,較佳為7 〜M。作為該芳烷基,节基、苯基丙基(1_曱基_3_苯基丙 基等)、苯基丁基(3-胺基-1-苯基丁基等)等的笨基烷基係 為代表。 R 所不的醯基係可為無取代,也可鍵結飽和脂肪 矢烃基、烷氧基等的取代基。醯基的碳數通常為2〜⑺ 較佳為6〜1 0。前述醯基例如為乙酿基、笨曱醯基、 甲氧基苯甲醯基(對曱氧基苯甲醯基等)等。 ,前述R85〜R89及Ri10a〜R&quot;2a,從提高色濃度、油溶 性、耐光性等的觀點來看,較佳為R85〜R89及RllQa〜 R 1 ' 2 a 的1個係N-取代胺磺醯基的情況。又,從更提高油 ί 容十生少 ' &lt;點來看’較佳為除了 Ν-取代胺磺醯基,還有R85 R及Rll〇a〜 R】12a的1個或2個以上例如是三氟甲基 -121- 201221520 又,R85〜H88的1個與R89及R11〇a〜的1個為 N-取代胺磺醯基,其餘為氫原子的二磺醯胺’與R85〜 R88的1個為N-取代胺磺醯基,R89及R11 R 2a的1 個為磺基,其餘為氩原子的單磺醯胺之組合係奴佳。 其次,說明通式(VIII)。The aryl group represented by Rn3a may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent of a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a trans group or the like. The carbon number of the above aryl group is usually 6 to 10 (10)', preferably A 6 to 10. Examples of such an aryl group include a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group such as a phenyl group, a hydroxyphenyl group (such as a 4-hydroxyphenyl group), or a fluoroindolyl group (a tetrafluoromethylphenyl group). . The alkyl moiety of the aralkyl group represented by R113a may be either linear or branched. The aralkyl group has a carbon number of usually 7 to 20, preferably 7 to M. As the aralkyl group, a styl group such as a benzyl group, a phenylpropyl group (1_fluorenyl-3-phenylpropyl group), a phenylbutyl group (3-amino-1-phenylbutyl group, etc.) The alkyl group is representative. The fluorenyl group which R does not have may be unsubstituted or may be bonded to a substituent such as a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an alkoxy group. The carbon number of the fluorenyl group is usually 2 to (7), preferably 6 to 1 0. The above mercapto group is, for example, an ethyl ketone group, a ruthenium group, a methoxybenzylidene group (p-methoxybenzyl fluorenyl group, etc.). R85 to R89 and Ri10a to R&quot; 2a are preferably one N-substituted amine of R85 to R89 and RllQa to R 1 ' 2 a from the viewpoint of improving color density, oil solubility, light resistance and the like. The case of sulfonyl groups. Further, from the point of view of the oil, it is preferable to have one or two or more of R85 R and Rll〇a to R 12a, for example, in addition to the fluorene-substituted sulfonyl group. Is trifluoromethyl-121-201221520 Further, one of R85~H88 and one of R89 and R11〇a~ are N-substituted amine sulfonyl groups, and the rest are hydrogen atoms of disulfonamide' and R85~R88 One of them is an N-substituted amine sulfonyl group, one of R89 and R11 R 2a is a sulfo group, and the other is a combination of monosulfonamides of an argon atom. Next, the general formula (VIII) will be explained.

前述通式(VIII)中,RW、R92及R93各自獨立地表示 氫原子、鹵素原子或磺酸基,A3表示下述(a)〜(d)中的 任一者。1表示1或2的整數。下述(a)中的R 、R95及 R96各自獨立地表示氩原子、甲基、鹵素原子 '磺酸基或 -S02N(R97)(R98),R97及R98各自獨立地表示氫原子、碳 數1〜8的低級烷基(例如曱基、乙基、丙基等)或苯基。 R91〜R96中的至少一個表示磺酸基。當丨為2時,複數 的R91、複數的R92及複數的R93各自玎相同或相異。 ⑧ -122- 201221520In the above formula (VIII), RW, R92 and R93 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a sulfonic acid group, and A3 represents any one of the following (a) to (d). 1 represents an integer of 1 or 2. R, R95 and R96 in the following (a) each independently represent an argon atom, a methyl group, a halogen atom 'sulfonic acid group or -S02N(R97)(R98), and R97 and R98 each independently represent a hydrogen atom and a carbon number. a lower alkyl group of 1 to 8 (e.g., an anthracenyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, etc.) or a phenyl group. At least one of R91 to R96 represents a sulfonic acid group. When 丨 is 2, the plural R91, the plural R92, and the plural R93 are each the same or different. 8 -122- 201221520

關於前述通式(VIII)所示的化合物之詳細,可參照特 公平7-1 1 3687號公報的記載。又,關於前述通式(VIII) 所示的化合物之具體例,可舉出特公平7- 1 1 3687號公報 的第(4)頁〜第(5)頁中記載的結構式(1)〜(9)所示的染料 於上述染料化合物之中,從與前述蒽醌化合物一起 使用,而著色圖像的色相良好,得到更高的對比之觀點 來看,較佳為°比σ各亞曱基系、。比。坐偶氮系、次甲基系、 11占°頓系、°比唑D林酮偶氮系、°比咬酮偶氮系、巴比妥偶氮 系的染料。 於本發明的著色組成物中,可含有單獨1種的染料 ,也可併用二種以上的染料。 染料在著色組成物中的含量(2種以上時為總含量) ,相對於著色組成物的全固體成分而言,較佳為1〜70 質量%,更佳為10〜50質量%。染料的含量若為10質量 -123- 201221520 %以上,則得到良好的务:费1* / 付'…子的色濃度(例如適合於液晶顯示的色 濃度)’若為5 0質量%以下,目丨 之點係有利。 / 卜則在晝素的圖案化成為良好 (聚合性化合物) 本發明的著色組成物較 化合物。作為聚合性化合物 乙稀性不飽和雙鍵的加成聚 佳為含有至少一種的聚合性 ’例如可舉出具有至少一個 合性化合物。 具體地,聚合性化合物係選自於具有至少-個、較 佳2個以上的末端乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物。如此的化 合物群係該產業領域中所廣泛已知,本發明中係不特別 限定此等而可使用。此等例如可為單體(職。叫、預聚 物(prep〇iymer),即二聚物、三聚物及寡聚物(〇Hg〇繼) ,或彼等的混合物以及彼等(共)聚合物等的化學形態之 任者。 作為單體及其(共)聚合物之例,可舉出不飽和羧酸( 例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、伊康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸 、馬來酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,以及此等的(共)聚合物 。較佳為不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多價醇化合物之酯,及不 知和缓S文與|曰肪私多元胺化合物之醯胺類,以及此等的( 共)聚合物。又,具有羥基或胺基、毓基等的親核性取代 基之不飽和羧酸酯類或不飽和羧酸醯胺類,與單官能或 多官能異氰酸酯類或單官能或多官能環氧類之加成反應 物’或前述不飽和羧酸酯類或不飽和羧酸醯胺類,與單 官能或多官能的羧酸之脱水縮合反應物等係亦適用。又 ’具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等的親電子性取代基之不飽 ⑧ -124- 201221520 和 醇 曱 飽 醇 將 的 酯 亞 烧 烯 、 糖 烯 酯 基 基 乙 羧酸酯類或不飽和羧酸醯胺類,與單官能或多官能的 類、胺類、硫醇類之加成反應物;更且,具有齒基或 苯磺醯氧基等的脱離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯類或不 和羧酸醯胺類’與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫 類之取代反應物亦合適。又,作為其它例,亦可使用 上述不飽和羧酸取代成不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯或乙烯基 等而得之化合物群。 作為脂肪族多元醇化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯之單體 具體例’於丙烯酸酯中,例如可舉出乙二醇二丙烯酸 、二乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、丨,3_ 丁二醇二丙烯酸酯、四 曱基—醇二丙缔酸酯、丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇 丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯 '三羥曱基丙烷 (丙稀醯氧基丙基)醚、三羥曱基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、己 二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,4-環己烷二醇二丙烯酸酯、四乙 醇一丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙 酉夂S日、季戊四醇四丙晞酸酯、二季戊四醇二丙稀酸酯 二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇三丙烯酸酯、山梨 醉四丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇五丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇六丙 酸醋、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰尿酸酯、聚酯丙烯酸 寡聚物、異三聚氰酸E〇改性三丙烯酸酯等; 於甲基丙烯酸酯中,例如可舉出四亞曱基二醇二甲 丙稀酸醋、三乙二醇二曱基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二曱 丙稀酸醋、三羥甲基丙烷三曱基丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基 烧二甲基丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二曱基丙烯酸酯、丨,3-丁 醇二曱基丙烯酸酯、己烷二醇二曱基丙烯酸酯、季戊 -125- 201221520 四醇一曱基丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三曱基丙烯酸酯、季戊 四醇四曱基丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二 季戊四醇六甲基丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇三曱基丙烯酸酯、 山梨糖醇四曱基丙烯酸酯、雙[對㈠·甲基丙烯醯氧基·2_ 羥基丙氧基)苯基]二曱基甲烷、雙-[對(甲基丙烯醯氧基 乙氧基)苯基]二甲基甲烧等; 於伊康酸酯中,例如可舉出乙二醇二伊康酸酯、丙 二醇二伊康酸酯、丨,3-丁二醇二伊康酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二 伊康酸醋、四亞甲基二醇二伊康酸醋、季戊四醇二伊康 酸醋、山梨糖醇四伊康酸酯等; 於巴豆酸酯中,例如可舉出乙二醇二巴豆酸酯、四 亞曱基一醇二巴豆酸酯、季戊四醇二巴豆酸酯、山梨糖 醇四個一巴豆酸酯(sorbitol tetradicrotonate)等; 於異巴旦酸酯中,例如可舉出乙二醇二異巴豆酸酯 、季戊四醇二異巴豆酸酯、山梨糖醇四異巴豆酸酯等; 於馬來酸酯中,例如可舉出乙二醇二馬來酸酯、三 乙-醇-馬來酸s旨、季戊四醇二馬來酸醋、山梨糖醇四 作為其它酯之例,例如特公 … 1 / J J 1狐報、特 6 2 3 1號公報記載的脂肪族醇系酯類、 昭 59-5240 % i ^ ^ 唬公報、特開昭59-524 1號公報、特 :·2261'號公報記載的具有芳香族系骨架者 '特開平 ]65613號公報記載的含有胺基者 述的醋單體亦可作為混合物使用。 再者1 ⑧ -126- 201221520 又,作為脂肪族多元胺化合物與不飽和羧酸的醯胺 之單體的具體例,有亞甲基雙-丙烯醯胺、亞甲基雙-甲 基丙烯醯胺、1,6-六亞曱基雙-丙烯醯胺、1,6-六亞曱基 雙-甲基丙烯醯胺、二伸乙三胺三丙烯醯胺、苯二甲基雙 丙烯醯胺、苯二甲基雙甲基丙稀醯胺等。 作為其它較佳的醯胺系單體之例,可舉出特公昭 54·2 1 726號公報中記載的具有伸環己基構造者。 又,使用異氰酸酯與羥基的加成反應所製造的胺甲 酸酯系加成聚合性化合物亦合適,作為如此的具體例, 例如可舉出特公昭48-4 1 708號公報中記載的對在1分子 具有2個以上的異氰酸酯基之聚異氰酸酯化合物,附加 含有下述通式(Α)所示的經基之乙烯基單體而得之在1分 子中含有2個以上的聚合性乙烯基之乙烯基胺曱酸酯化 合物等。 CH2= C(R)C00CH2CH(R’)0H ...(A) [通式(A)中,R及R,各自獨立地表示Η或CH3]。 關於此等聚合性化合物,其構造、單獨使用或併用 ’或添加量等的使用方法之詳細’係可配合著色組成物 ,最終性能設計而任意設定。例如,於感度的觀點中, 冬1分子的不飽和基含量多的構造係較佳,大多數的情 ,車乂佳$ 2官能以上。X ’於提高著色硬化膜的強度之 :點中,可為3官能以上者’再者藉由併用不同官能數 或不同聚合性基(例如丙稀酸醋、曱基丙稀酸醋、苯 、烯系化合物、乙烯基醚系化合物)者,冑節感度與強度 义兩者的方法係亦有效。又,對於著色組成物中所含有 -127- 201221520 的其它成分(例如光聚合引發劑、著 聚合物(binder polymer)等)之相、、办巧!(顏料)、黏結劑 合物的選擇及/或使用法亦為重分散性,聚合性化 7王·戈' 的因去 度化合物的使用或2種以上的併用’、,例如藉由低純 ,於提高與支持體等的硬質表面 $迠提高相溶性。又 可能選擇特定的構造。 之密接性的觀點中’亦 著色組成物的全固體成分中 (2種以上時為總含量),係沒有特、合性化合物的含量 得到本發明的效果之觀點來的限定,從更有效地 量%,更佳為15質量%〜75質,。為1〇質量%〜8°質 60質量。/〇。 。’特佳為20質量%〜 (光聚合引發劑) 本發明的著色組成物較佳 引發劑。光聚合引發劑只要是;…種的光聚合 合者’則沒有特別的限制,較佳=述聚合性化合物聚 吸收波長、取得性、成太 彳丨發手 『玍成本專的觀點來選擇。 作為光聚合引發劑,你丨上 八物 1如可舉出由鹵曱基嘮二唑化 合物及_曱基-S·三啩化合 化人物、3关其&amp; 選出的至少一個活性鹵素 化〇物、3 -方基取代番 . ”匕5物、洛吩二聚物(lophine chmer)、二苯基酮化 I3S v, _ ljt + 本乙酮化合物及其衍生物、 衣戊一烯-笨·鐵錯合 人* a久具鹽、肟化合物等。關於光聚 合引發劑的具體例,爽 π 4 J举出特開2004-295 1 16號公報的 段洛[0070]〜[00771中 π &amp; + ^ °己載者。其中,從聚合反應迅速之 點等來看,較佳為聘化合物。 -128- 201221520 作為前述肟化合物(以下亦稱為「肟光聚合引發劑」 ),並沒有特別的限定,例如可舉出特開 2000-80068號 公報、WO02/100903A1、特開2001-233842號公報等中 記載的月亏系化合物。 作為具體例,可舉出2-(0-苯甲醯基肟)-1-[4-(苯硫 基)苯基]-1,2-丁二酮、2-(0-苯曱醯基肟)-1-[4-(苯硫基) 苯基]-1,2-戊烷二酮、2-(0-苯曱醯基肟)-1-[4-(苯硫基) 苯基]-1,2-己烷二酮、2-(0-苯曱醯基肟)-1-[4-(苯硫基) 苯基]-1,2-庚烷二酮、2-(0-苯甲醯基肟)-1-[4-(苯硫基) 苯基]-1,2-辛二酮、2-(0-苯曱醯基肟)-1-[4-(曱基苯硫基) 苯基]-1,2-丁二酮、2-(0-苯甲醯基肟)-1-[4-(乙基苯硫基) 苯基]-1,2-丁二酮、2-(0-苯甲醯基肟)-1-[4-( 丁基苯硫基) 苯基]-1,2-丁二酮、1-(0-乙醯基肟)-1-[9-乙基- 6- (2-曱基 苯曱醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮、1-(0-乙醯基肟)-1-[9 -甲 基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮、1-(0-乙醯 基肟)-1-[9 -丙基-6-(2 -甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙 酮、1-(0-乙醯基肟)-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-乙基苯曱醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮、1-(0-乙醯基肟)-1-[9 -乙基-6-(2-丁基苯 曱醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮等。惟,不受此等所限定。 又,於本發明中,從感度、經時安定性、後加熱時 的著色之觀點來看,作為肟系化合物,更佳為下述通式 (1)所示的化合物。 -129- 201221520 〇The details of the compound represented by the above formula (VIII) can be referred to in the description of JP-A-71-1683. In the specific example of the compound represented by the above formula (VIII), the structural formula (1) described in the pages (4) to (5) of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 7-1 1 3687 is exemplified. (9) The dye shown in the above dye compound is used together with the above-mentioned ruthenium compound, and the hue of the colored image is good, and from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher contrast, it is preferable that the ratio σ is 曱Basic system. ratio. The azo-based, methine-based, 11-dosage, °-by-dazole D-linone azo, ° ketone azo-based, barbiturate-based dyes. In the colored composition of the present invention, one type of dye may be contained alone, or two or more types of dyes may be used in combination. The content of the dye in the coloring composition (the total content in the case of two or more kinds) is preferably from 1 to 70% by mass, more preferably from 10 to 50% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. When the content of the dye is from 10 mass to 123 to 201221520% or more, a good service is obtained: a color density of 1* / a dose of (for example, a color density suitable for liquid crystal display) is 50% by mass or less. It is advantageous to see the point. / 卜 The patterning of the halogen is good (polymerizable compound) The coloring composition of the present invention is a compound. The addition polymerization of the ethylenically unsaturated double bond as the polymerizable compound is preferably at least one polymerizable compound, for example, having at least one compound. Specifically, the polymerizable compound is selected from compounds having at least one, preferably two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Such a compound group is widely known in the industrial field, and it is not particularly limited in the present invention and can be used. Such may be, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, a prepolymer (prep〇iymer), ie a dimer, a trimer and an oligomer (〇Hg〇), or a mixture thereof and a Any of the chemical forms of the polymer, etc. Examples of the monomer and the (co)polymer thereof include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, Maleic acid, etc.) or its esters, guanamines, and the like (co)polymers, preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids with aliphatic polyvalent alcohol compounds, and I do not know how to neutralize S and a steroid of a polyamine compound, and a (co)polymer thereof. Further, an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a fluorenyl group or an unsaturated carboxylic acid decylamine Addition reactants with monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or monofunctional or polyfunctional epoxys or the aforementioned unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or unsaturated carboxylic acid amides, with monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids Acid dehydration condensation reactants, etc. are also applicable. Also 'electrophilic with isocyanate groups or epoxy groups Unsaturated 8-124-201221520 and an alcoholic decyl alcohol, an alkylene olefin, a saccharide ester, or an unsaturated carboxylic acid amide, with a monofunctional or polyfunctional Addition reactants of a class, an amine, or a thiol; more preferably, an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester having a debonding substituent such as a dentate group or a benzenesulfonyloxy group or a carboxylic acid amide amine A monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a sulfur-substituted reaction product is also suitable. Further, as another example, the unsaturated carboxylic acid may be substituted with an unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene or vinyl group. Specific examples of the monomer as an ester of an aliphatic polyol compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and examples of the acrylate include ethylene glycol diacrylic acid, diethylene glycol diacrylate, and hydrazine. Diol diacrylate, tetradecyl-alcohol dipropionate, propylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol acrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate 'trihydroxydecyl propane Ether, trihydroxydecylethane triacrylate, hexanediol dipropylene Acid ester, 1,4-cyclohexanediol diacrylate, tetraethanol monoacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol tripropyl sulfonium S, pentaerythritol tetrapropionate, dipentaerythritol diacrylate Pentaerythritol hexaacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, sorbitol tetraacrylate, sorbitol pentaacrylate, sorbitol hexa-propionic acid vinegar, tris(propylene oxyethyl) isocyanurate, polyester Acrylic acid oligomer, isoamyl cyanate modified triacrylate, etc.; among the methacrylates, for example, tetradecylene glycol dimethic acid vinegar, triethylene glycol dimercapto group Acrylate, neopentyl glycol diacetic acid vinegar, trimethylolpropane tridecyl acrylate, trimethylol dimethyl dimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimercapto acrylate, hydrazine, 3-butyl Alcohol dimercapto acrylate, hexanediol dimercapto acrylate, penta-125-201221520 tetraol monodecyl acrylate, pentaerythritol tridecyl acrylate, pentaerythritol tetradecyl acrylate, dipentaerythritol dimethyl Acrylate, dipentaerythritol Acrylate, sorbitol tridecyl acrylate, sorbitol tetradecyl acrylate, bis [p-(meth) methacryloxy-2-phenyl hydroxypropoxy) phenyl] dimercaptomethane, double- [p-(methacryloxyethoxy)phenyl] dimethyl ketone; etc.; in the itaconate, for example, ethylene glycol diconconate, propylene glycol diconcanate,丨, 3-butanediol di-iconate, 1,4-butanediol diconic acid vinegar, tetramethylene glycol diconic acid vinegar, pentaerythritol diconcan acid vinegar, sorbitol tetra Examples of the crotonate include, for example, ethylene glycol dicrotonate, tetradecyl mono crotonate, pentaerythritol dicrotonate, and sorbitol four monocrotonate ( Sorbitol tetradicrotonate); and the iso-p-palmitate, for example, ethylene glycol diisocrotonate, pentaerythritol diisocrotonate, sorbitol tetraisocrotonate, etc.; For example, ethylene glycol dimaleate, triethyl alcohol-maleic acid s, pentaerythritol dimaleic acid vinegar, and sorbitol tetra are mentioned as other esters. For example, the aliphatic alcohol-based esters described in the Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. JP-A No. Hei 59-524 No. The vinegar monomer containing an amine group described in the Unexamined Patent Publication No. 65613, which is incorporated herein by reference, can also be used as a mixture. Further, as a specific example of the monomer of the aliphatic polyamine compound and the decylamine of the unsaturated carboxylic acid, there are methylene bis-acrylamide, methylene bis-methyl propylene hydride. Amine, 1,6-hexamethylene bis-acrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bis-methyl acrylamide, diethylenetriamine tripropylene decylamine, benzodimethyl bis decyl decylamine , Benzyl dimethyl propyl amide, and the like. As an example of another preferable amide-based monomer, the structure having a stretched cyclohexyl group described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 54.21,726 can be cited. In addition, the urethane-based addition polymerizable compound produced by the addition reaction of an isocyanate and a hydroxyl group is also suitable, and as such a specific example, for example, the pair described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-4 1 708 A polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups per molecule, and a vinyl group having a trans group represented by the following formula (Α), and having two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule A vinylamine phthalate compound or the like. CH2=C(R)C00CH2CH(R')0H (A) [In the formula (A), R and R each independently represent hydrazine or CH3]. With respect to these polymerizable compounds, the details of the structure, the use of the mixture, or the combination of the use amount or the amount of addition can be arbitrarily set in accordance with the coloring composition and the final performance design. For example, in the viewpoint of sensitivity, the structure of the winter 1 molecule having a large content of unsaturated groups is preferred, and most of the conditions are more than $2 functional. X 'in improving the strength of the colored cured film: in the point, it may be a trifunctional or more 'by further using a different functional number or a different polymerizable group (for example, acrylic acid acrylate, mercapto acrylic acid, benzene, In the case of an olefinic compound or a vinyl ether compound, a method of both the sensitivity and the strength of the sputum is also effective. Further, it is possible to use a phase of other components (for example, a photopolymerization initiator, a binder polymer, etc.) of -127 to 201221520 contained in the coloring composition. The choice of the (pigment) and the binder composition and/or the method of use are also redispersible, and the use of the compound of the polymerized 7 King Go' or the combination of two or more types, for example, by low purity, It improves the compatibility with the hard surface of the support and the like. It is also possible to choose a specific construction. In the viewpoint of the adhesion, the total solid content of the coloring composition (the total content of two or more kinds) is not limited by the viewpoint that the content of the specific compound is obtained by the effect of the present invention, and is more effective. The amount %, more preferably 15% by mass to 75 mass. It is 1 mass% ~ 8 ° quality 60 mass. /〇. . 'Excellently 20% by mass to ~ (Photopolymerization initiator) The coloring composition of the present invention is preferably an initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it is a photopolymerization agent, and is preferably selected from the viewpoints of the polyabsorption wavelength and the availability of the polymerizable compound. As a photopolymerization initiator, you may find at least one active halogenated ruthenium selected from the group consisting of a sulfonyl oxadiazole compound and a sulfhydryl-oxazide compound, 3 guana &amp; Substance, 3-aryl group substituted. "匕5, lophine chmer, diphenyl ketone I3S v, _ ljt + present ethyl ketone compound and its derivatives, pentylene - stupid - Iron mismatched person * a long-term salt, bismuth compound, etc. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator, Shuang 4 4 J cites the paragraph of 2004-295 1 16, Duan Luo [0070] ~ [00771 π &amp; + ^ ° own carrier. Among them, from the point of rapid polymerization, etc., it is preferred to employ a compound. -128- 201221520 As the above-mentioned ruthenium compound (hereinafter also referred to as "photopolymerization initiator"), there is no In particular, the monthly-deficient compound described in JP-A-2000-80068, WO02/100903A1, JP-A-2001-233842, and the like is exemplified. Specific examples thereof include 2-(0-benzylidene fluorenyl)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-butanedione and 2-(0-benzoinyl).肟)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-pentanedione, 2-(0-phenylhydrazinyl)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl -1,2-hexanedione, 2-(0-phenylhydrazinyl)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-heptanedione, 2-(0 -benzylidene hydrazide)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-octanedione, 2-(0-phenylhydrazinyl)-1-[4-(fluorenyl) Phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-butanedione, 2-(0-benzylidenehydrazide)-1-[4-(ethylphenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-butane Ketone, 2-(0-benzylidene fluorenyl)-1-[4-(butylphenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-butanedione, 1-(0-ethylindenyl)-1 -[9-ethyl-6-(2-mercaptophenyl)-9H-indazol-3-yl]ethanone, 1-(0-ethylindenyl)-1-[9-methyl -6-(2-methylbenzimidyl)-9H-indazol-3-yl]ethanone, 1-(0-ethylindenyl)-1-[9-propyl-6-(2- Methyl benzhydryl)-9H-indazol-3-yl]ethanone, 1-(0-ethylindenyl)-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-ethylbenzoinyl) )-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone, 1-(0-ethylindenyl)-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-butylphenylhydrazine) Mercapto)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone and the like. However, it is not limited by these. In the present invention, the oxime compound is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1) from the viewpoints of sensitivity, stability over time, and coloration upon post-heating. -129- 201221520 〇

前述通式(1)中,R及X各自獨立地表示1價取代基 ,A表示2價有機基,Ar表示芳基。n為【〜5的整數。 當η為2〜5的整數日寺,複數的χ可互相相同或相異。 作為R,從咼感度化之點來看,較佳為醯基,具體 地較佳為乙醯基、丙醯基、笨甲醯基、甲苯醯基。 作為A,從提雨感度,抑制加熱經時所致的著色之 點來看,較佳為無取代的伸烷基、經烷基(例如甲基、乙 基、第二丁基、十二基)取代的伸烷基、經烯基(例如乙 烯基、烯丙基)取代的伸烷基、經芳基(例如苯基、對曱 苯基、二曱苯基、異丙苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、苯乙 烯基)取代的伸烷基。 作為Ar ’從提高感度’抑制加熱經時所致的著色之 點來看’較佳為取代或無取代的苯基。當為取代苯基時 ’作為其取代基’例如較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子 、碘原子等的鹵基。 作為X ’從溶劑溶解性與長波長區域的吸收效率提 高之點來看’較佳為可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代 基的芳基、可具有取代基的烯基、可具有取代基的炔基 、可具有取代基的烷氧基、可具有取代基的芳氧基、可 具有取代基的烷硫氧基、可具有取代基的芳硫氧基、可 具有取代基的胺基。 -130- ⑧ 201221520 又通式(1)中的η較佳為1〜2的整鼓。 逛有’於本發明的著色組成物中,除 引發劑’還可使用特開2〇〇4_295 1 16號公 ,合 中記載的其它眾所周知之光聚合引發劑。 &lt;洛_9] 光聚合引發劑係可為單獨i種或組合 有。 里从上而含 光‘ 5引發劑在著色組成物的全固體成分 ^種以上時為總含量),從更有效地得到本發明的效^量 觀點來看,較佳為3質量%〜2〇質量%,更果之 〜Π質量。/。’特佳為5質量%〜18質量%。44貝量。 (有機溶劑) 本發明的著色組成物係可含有至 。 種的有機溶劑 有機溶劑只要滿足並存的各成分 色級成才勿時的塗布性,則基本上岭解性或作為著 為考慮黏結劑的溶解性、塗布性一八幻的限制’特佳 作為有機溶劑,於醋類中::性來選擇。 錯酸正丁醋、醋酸異丁賴、甲酸戊:可舉出醋酸乙醋、 酸異丁醋、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙二醋酸異戊醋、醋 西曰、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酿、氧基 ,乙酉曰' 丁酸丁 乙”酷、氧基乙酸乙酿、氧基乙酸=類⑼如:氧基 甲氣基乙酸甲酷、甲氧基乙酸乙酿、丁/:(具體地可舉出 乙氡其;7¾分田*匕 产# 7氧基乙酸丁醋、 孔基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯 類(例如:3-氣基丙酸甲黯、3_氧基内:、疒氧基繼醋 舉出3·曱氧基丙酸曱s|、3_甲氧、乙自旨等(具體地可 乳基两S楚乙酯、3-乙氧基 -131 - 201221520 丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-氧基丙酸烷基 (例如:2 -氧基丙酸曱酷、2 -氧基丙酸乙S旨、2 -氧基 丙酯等(具體地可舉出2-曱氧基丙酸曱酯、2-甲氧基 乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸曱酯、2-乙 丙酸乙酯等))、2-氧基-2-曱基丙酸甲酯、2-氧基-2-丙酸乙酯(具體地可舉出2-甲氧基-2-曱基丙酸曱酯 乙氧基-2-曱基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸曱酯、丙酮酸乙 丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸曱酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2 -氧 酸曱酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等。 又,作為有機溶劑,於醚類中,例如可舉出二 醇二甲基醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單曱基醚、乙二醇 基醚、曱基溶纖劑乙酸S旨、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二 醇單f基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單丁基 丙二醇單曱基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇 基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙基醚乙酸酯等。 於酮類中,例如可舉出曱基乙基酮、環己酮、 酮、3 -庚酮等。 於芳香族烴類中,例如可合適地舉出曱苯、二 等。 此等有機溶劑,從前述各成分的溶解性,及含 可溶性黏結劑時的其溶解性、塗布面狀的改良等之 來看,亦較佳混合2種以上。此時,特佳為由3 -乙 丙酸曱酯、3 -乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯 酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲基醚、醋酸丁酯、3 -曱氧基 甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基 酯類 丙酸 丙酸 氧基 曱基 、2-酯、 代丁 乙二 單乙 乙二 醚、 單乙 2-庚 甲苯 有驗 觀點 氧基 、乳 丙酸 卡必 ⑧ -132- 201221520 醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲基醚及丙二 的2種以上所構成的混合溶液。土蜒乙酸醋中選出 有機溶劑在著色組成物中的含量, ^ 中的全固體成分濃度成為ίο f量%〜8G1佳係使組成f 佳係使成為15質量%〜60質量%之量,量%之量,更 (其它成分) 述各成分,在不損 有鹼可溶性黏結劑 本發明的著色組成物除了含有上 害本發明的效果之範圍内,還可更含 、交聯劑等的其它成分。 -驗可溶性黏結劑_ 以外,並沒有特 取得性等的觀點 鹼可溶性黏結劑除了具有鹼可溶性 別的限定’較佳可從耐錢、顯像性、 來選擇。 作為 物,而且 作為如此 羧酸的聚 號、特公 59-53836 丙稀酸共 共聚物、 樣地在側 驗Γ容性黏結劑,較佳為線狀有機高分子聚合 可洛於有機溶劑中,可用弱驗水溶液顯像者。 的線狀有機高分子聚合物’可舉出在側鏈具有 合物,例如特開昭59_44615號、特公昭54_34327 昭58-12577號、特公昭54·25957號、特開昭 號、特開昭59-71〇48號的各公報中記載之甲基 聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、伊康酸共聚物、巴豆酸 馬來酸共聚物、部分酯化馬來酸共聚物等,同 鍵具有羧酸的酸性纖維素衍生物係適用。 '、上过·者’作為本發明中的驗可溶性黏結劑,對 具有羥基的聚合物附加酸酐而得者等,或聚羥基笨乙烯 系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、聚((甲基)丙烯酸2_羥乙酯) -133- 201221520 、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮或聚環氧乙烷、聚乙烯醇等亦適用。 又,線狀有機高分子聚合物係可將具有親水性的單體共 聚合而得者。作為其例,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥烷酯、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基) 丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺、2級或3級的烷基丙烯 醯胺、二烷基胺基烷基(子基)丙烯酸酯、嗎啉(甲基)丙烯 酸醋、N·乙烯料錢、N_乙烯基己内醯胺、乙稀㈣ 。坐、乙烯基三唑、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯 '(曱基)丙烯酸乙酯 、支鏈或直鏈的(甲基)丙烯酸丙酿' 支鏈或直鏈的(甲基) 丙烯酸丁酯、或(甲基)丙烯 作為具有親水性的單體,含 酸醋基、四級敍鹽基、乙稀 基及其鹽而來的基、嗎啉基 酸苯氧基羥丙酯等。此外, 有由四氫糠基、磷酸基、磷 氧基鏈、丙烯氧基鏈、磺酸 乙基等而成的單體等亦適用 又,為了提高交聯效率,驗可溶性黏結劑亦可在側 鏈具有聚合性基’例如在側鏈含有烯丙基、(甲幻丙烯 醢基、婦丙氧基烧基等的聚合物等亦適用。作為上述含 有聚合性基的聚合物之例,可棗屮古# 』芈出市售品的KS抗蝕劑 -106(KS RESIST-l〇6)(大阪有機化 . . 另械化學工業(股)(OsakaIn the above formula (1), R and X each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group. n is an integer of [~5. When η is an integer of 2 to 5, the plurals may be identical or different from each other. R is preferably a fluorenyl group from the viewpoint of sensitization of hydrazine, and specifically preferably an ethyl fluorenyl group, a propyl fluorenyl group, a benzoyl group or a tolyl fluorenyl group. As A, from the viewpoint of the rain sensitivity and the suppression of the coloring caused by the heating, it is preferably an unsubstituted alkylene group or an alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a second butyl group, or a tau group). a substituted alkylene group, an alkyl group substituted with an alkenyl group (e.g., a vinyl group, an allyl group), an aryl group (e.g., phenyl, p-nonylphenyl, diphenylphenyl, cumenyl, naphthyl) , anthracenyl, phenanthryl, styryl) substituted alkyl. The term "Ar" is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to suppress the coloring caused by the heating. When it is a substituted phenyl group, 'as a substituent' is preferably a halogen group such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. The X' is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, and may have a substituent from the viewpoint of improvement in solvent solubility and absorption efficiency in a long wavelength region. Alkynyl group, alkoxy group which may have a substituent, aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, an arylthio group which may have a substituent, and an amine group which may have a substituent . -130- 8 201221520 Further, η in the formula (1) is preferably a whole drum of 1 to 2. In addition to the initiator of the present invention, other well-known photopolymerization initiators described in JP-A No. 2,295,116, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. &lt;Luo_9] The photopolymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination. In the above, the light-containing '5-initiator is a total content when the total solid content of the coloring composition is more than or equal to the above), and from the viewpoint of more effectively obtaining the effect of the present invention, it is preferably 3% by mass to 2 〇% by mass, more fruitful~ Π quality. /. The amount is preferably from 5% by mass to 18% by mass. 44 tons. (Organic solvent) The colored composition of the present invention may contain to . The organic solvent of the organic solvent is basically organic as long as it satisfies the coexistence of the coloring of each component, and is basically tempering or as a limitation for considering the solubility of the binder and the coating property. Solvent, in vinegar:: sex to choose. Acidic n-butyl vinegar, isobutyl lysate, and carboxylic acid pentane: ethyl acetate, isobutyl acetonate, butyl propionate, isoamyl isopropyl acetonate, acetonide, methyl lactate, lactic acid Ethyl alcohol, oxy, acetamidine 'butyric acid, butyric acid', oxyacetic acid, oxyacetic acid = class (9), such as: methoxymethyl ketone acetic acid, methoxy acetic acid, brewing, butyl /: ( Specifically, it can be exemplified by acetamidine; 73⁄4 分田*匕产#7 oxyacetic acid butyl vinegar, methyl ketone acetate, ethyl ethoxylate (for example: 3-methylpropionic acid formazan, 3_ In the oxy group: methoxy group, followed by vinegar, 3 曱 曱 曱 丙 、 | 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 131 - 201221520 Methyl propionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-oxypropionic acid alkyl (for example: 2-oxopropionic acid oxime, 2-oxopropionic acid B , 2-oxypropyl ester, etc. (specifically, decyl 2-methoxyoxypropionate, 2-methoxyethyl ester, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, bismuth 2-ethoxypropionate Ester, ethyl 2-ethylpropionate, etc.), methyl 2-oxo-2-mercaptopropionate, ethyl 2-oxy-2-propionate (specifically Ethyl 2-methoxy-2-mercaptopropionate ethyl ethoxy-2-mercaptopropionate, etc.), decyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate acetonate, decyl acetate Ethyl acetate, ethyl 2-oxoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, etc. Further, examples of the organic solvent include glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, and ethylene glycol. Monodecyl ether, glycol ether, thiol cellosolve acetic acid S, ethyl cellosolve acetate, glycol mono-f-ether ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol single Butyl propylene glycol monodecyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc. Examples of the ketones include mercaptoethyl ketone and a ring. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbons include, for example, toluene, bis, etc., such as organic solvents, solubility from the above components, and when a soluble binder is contained. It is also preferable to mix two or more types in terms of solubility, improvement of a coating surface, etc. In this case, it is especially preferable to melt|dissolve by 3- methoxy-propionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl Fibrous agent Ethyl acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, 3-methoxymethyl ester, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl ester Propionate propionate oxonium group, 2-ester, butyl ethyl ethanediethyl ether, monoethyl 2-heptylene toluene oxy, lactobionate 8 -132- 201221520 alcohol acetate, A mixed solution of two or more kinds of propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol. The content of the organic solvent in the coloring composition is selected from the soil vinegar vinegar, and the total solid content concentration in ^ is ίο f%%~8G1 The composition f is preferably 15% by mass to 60% by mass, the amount of %, and the other components are not damaged by the alkali-soluble binder. The colored composition of the present invention contains the above-mentioned invention. Within the scope of the effect, other components such as a crosslinking agent may be further included. - In addition to the solubility of the soluble binder _, there is no particular advantage. The alkali-soluble binder is not limited by the alkali solubility. It is preferably selected from the viewpoints of resistance to money and development. As a substance, and as a carboxylic acid poly-label, a special 59-53836 acrylic acid co-copolymer, a sample side-by-side viscous binder, preferably a linear organic polymer polymerizable in an organic solvent , can be used to visualize the aqueous solution. The linear organic polymer 'is exemplified by a side chain, for example, JP-A-59-44615, JP-A 54-34327, No. Sho-58-12577, Tegong Sho 54.25957, Special Kai-Zhao, Tekai-Zhao a methyl polymer, an acrylic copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a crotonic acid maleic acid copolymer, a partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, or the like described in each of the publications of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-71-48, having a carboxylic acid in the same bond Acidic cellulose derivatives are suitable. ',上过者' as the soluble binder in the present invention, an acid anhydride added to a polymer having a hydroxyl group, or a polyhydroxyl stearic vinyl resin, a polyoxyalkylene resin, or a poly((methyl) ) 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate) -133- 201221520, polyvinylpyrrolidone or polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl alcohol, etc. are also suitable. Further, the linear organic high molecular polymer can be obtained by copolymerizing a monomer having hydrophilicity. Examples thereof include alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, glycerin (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylamide, and N-methylol propylene oxime. Amine, grade 2 or 3 alkyl acrylamide, dialkylaminoalkyl (sub) acrylate, morpholine (meth) acrylate, N. vinyl, N_vinyl hexanone Amine, ethylene (four). Sit, vinyltriazole, methyl (meth) acrylate '(mercapto) acrylate, branched or linear (meth) acrylic propylene 'branched or linear (meth) butyl acrylate Or (meth) propylene as a hydrophilic monomer, a group containing an acid vine group, a quaternary salt base, an ethylene group and a salt thereof, a phenoxy hydroxypropyl morpholinate or the like. In addition, a monomer such as a tetrahydroindenyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphorusoxy chain, an acryloxy chain, a sulfonic acid ethyl group or the like is also suitable. In order to improve the crosslinking efficiency, a soluble binder can also be used. The side chain has a polymerizable group, for example, a polymer containing an allyl group, a (methacryloyl fluorenyl group, a phenanthrenyl group, etc.) in the side chain is also applicable. As an example of the polymer containing a polymerizable group,枣屮古# 』 KS RESIST-l〇6 (KS RESIST-l〇6) (Osaka Organic Chemicals. . Another Mechanical Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.

Organic Chemical Industry Ltd、制 •』1 )、赛克洛馬 (CYCLOMER)P 系列(Daicel 化與 贫 学工業(股)(DaicelOrganic Chemical Industry Ltd, •1), CYCLOMER P series (Daicel and Poor Industry (Daicel)

Chemical Industries Ltd.)製)箄。頊 + )衣)寻還有,為了提高硬化皮 膜的強度,醇可溶性尼龍或2,2_雙 极 ^ ^ 羥基苯基)-丙烷與 壤氧氣丙烧之聚喊等亦適用。 ⑧ -134- 201221520 於此等各種鹼可溶性黏結劑之中,從耐熱性的觀點 來看#又佳為忒羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、 丙烯酉夂系树月曰、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共 聚㈣脂:從顯像性控制的觀點來看,較佳為丙烯酸系 樹月曰丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂。 t作為刖述丙烯酸系樹脂,較佳為由(曱基)丙烯酸苄 酉曰(甲基)丙烯酸、(曱基)丙稀酸經乙醋、(曱基)丙稀醯 胺等中選出的單體所成的共聚物,或市售品的KS抗姓 劑_1〇6(大阪有機化學工業(股)製)、赛克洛4 P系列 (DAICEL化學卫業(股)製)等。 驗可=性黏結劑,從顯像性、液㈣度等的觀點來 看,以重重平均分子量(GpC(凝膠滲透層析術)法所測定 的聚苯乙烯換算值)為1QQq〜2x1g5的聚合物係較佳, 2000〜1&gt;&lt;1〇5的帮人队及》/上 - &quot;。物係更佳,5000〜5 x〗〇4的聚合物 特佳。 ^ -交聯劑- :本七明的著色組成物中補充使用交聯劑,亦可進 -步提咼:著色組成物硬化而成的著色硬化膜之硬度。 作為父聯劑’只要是經由交聯反應可進行膜硬化者 ,則沒有特別的限定’例如可舉出⑷環氧樹脂、㈦經羥 曱基、烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基中選出的至少一個取代 基所取代之蜜胺化合物、胍胺化合物、甘脲化合物或脲 化合物、⑷經經甲基、烧氧基甲基及酿氧基f基中選出 的至少-個取代基所取代之苯酴化合物、萘盼化合物或 經基葱化合物。其中,較佳為多官能環氧樹脂。 -135- 201221520 關於交聯劑的具體例等之詳細,可參照特開 2004-295 1 1 6號公報的段落[〇134]〜[01 47]之記載。 -其它添加物- 於著色組成物中,按照需要,可摻合各種添加物, 例如填充劑、上述以外的高分子化合物、非離子系、陽 離子系、陰離子系等的界面活性劑、密接促進劑、抗氧 化劑、紫外線吸收劑、凝集防止劑等。作為此等添加物 ,可舉出特開2004-2951 號公報的段落[〇155]〜[〇156] 中記載者。 π + f明的者色組成物中,可含有特開2004-295 i 16 號公報的段㈣〇78]中記載的增感劑或光安定劑同公 報的段落[〇〇81]中記载的熱聚合防止劑。 “又’為了促進非曝光區域的鹼溶解性,進-步提高 者色組成物的顯像性時,軔 ° 竣酸,t A ^ $曰 佳為在该組成物中添加有機 硬⑵夂 且為分子® 10〇Πιν·τ~ , 00以下的低分子量有機羧酸。 具體地,例如可舉出ψ ^ 一 牛出曱酸、醋酸、丙酸、丁酸、成 酉文、三甲基乙酸、己 _ ^ 奸时—„ —乙基醋酸、庚酸、辛酸等的 酸、 丙—馱、琥珀酸、戊二酸、已二 馼庚一酸、辛二醆、 _ ^ - m 7 ^ —馱、癸二酸、巴西酸、甲基 内一鲛、乙基丙二酸、二 ^ 甲其诂★ — τ暴丙二酸、甲基琥珀酸、四 甲基琥站酸、檸康醆等一,Chemical Industries Ltd.)).顼 + ))) In addition, in order to increase the strength of the hardened film, alcohol-soluble nylon or 2,2_bipolar ^ ^ hydroxyphenyl)-propane and a mixture of soil oxygen and propylene burn are also applicable. 8-134-201221520 Among these various alkali-soluble binders, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, #又 is preferably a hydroxy styrene-based resin, a polyoxyalkylene-based resin, a propylene fluorene, and propylene. Amidoxime resin, acrylic acid/acrylamide copolymer (tetra) copolymer: From the viewpoint of development control, an acrylic laurel acrylamide resin or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin is preferable. t is a list of the acrylic resin, preferably selected from the group consisting of benzyl hydrazide (meth) acrylate (meth) acrylate, (mercapto) acrylic acid, acetoacetate, (mercapto) acrylamide, and the like. The copolymer formed by the body, or the KS anti-surname agent 〇6 (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the Secolo 4 P series (manufactured by DAICEL Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). In the case of the imaging property, the liquid (four degrees), etc., the weight average molecular weight (the polystyrene conversion value measured by the GpC (gel permeation chromatography) method) is 1QQq~2x1g5. The polymer system is preferably, 2000~1&gt;&lt;1〇5's gang and "/上-&quot;. The system is better, 5000~5 x〗 〇 4 polymer is particularly good. ^ - Crosslinking agent: The crosslinking agent of Benqiming is supplemented with a crosslinking agent, and the hardness of the colored curing film obtained by hardening the colored composition can be further improved. The parent-linking agent is not particularly limited as long as it can be cured by a crosslinking reaction, and examples thereof include (4) an epoxy resin, (7) a hydroxy group, an alkoxymethyl group, and a decyloxymethyl group. a melamine compound, a guanamine compound, a glycoluril compound or a urea compound substituted with at least one substituent selected, and (4) at least one substituent selected from a methyl group, an alkoxymethyl group and a methoxy group A substituted benzoquinone compound, a naphthene compound or a lysine compound. Among them, a polyfunctional epoxy resin is preferred. -135-201221520 For details of specific examples of the crosslinking agent, etc., the descriptions of paragraphs [〇134] to [01 47] of JP-A-2004-295 1 16 can be referred to. -Other Additives - Various additives such as a filler, a polymer compound other than the above, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a adhesion promoter may be blended as needed in the coloring composition. , antioxidants, UV absorbers, agglutination inhibitors, etc. As such an additive, those described in paragraphs [〇155] to [〇156] of JP-A-2004-2951 are mentioned. In the color composition of π + f, the sensitizer or the photosensitizer described in paragraph (4) 〇 78 of JP-A-2004-295 i16 can be found in the paragraph [〇〇81] of the publication. Thermal polymerization inhibitor. "In order to promote the alkali solubility of the non-exposed area, and further improve the imaging performance of the color composition, 轫 ° 竣 acid, t A ^ $ 曰 is preferably added to the composition of the organic hard (2) 夂The molecular weight is 10 〇Πιν·τ~, 00 or less of a low molecular weight organic carboxylic acid. Specifically, for example, ψ ^ a bovine decanoic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, hydrazine, trimethylacetic acid _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Bismuth, azelaic acid, brazil acid, methyl sulphate, ethylmalonic acid, succinic acid ★ τ violent malonic acid, methyl succinic acid, tetramethyl succinic acid, citrine, etc. One,

Jg ^ 、日肪知一敌酸:丙三叛酸、g 碩酸、樟腦三酸等的, ^ 馬 m S ^ '二羧酸;苯甲酸、甲苯酸、 對異丙苯甲酸、2,3 _二甲Α 4 單羧酸.w ^ 土本甲酸、某林酸等的芳香殡 早複酉夂,苯二甲酸、間 天 酸、妁〇 Λ 一甲§夂、對苯二f酸' 偏苯三 酉夂、均本三酸、偏苯四酸、 〜 句四酉夂4的芳香族多羧酸 ⑧ _ 136 - 201221520 ;苯基醋酸、氫化阿托酸、氫化桂皮酸、扁桃酸、苯基 琥珀酸、阿托酸、桂皮酸、桂皮酸曱酯、桂皮酸苄酯、 亞桂皮基乙酸、闊馬酸、傘柳酸等其它的羧酸。 〜著色组成物之調製方法〜 本發明的著色組成物係藉由混合前述各成分與視需 要的任意成分而調製》 再者,於著色組成物的調製時,可將構成著色組成 物的各成分整批地掺合,也可在將各成分溶解·分散於 溶劑中後,逐次摻合。又,摻合時的投入順序或作業條 件係沒有受到特別的限制。例如,可將全部成分同時地 溶解·分散於溶劑中以調製紐成物,按照需要,亦可使 各成分適宜地成為2個以上的溶液•分散液,在使用時( 塗布時)將它們混合而作為組成物調製。 如上述所5周製的著色組成物係可在使用孔徑 Ο.ΟΙμηι〜3·0μηι、更佳孔徑〇 〇5μηι〜〇 5μπι左右的過濾 器等進行過濾分離後,供使用。 本發明的著色組成物,由於可形成色相及對比優異 的著色硬化膜,故適合作為液晶顯示裝置(Hquid crysul display : LCD)或固體攝像元件(例如 C(:D(charge c〇upled device ) ' CMOS ( complementary metal oxide semiconductor)等)中所用的彩色濾光片等之著色畫素形 成用,而且適用於印刷用墨、喷墨用墨及塗料等的製作 用途。特別適合於液晶顯示裝置用的著色畫素形成用途 -137- 201221520 &lt;彩色濾光片及其製造方法&gt; 本發明的彩色濾光片係設有以下而構成者:基板, 與在δ玄基板上含有染料化合物(即選自由前述通式(I)所 示的化合物配位至金屬原子或金屬化合物而成的二吡咯 亞曱基系金屬錯合體化合物及前述通式(11)〜通式(νπι) 中任一者所示的染料化合物所成之群組中的化合物)與 蒽醌化合物之著色區域。基板上的著色區域係由形成彩 色濾光片的各畫素例如紅(R)、綠(G)、藍(Β)等的著色膜 所構成。本發明的彩色濾光片,由於含有指定的染料化 合物與蒽醌化合物而形成,故圖像的色相及對比優異, 特別適合作為液晶顯示裝置用。 只要是可形成含有染料化合物與蒽醌化合物而硬化 的著色區域(著色圖案)之方法,則本發明的彩色濾光片 可由任何方法來形成。較佳為使用本發明的著色組成物 來製作。 本發明的彩色濾光片之製造方法係設有以下步驟而 構成:在支持體上塗佈前述著色組成物,形成著色層(亦 稱為著色組成物層)之步驟(Α),與將步驟(Α)所形成之著 色組成物層曝光成(較佳為通過光罩(mask))圖案狀,顯像 而形成著色區域(著色圖案)之步驟(B)。又,於本發明的 彩色濾光片之製造方法中,特佳的態樣為更設有對步驟 (B) 所形成的著色圖案照射紫外線之步驟(c),與對經步驟 (C) 肊射紫外線之著色圖案進行加熱處理之步驟⑺)。 又,亦可藉由特開2009_1 16078號公報中記載的轉 印法、特開2009-1 34263號公報中記载的喷墨法等方法 來製造彩色濾光片。 ⑧ -138- 201221520 以下’更具體地說明本發明的彩 法。 -步驟(A)- 於本發明的彩色濾光片之製造方 體上藉由旋轉塗布、流延塗布、親塗 塗布前述本發明的著色組成物,形成 後按照需要,進行預備硬化(預烘烤) 層乾燥。 作為支持體’例如可舉出液晶顯 鈉玻璃、無鹼玻璃、硼矽酸玻璃、石 樹脂基板等。又,於此等支持體上, 上部之層的密接改良、物質的擴散防 化用之底塗層。 本發明的著色組成物係可直接或 板上藉由旋轉塗布、狹縫塗布、流延 塗布、喷墨等的塗布方法來塗布,而 塗布膜。 作為預烘烤的條件,可舉出使用$ c〜130°c加熱0.5分鐘〜15分鐘左右 又,由著色組成物所形成的著色 按照目的來適宜選擇。於液晶顯示裝 較佳為〇.2μηι〜5.0pm的範圍,更也 一'範圍,隶佳為1 · 5 μηι〜3.5 μηι的範圍 兀件用彩色濾光片中,較佳為〇 2μιη〜 佳為〇.3μπι〜2·5μηι的範圍,最佳為〇 色濾光片之製造方 法中,首先在支持 布等的塗布方法來 著色級成物層,然 使s亥著色組成物 示裝置等中所用的 英破螭、矽基板、 視需要亦可設置與 止' 或表面的平坦 隔著其它層,在基 塗布、輥塗布、棒 形成著色組成物的 氛板或烘箱,在70 的條件。 組成物層之厚度係 置用彩色濾光片中 ^•為 Ι.Ομηι〜4.0μΐΏ 。又’於固體攝像 5·0μηι的範圍,更 ·3μιη〜1.5μιη 的範 -139- 201221520 再者’著色組成物層的犀 -步驟(Β). Μ度係料烤後的膜厚。 接著,於本發明的彩色滹 士枝触L 應先片之製造方法中’對於 支持體上所形成的著色 ,u 成物層,例如通過光罩 (Ph〇t0mask)進行曝光。 ^ ^ ^ 勺」週用於曝光的光或放射線 ,較佳為g線、h線、i線、Jg ^, 肪 知 know an enemy acid: C3 retinoic acid, g 酸酸, camphoric acid, etc., ^ Ma m S ^ 'dicarboxylic acid; benzoic acid, toluic acid, p-cumenecarboxylic acid, 2, 3 _ dimethyl hydrazine 4 monocarboxylic acid. w ^ Indigenous hydrazine of earthen carboxylic acid, a certain forest acid, etc., early retanning, phthalic acid, m-acid, 妁〇Λ 甲 夂 夂, p-benzoic acid Benzotriazine, homotricarboxylic acid, pyromellitic acid, aromatic tetracarboxylic acid, _ 136 - 201221520; phenylacetic acid, hydrogenated atropic acid, hydrogenated cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, benzene Other carboxylic acids such as succinic acid, atropic acid, cinnamic acid, cinnamic acid cinnamate, benzyl cinnamate, cinnaminoacetic acid, taronic acid, oleic acid. ~Preparation method of coloring composition - The coloring composition of the present invention is prepared by mixing the above-mentioned respective components and optional components as needed. Further, in the preparation of the coloring composition, the components constituting the coloring composition can be formed. The mixture may be blended in a batch, or may be sequentially blended after dissolving and dispersing the components in a solvent. Further, the order of input or the working conditions at the time of blending are not particularly limited. For example, all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and dispersed in a solvent to prepare a complex, and if necessary, each component may be suitably two or more solutions and dispersions, and they may be mixed at the time of application (at the time of coating). It is modulated as a composition. The coloring composition of the above-mentioned five-week system can be used by filtration using a filter having a pore diameter of Ο.ΟΙηηι~3·0μηι, a better aperture of μ5μηι~〇 5μπι, and the like. The coloring composition of the present invention is suitable as a liquid crystal display device (Hquid crysul display: LCD) or a solid-state imaging device (for example, C(:D(charge c〇upled device)') because it can form a hue and a comparatively excellent colored cured film. It is used for the formation of color pixels such as color filters used in CMOS (compound metal oxide semiconductor), and is suitable for use in printing inks, inkjet inks, paints, etc. It is particularly suitable for liquid crystal display devices. Use of coloring pixel formation-137-201221520 &lt;Color filter and its manufacturing method&gt; The color filter of the present invention is composed of a substrate and a dye compound on a δ-shaped substrate (ie, selection) a dipyrrolidino-based metal-based compound compound in which a compound represented by the above formula (I) is coordinated to a metal atom or a metal compound, and any one of the above formula (11) to formula (νπι) The coloring region of the compound in the group formed by the dye compound and the ruthenium compound. The colored regions on the substrate are formed by the respective pixels forming the color filter, such as red (R). ), a color film such as green (G) or blue (Β). The color filter of the present invention is formed by containing a predetermined dye compound and a ruthenium compound, so that the hue and contrast of the image are excellent, and it is particularly suitable. The color filter of the present invention can be formed by any method as long as it is a method of forming a colored region (colored pattern) which is cured by containing a dye compound and a ruthenium compound. It is preferred to use the present invention. The method for producing a color filter according to the present invention comprises the steps of: applying the coloring composition to a support to form a colored layer (also referred to as a colored composition layer); Α), the step (B) of forming a colored region (colored pattern) by exposing the colored composition layer formed in the step (Α) to a pattern (preferably by a mask) and developing the image. In the method for producing a color filter of the present invention, a particularly preferable aspect is a step (c) of irradiating the colored pattern formed by the step (B) with ultraviolet rays, and a step of exposing the ultraviolet to the step (C). The step of heat-treating the colored pattern ⑺). Further, a color filter can be produced by a method such as the transfer method described in JP-A-2009-1, 16078, or the ink jet method described in JP-A-2009-1 34263. 8 - 138 - 201221520 The following is a more detailed description of the color method of the present invention. -Step (A) - The colored composition of the present invention is applied by spin coating, cast coating, or co-coating on the production body of the color filter of the present invention, and is formed into a preliminary hardening (prebaking) as needed. Baked) The layer is dry. Examples of the support include, for example, liquid crystal display soda glass, alkali-free glass, borosilicate glass, and stone resin substrate. Further, on the support, the undercoat layer for improving the adhesion of the upper layer and the diffusion prevention of the substance. The colored composition of the present invention can be applied directly or on a plate by a coating method such as spin coating, slit coating, cast coating, or ink jet, to coat a film. The prebaking conditions are heated by using a c c to 130 ° C for about 0.5 minutes to about 15 minutes, and the color formed by the colored composition is appropriately selected according to the purpose. Preferably, the liquid crystal display device is in the range of 〇.2μηι~5.0pm, and more preferably in the range of 1·5 μηι to 3.5 μηι, preferably 〇2μιη~ preferably In the range of 〇.3μπι to 2·5μηι, which is preferably a method for producing a ruthenium color filter, first, a layered layer is colored by a coating method such as a support cloth, and the shai coloring composition device is used. The used ruthenium and ruthenium substrate used may be provided with a flat or other surface at the same time as the flat surface of the substrate, the roll coating, and the rod forming a colored composition of the atmosphere or the oven at 70°. The thickness of the composition layer is set in the color filter ^· is Ι.Ομηι~4.0μΐΏ. Further, in the range of the solid-state imaging 5·0μηι, the range of 3μιη to 1.5μιη -139- 201221520 Further, the rhinoceros of the coloring composition layer - the step (Β). The film thickness after the baking of the twisted material. Next, in the method of manufacturing the color stalk of the present invention, the coloring formed on the support is performed, for example, by a mask (Ph〇t0mask). ^ ^ ^ spoon" is used to expose light or radiation, preferably g line, h line, i line,

KrF先、ArF光,特佳為i 線。使用i線於照射光時,鲈社* 2 ^ 季乂佳為以l〇〇mJ/cm2〜 10000mJ/cm2的曝光量進行照射。 作為其匕的曝光光線’亦可使用超高壓、高壓 :中壓、低壓的各種水銀燈、化學燈— 厌弧燈氙燈、金屬鹵化物燈、可見及紫外的各種雷射 光源、螢光燈、鎢燈、太陽光等。 〜使用雷射光源的曝光步驟〜 於使用雷射光源的曝光方式中,使用紫外光雷射當 作光源。 照射光較佳為波長在3〇〇nm〜380nm的範圍之波長 範圍的紫外光雷射,更佳為在3〇〇nrn〜36〇nrn的範圍之 波長的紫外光雷射’其在吻合光阻(resist)的感光波長之 點係較佳。具體地’可採用尤其輸力大、比較便宜的固 體雷射之Nd:YAG雷射之第三諧波(3 55nm),或準分子雷 射的 XeCl(308nm)、XeF(353nm)。 被曝光物(圖案)的曝光量係1 mj/cm2〜1 〇〇mj/cm2的 範圍,更佳為lmJ/cm2〜50mJ/cm2的範圍。曝光量若為 此扼圍’則在圖案形成的生產性之點係較佳。 201221520 曝光裝置係沒有特別的限制,作為市售者,可使用 CalliSt〇(V科技股份有限公司(v Techn〇】〇gy c〇,Ltd.)製 )或EGIS(V科技股份有限公司製)或DF22〇〇G(大日本網 版股份有限公司(Dainippon Screen MFG. Co·,Ltd.)製)等 。又’上述以外的裝置亦適用。 如上述經曝光的著色組成物層係可加熱。 又,為了抑制著色組成物層中的色材之氧化褪色, 曝光係可在室(chamber)内邊流動氮氣邊進行。 接著,對曝光後的著色組成物層,.用顯像液進行顯 像。藉此,可形成負型或正型的著色圖案(光阻圖案)。 顯像液只要是溶解著色組成物層的未硬化部(未曝 光部),不溶解硬化部(曝光部)者,則可使用各種的有機 溶劑之組合或鹼性水溶液。顯像液為鹼性水溶液時, 濃度較佳為可調整至pH11〜n,更佳可調整至pHU $ :12.5。作為前述驗性水溶液,例如可舉出氣氧化納.、 虱氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉mm夕酸納 水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四曱銨、; 氧化四乙錄、膽驗、吼洛、派咬、丨,8_二 = -[5,4,〇]_7_十一烯等的鹼性水溶液。 :’、又衣 顯像時間較佳為30秒〜300秒,更為3〇秒〜12〇和、 像溫度較佳為抓〜4(TC,更佳為叫。 乂 進行顯像係可藉由覆液方式、噴淋方式、噴霧方式等來 較佳為用水洗淨 又,使用鹼性水溶液進行顯像後, -141 - 201221520 然後,於本發明的彩色濾、光片之製造方法中,按照 需要,亦可對經由顯像所形成的著色圖案進行後加熱及/ 或後曝光,而促進著色圖案的硬化。 -步驟(c)- 於本發明的彩色濾光片之製造方法中,尤其對使用 著色組成物所形成的著色圖案(畫素),亦可進行紫外線 照射所致的後曝光° -步驟(D)- 對經由如上述之紫外線照射進行後曝光後的著色圖 案,較佳為更進行加熱處理。藉由加熱處理(所謂的後供 烤處理)所形成的著色圖案,可使著色圖案進一步硬化。 此加熱處理例如可藉由熱板、各種加熱器、烘箱等來進 行。 加熱處理時的溫度較佳為1 〇 〇 °C〜3 0 0 °C,更佳為 15 0°C〜25 0°C。又’加熱時間較佳為10分鐘〜12〇分铲 左右。 如此所得之著色圖案係構成彩色濾光片中的晝素。 於製作具有複數色相的晝素之彩色濾光片的製作中可 配合所欲的色數,重複上述步驟(A)、步驟(B)及視需要 的步驟(C)或步驟(〇) » 再者,可於每(每1色)單色的著色組成物層之形成 曝光、顯像結束後,進行前述步驟(C)及/或步驟(D), ,可於全部所欲的色數之著色組成物層的形&amp;、曝光、 ‘”員像、。束後,整批地進行前述步驟(c)及/或步驟(D)。 ⑧ -142- 201221520 由本發明的彩色濾光片之製造方法所得之彩色濾光 片(本發明的彩色濾光片)’由於使用本發明的著色組成 物,而色相及對比優異。 本發明的彩色濾光片係可用於液晶顯示元件或固體 攝像元件,特別適合於液晶顯示裝置的用途。用於液晶 顯示裝置時,使用染料當作著色劑’可一邊達成良好的 色相,一邊顯示分光特性及對比優異的圖像。 &lt;液晶顯示裝置&gt; 本發明的液晶顯示裝置係具備前述本發明的彩色濾 光片。 關於液晶顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細,例 如在「電子顯示裝置(佐佐木昭夫著,工業調查會(股 )(Kogy〇 Chosakai Publishing Co·, Ltd.)1990.年發行)」、 「顯示裝置(伊吹順章著,產業圖書(股)(Sangyo ToshoKrF first, ArF light, especially good for i line. When the i-line is used for the irradiation of light, the 鲈社* 2 ^ 季乂佳 is irradiated with an exposure amount of l〇〇mJ/cm2 to 10000 mJ/cm2. As the exposure light of the ', you can also use ultra-high pressure, high pressure: medium pressure, low pressure, various mercury lamps, chemical lamps - anaerobic lamp xenon lamp, metal halide lamp, visible and ultraviolet laser light source, fluorescent lamp, tungsten Lights, sunlight, etc. ~ Exposure step using a laser source ~ In the exposure mode using a laser source, an ultraviolet laser is used as the light source. The illuminating light is preferably an ultraviolet laser having a wavelength in the range of 3 〇〇 nm to 380 nm, more preferably an ultraviolet laser having a wavelength in the range of 3 〇〇 nrn to 36 〇 nrn. The point of the resistive wavelength of the resist is preferred. Specifically, a third harmonic (3 55 nm) of a Nd:YAG laser having a large power transmission and a relatively inexpensive solid-state laser, or XeCl (308 nm) and XeF (353 nm) of a pseudo-molecular laser may be employed. The exposure amount of the exposed object (pattern) is in the range of 1 mj/cm 2 to 1 〇〇 mj/cm 2 , more preferably in the range of lmJ/cm 2 to 50 mJ/cm 2 . If the exposure amount is "the circumference", it is preferable in terms of the productivity of pattern formation. 201221520 There is no particular limitation on the exposure apparatus. As a marketer, you can use CalliSt〇 (V Techn〇 (〇 gy c〇, Ltd.)) or EGIS (made by V Technology Co., Ltd.) or DF22〇〇G (manufactured by Dainippon Screen MFG. Co., Ltd.) and the like. Further, devices other than the above are also applicable. The exposed colored composition layer as described above can be heated. Further, in order to suppress oxidative fading of the color material in the colored composition layer, the exposure system can be carried out while flowing nitrogen gas inside the chamber. Next, the exposed coloring composition layer was developed with a developing solution. Thereby, a negative or positive color pattern (resist pattern) can be formed. The developer liquid may be a combination of various organic solvents or an alkaline aqueous solution as long as it dissolves the uncured portion (unexposed portion) of the colored composition layer and does not dissolve the cured portion (exposed portion). When the developing solution is an alkaline aqueous solution, the concentration is preferably adjusted to pH 11 to n, and more preferably to pH 5 $: 12.5. Examples of the above-mentioned aqueous test solution include gas oxidized sodium, potassium oxyhydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium methoxide, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, and tetraammonium hydroxide; An alkaline aqueous solution such as oxidized tetrazole, biliary test, sputum, pie, sputum, 8_two = -[5,4,〇]_7_undecene. : ', the dressing time is preferably 30 seconds to 300 seconds, more 3 seconds ~ 12 〇 and, like the temperature is better to grab ~ 4 (TC, better for calling. 乂 for imaging can borrow It is preferably washed with water by a liquid-coating method, a shower method, a spray method, or the like, and after development using an alkaline aqueous solution, -141 - 201221520, and then, in the method for producing a color filter or a light sheet of the present invention, If necessary, post-heating and/or post-exposure of the colored pattern formed by the development may be performed to promote hardening of the colored pattern. - Step (c) - In the method of manufacturing the color filter of the present invention, in particular The coloring pattern (pixel) formed by using the coloring composition may be subjected to post-exposure by ultraviolet irradiation. Step (D) - a coloring pattern after post-exposure by ultraviolet irradiation as described above is preferably Further, the heat treatment is performed, and the colored pattern can be further cured by a colored pattern formed by heat treatment (so-called post-baking treatment). This heat treatment can be performed, for example, by a hot plate, various heaters, an oven, or the like. Processing time The degree is preferably 1 〇〇 ° C to 300 ° C, more preferably 15 0 ° C ~ 25 0 ° C. Also 'heating time is preferably 10 minutes ~ 12 〇 shovel around. The color pattern thus obtained Forming a halogen in a color filter. In the production of a color filter for producing a halogen having a complex hue, the desired color number can be matched, and the above steps (A), (B), and optionally Step (C) or Step (〇) » Further, after the exposure and development of each (one color) single color composition layer is formed, the above step (C) and/or step (D) may be performed. , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , 142-201221520 The color filter (color filter of the present invention) obtained by the method for producing a color filter of the present invention is excellent in hue and contrast by using the coloring composition of the present invention. The color filter of the present invention The sheet system can be used for a liquid crystal display element or a solid-state image sensor, and is particularly suitable for use in a liquid crystal display device. In the case of a liquid crystal display device, a dye is used as a colorant, and an image having excellent spectral characteristics and contrast can be obtained. <Liquid crystal display device> The liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes the above-described present invention. Color filter. The definition of the liquid crystal display device or the details of each display device is, for example, published in the electronic display device (Kogy〇 Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd.) in 1990. )", "Display device (Ibuki Shunzhang, Industrial Book (share)" (Sangyo Tosho)

Publishing Co·,Ltd.)平成元年(1989年)發行)」等中有記 載。又,關於液晶顯示裳置,例如在「下一世代液晶顯 示器技術(内田龍男編輯,工業調査會(股)丨994年發行) 」中有記載。不受本發明可適用的液晶顯示裝置所特別 限制,例如亦可適用上述「下一世代液晶顯示器技術」 中s己載的各式各樣之方式的液晶顯示裝置。 本發明的彩色濾光片對彩色TFT(thin film tranS1St〇r)方式的液晶顯示裝置係特別有效。關於彩色 IFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,例如在「彩色tft液晶顯示 二(’、立出版(股)(Ky〇ritsu Shuppan Co.,Ltd.)1996 年發 二)」中有s己載。再者,本發明亦可適用於ips(面内切換 )丄的,電場驅動方式、mva(多域垂直排列)等的畫素分 ° &quot;等視野角擴大之液晶顯示裝置,或STN(超扭曲向 -143- 201221520 列)、TN(扭曲向列)、VA(垂直排列)、〇CS(光學補償展開 )、FFS(邊緣場切換)及R-OCB(反射光學補償彎曲)等。 又’本發明的彩色濾光片亦可供用於明亮、高精細 的CO A(色彩濾鏡陣列)方式。 若使用本發明的彩色濾光片於液晶顯示元件與習 知的冷陰極管之三波長管組合時可實現高對比,但更且 以紅、β綠、藍的LED光源(RGB_LED)作為背光(backiight) 示:Ϊ供亮度高而且色純度高的色再現性良好之液晶顯 [實施例] 以下,藉由 只要不超過其主 ’只要沒有特別 _染料化合物_ 實施例來更具體說明本發明,惟本發明 旨’則不受以下的實施例所限定。再者 預先指明’則「份」係以質量為基準。 (A -1)染粗.^ 合體化合物之\前述通式(1_3)所示的:料亞甲基金屬錯 之例不化合物ΙΠ_9〇 (A - 2)染料:a、+.』 (A-4)染μ .剛以式(Π)所示的化合物之具體例46 .下述結構式(4)所示的化合物Publishing Co., Ltd.) is published in the first year of Heisei (1989). In addition, the liquid crystal display is described in, for example, "The next generation of liquid crystal display technology (Editor Uchida Natsuo, Industrial Research Association (share), issued in 994)". The liquid crystal display device which is not applicable to the present invention is particularly limited. For example, various types of liquid crystal display devices of the "next generation liquid crystal display technology" described above can be applied. The color filter of the present invention is particularly effective for a color TFT (thin film tranS1 St〇) type liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device of the color IFT type has been incorporated in, for example, "Color Tft Liquid Crystal Display II (', Ky〇ritsu Shuppan Co., Ltd., 1996). Furthermore, the present invention is also applicable to a liquid crystal display device in which an ips (in-plane switching), an electric field driving method, an mva (multi-domain vertical alignment), and the like, and a viewing angle expansion, or an STN (super) Twist to -143 - 201221520 column), TN (twisted nematic), VA (vertical alignment), 〇CS (optical compensation expansion), FFS (fringe field switching), and R-OCB (reflective optical compensation bending). Further, the color filter of the present invention is also applicable to a bright, high-definition CO A (color filter array) method. If the color filter of the present invention is used to combine a liquid crystal display element with a conventional three-wavelength tube of a cold cathode tube, high contrast can be achieved, but a red, beta green, and blue LED light source (RGB_LED) is used as a backlight ( [Backiight] shows: a liquid crystal display having high color reproducibility with high brightness and high color purity. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of example, as long as it does not exceed the main 'as long as there is no special_dye compound_ embodiment. However, the present invention is not limited by the following examples. In addition, the "prescription" is based on the quality. (A-1) dyeing coarse. ^ Compound compound represented by the above formula (1_3): methylene metal metal is not a compound ΙΠ _9 〇 (A - 2) dye: a, +.』 (A- 4) Dyeing μ. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (Π) 46. Compounds represented by the following structural formula (4)

合體化合物之二a i式(I-3)所示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯 切之例示化合物IV_A (A-3)染料:1 (4) ⑧ -144- 201221520 (A-5)染料:下述結構式(5)所示的化合物An exemplary compound of the dipyrromethene metal as shown by the dimeric formula (I-3) of the complex compound IV-A (A-3) Dyes: 1 (4) 8 -144- 201221520 (A-5) Dyes: a compound represented by the structural formula (5)

-145- 201221520 (A-8)染料:下述結構式(8)所示的化合物-145- 201221520 (A-8) Dyes: Compounds represented by the following structural formula (8)

N &gt;〇 ⑻ (A-9)染料:下述結構式(9)所示的化合物N &gt; 〇 (8) (A-9) Dyes: compounds represented by the following structural formula (9)

蒽醌化合物- (A-1 0)染料:下述結構式(1 〇)所示的蒽醌化合物 Ο \n (10)Antimony compound - (A-1 0) dye: an antimony compound represented by the following structural formula (1) Ο \n (10)

〇 A ⑧ -146 201221520 (A-1 1)染料:下述結構式(1 1)所示的蒽醌化合物 〇〇 A 8 -146 201221520 (A-1 1) Dyes: an oxime compound represented by the following structural formula (1 1) 〇

(11) (A-12)染料:下述結構式(12)所示的蒽醌化合物(11) (A-12) Dyes: an anthracene compound represented by the following structural formula (12)

-147- 201221520 (A-1 3)染料:下述結構式(1 3)所示的蒽醌化合物-147- 201221520 (A-1 3) Dyes: anthracene compounds represented by the following structural formula (1 3)

(13) (A-14)染料:下述結構式(14)所示的蒽醌化合物 CHs 』JL 必h-ch2-ch3 C2H5(13) (A-14) Dyes: an oxime compound represented by the following structural formula (14) CHs 』JL must h-ch2-ch3 C2H5

ch3 ,ch-ch2-ch3 so2nh 〇2^ ^ &quot;CH3 (14)Ch3 ,ch-ch2-ch3 so2nh 〇2^ ^ &quot;CH3 (14)

:0 HN^i^S02NH C2H5 (A-l 5)染料:下述結構式(15)所示的蒽醌化合物:0 HN^i^S02NH C2H5 (A-l 5) Dyes: anthracene compounds represented by the following structural formula (15)

(15) 201221520 (A-1 6)染料:下述結構式(1 6)所示的蒽醌化合物(15) 201221520 (A-1 6) Dyes: anthracene compounds represented by the following structural formula (16)

(16) (A-17)染料:下述結構式(17)所示的二吡咯亞曱基金 屬錯合體化合物(16) (A-17) Dyes: a dipyrrole hydrazine compound represented by the following structural formula (17)

-149--149-

S 201221520 (A-18)染料:下述結構式(18)所示的二吡咯亞甲基金 屬錯合體化合物S 201221520 (A-18) Dyes: dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the following structural formula (18)

(18) (A-19)染料:下述結構式(19)所示的二吡咯亞曱基金 屬錯合體化合物(18) (A-19) Dyes: dipyrrolidene fund represented by the following structural formula (19)

-150- ⑧ 201221520 (A-20)染料:下述結構式(20)所示的二吡咯亞曱基金 屬錯合體化合物-150- 8 201221520 (A-20) Dyes: dipyrromethene-based compound represented by the following structural formula (20)

(A-21)染料:下述結構式(21)所示的二吡咯亞甲基金 屬錯合體化合物(A-21) Dye: a dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the following structural formula (21)

iai) -151 - 201221520 甲基金 (A-22)染料:下述結構式(22)所示的二吡咯亞 屬錯合體化合物Iai) -151 - 201221520 Methyl gold (A-22) dye: dipyrromethene complex compound represented by the following structural formula (22)

物 (A-23)染料:下述結構式(23)所示的蒽醌化合(A-23) dye: a hydrazine compound represented by the following structural formula (23)

(23) CH3 ⑧ -152- 201221520 (A-24)染料:下述結構式(24)所示的蒽醌化合物(23) CH3 8 -152- 201221520 (A-24) Dyes: anthracene compounds represented by the following structural formula (24)

(24) (A-25)染料:下述結構式(25)所示的蒽醌化合物(24) (A-25) Dyes: anthracene compounds represented by the following structural formula (25)

(25) (B-1)混合14份的C.I.顏料綠58、3.4份的丙烯酸系 顏料分散劑與82.6份的丙二醇單曱基醚乙酸酯,使用珠 磨機,使顏料充分分散而得之顏料分散液。 (B-2)混合12.8份的C.I.顏料藍15:6、7.2份的丙烯酸 系顏料分散劑與80.0份的丙二醇單曱基醚乙酸酯,使用 珠磨機,使顏料充分分散而得之顏料分散液。 (C-1)光聚合性化合物:凱亞雷德(KAYARAD)DPHA( 曰本化藥(股)(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.)製;二季戊四醇 五丙稀酸醋與二季戊四醇六丙稀酸S旨之混合物) -153- 201221520 (D -1)黏結劑樹脂:甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸(固體 成分40.0質量%) (D - 2)黏結劑樹脂:甲基丙稀酸苄酯/曱基丙稀酸/環氧 丙基甲基丙稀酸自旨與甲基丙稀酸的加成物(30/33/37[莫耳 比]、固體成分45.0質量%丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯溶液) (丑-1)光聚合引發劑:2-(苯曱醯氧基亞胺基)_1_[4_(苯 硫基)笨基]-1 -辛酮 (E-2)光聚合引發劑:2-(乙醯氧基亞胺基)-4-(4-氯苯 硫基)-1·[9-乙基-6-(2-曱基苯曱醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-i_ 丁酮 (E-3)光聚合引發劑:2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4 -曱基苯基 )曱基]-1-[4-(4 -嗎琳基)苯基]_ι_ 丁酮 (E-4)光聚合引發劑:2-三氣曱基- 5-(4-苯乙烯基)苯乙 烯基-1-嘮-3,4-二唑 (E-5)光聚合引發劑:2-(鄰氣苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑基 二聚物 (F-1)光聚合引發助劑:4,4,-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯基酮 (F-2)光聚合引發助劑:2-酼基苯并噻唑 (F-3)光聚合引發助劑:4-嘮唑啶酮,3-環己基-2-(環 己基亞胺基)-5[[4-(二乙基胺基)苯基]亞曱基],&lt; 特開 2009-262523號公報中記載的化合物(D45) &gt; (F-4)光聚合引發助劑:2-酼基-5-(2,-乙基)己醯基胺 基苯并°米°坐酮(25) (B-1) 14 parts of CI Pigment Green 58 and 3.4 parts of acrylic pigment dispersant and 82.6 parts of propylene glycol monodecyl ether acetate were mixed, and the pigment was sufficiently dispersed using a bead mill. Pigment dispersion. (B-2) mixing 12.8 parts of CI Pigment Blue 15:6, 7.2 parts of acrylic pigment dispersant and 80.0 parts of propylene glycol monodecyl ether acetate, and using a bead mill to sufficiently disperse the pigment Dispersions. (C-1) Photopolymerizable compound: KAYARAD DPHA (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.); dipentaerythritol pentaacetic acid vinegar and dipentaerythritol hexapropylene Mixture of acid S) -153- 201221520 (D-1) Adhesive resin: benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid (solid content 40.0% by mass) (D-2) binder resin: benzyl methacrylate Ester/mercapto-acrylic acid/epoxypropyl methyl acrylate acid adduct with methyl acrylate (30/33/37 [mole ratio], solid content 45.0% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl Ether acetate solution) (ugly-1) photopolymerization initiator: 2-(benzophenoxyimino)_1_[4_(phenylthio)phenyl]-1 -octanone (E-2) light Polymerization initiator: 2-(ethyloxyimino)-4-(4-chlorophenylthio)-1·[9-ethyl-6-(2-mercaptophenyl)--9H- Oxazol-3-yl]-i-butanone (E-3) photopolymerization initiator: 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-indenylphenyl)indolyl]-1-[4 -(4-merinyl)phenyl]_ι_butanone (E-4) photopolymerization initiator: 2-trimethylsulfonyl-5-(4-styryl)styryl-1-indole-3, 4-Diazole (E-5) photopolymerization initiator: 2-( Phenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazolyl dimer (F-1) photopolymerization initiation aid: 4,4,-bis(diethylamino)diphenyl ketone (F-2) Photopolymerization initiation aid: 2-mercaptobenzothiazole (F-3) photopolymerization initiation aid: 4-oxazolidinone, 3-cyclohexyl-2-(cyclohexylimido)-5[[4 -(Diethylamino)phenyl]indenyl], and the compound (D45) described in JP-A-2009-262523 &gt; (F-4) Photopolymerization initiation aid: 2-mercapto- 5-(2,-ethyl)hexylamino benzoyl benzoate

(F-5)高溫分解型自由基產生劑:2,3-二甲基-2,3 -二苯 基丁烧(諾福馬(NOFMER)BC-90,日本油脂社(n〇F(F-5) Pyrolysis-type radical generator: 2,3-dimethyl-2,3-diphenylbutane (NOFMER BC-90, Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd. (n〇F

Corporation)製) 201221520 (F-6)添加劑;2,2-雙(羥基甲基)-1-丁醇的l,2-環氧基 -4-(2-環氧乙烷基)環己烷加成物(EHPE-3 1 50,DAICEL 化學工業(Daicel Chemical Industries Ltd.)製) (G-l)溶劑:丙二醇單曱基醚乙酸酯 (G-2)溶劑:3-乙氧基丙酸乙基 (H-1)界面活性劑:美加發克(MEGAFACE) 781-F(大 曰本油墨化學工業(股)(DIC Corporation)製) 〜染料化合物之合成例〜 以下顯示前述化合物(1 3)的合成方法。Corporation) 201221520 (F-6) Additive; 1,2-Epoxy-4-(2-oxiranyl)cyclohexane of 2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1-butanol Adduct (EHPE-3 1 50, manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries Ltd.) (Gl) Solvent: propylene glycol monodecyl ether acetate (G-2) solvent: 3-ethoxypropionic acid Base (H-1) surfactant: MEGAFACE 781-F (manufactured by DIC Corporation) Synthesis Example of Dye Compounds ~ The following compounds (1 3) are shown below. Synthetic method.

〈化合物(13B)之合成〉 於5 00mL燒瓶中添加i4〇mL的氯磺酸,加溫到40 C。於其中’ 一邊搜摔’ 一邊少量一點一點地添加3 0 g 化合物(13A)[藍克色斯公司(Lanxess K.K. Corporation) 製的CERES Blue RR-J]。添加後,在70〇c攪拌反應液1 小時’然後冷卻到室溫為止。在另一燒杯中準備混合有 l〇〇g食鹽、500mL水、i.5kg碎冰者,小心地將反應液 滴下到其中。滴下後,攪拌所得之懸浮液3 〇分鐘,過濾 而得到158g化合物(13B)的濕結晶。 &lt;化合物(13)之合成&gt; 於500mL燒瓶中添加14 7g 2_乙基己基胺、26g三 乙胺、200mL的甲苯。於其中,一邊授拌,一邊少量一 -155- 201221520 點一點地添加1 0〇g此化合物(1 3B)的濕結晶。添加後, 稅拌1小時’於其中添加5 0 0 m L的醋酸乙酯。於所得之 溶液中’添加作為脱水劑的硫酸鈉,進行過濾’將所得 之溶液濃縮。用矽凝膠管柱層析術(己烷/醋酸乙酯)來精 製此,而得到2 1 g化合物(1 3)。 所得之化合物(13)的1H NMR(300MHz,in CDC13) :δ(ρρηι)=1 1.89(2H,s),8.44(2H,dd),7.80(2H,dd),7.14(2H, s),6.44(2H,d),4.30-4.50(2H,m),3.23-3.42(2H,m),2.64-2.9 7( 1 2H,m), 2.3 0-2.64(4H5m), 1.00-1.46(30H,m),0.68-0.92(1 2H,m) 對於下述的化合物,亦使用與前述化合物(1 3)同樣 的手法來合成。 ⑧ 前述結構式(1 4)所示的蒽醌化合物<Synthesis of Compound (13B)> I4 〇 mL of chlorosulfonic acid was added to a 500 mL flask, and the mixture was heated to 40 C. Add 30 g of compound (13A) [CERES Blue RR-J by Lanxess K.K. Corporation] a little bit in a while. After the addition, the reaction solution was stirred at 70 ° C for 1 hour' and then cooled to room temperature. Prepare a mixture of l〇〇g salt, 500 mL of water, and i.5 kg of crushed ice in a separate beaker, and carefully drip the reaction solution into it. After the dropwise addition, the resulting suspension was stirred for 3 minutes and filtered to obtain 158 g of a wet crystal of compound (13B). &lt;Synthesis of Compound (13)&gt; In a 500 mL flask, 14 7 g of 2-ethylhexylamine, 26 g of triethylamine, and 200 mL of toluene were added. Among them, while mixing, a small amount of -155-201221520 was added little by little to the wet crystal of this compound (1 3B). After the addition, the tax was mixed for 1 hour, and 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added thereto. To the resulting solution, 'sodium sulfate as a dehydrating agent was added and filtered, and the resulting solution was concentrated. This was refined by gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate) to give 21 g of compound (1 3). 1H NMR (300MHz, in CDC13) of the obtained compound (13): δ(ρρηι)=1 1.89 (2H, s), 8.44 (2H, dd), 7.80 (2H, dd), 7.14 (2H, s), 6.44(2H,d), 4.30-4.50(2H,m),3.23-3.42(2H,m),2.64-2.9 7( 1 2H,m), 2.3 0-2.64(4H5m), 1.00-1.46(30H, m), 0.68-0.92 (1 2H, m) The following compound was also synthesized by the same method as the above-mentioned compound (1 3). 8 anthracene compound represented by the aforementioned structural formula (14)

-156 201221520 前述結構式(24)所示的蒽醒化合物-156 201221520 The awakening compound represented by the aforementioned structural formula (24)

前述結構式(25)所示的蒽酿化合物The brewing compound represented by the aforementioned structural formula (25)

前述化合物(14)的 NMR(300MHz,in CDC13): δ(ρρπ〇=1 1.8 8(2H,s),8.44(2H,dd),7.8 0(2H,dd),7.12(2H,s) ,6.41(2H,dd),4.23-4.31(2H,m),3.20-3.40(4H,m),2.3 3-2.8 9(12H,m),0.97-1.5 5(22H,m),0.60-0.8 9(6H,m) 前述化合物(24)的1H NMR(300MHz,in CDC13): 5(ppm)=12.14(0.5H,s),l 1.74(1H,s),1 1.60(0.5H,s),8.3 8-8. 45(2H,m) ,7.79-7.84(2H5m),7.25-7.23 (0.5H,m),7.1 1-7.18( 1.5H,m),6.98-7.02(0.5H,m),6.44-6.52( 1.5H,m)s4.3 7-4.42 (2H5m),2.76-2.91(4H,m),2.70(6H,t),2.5 2-2.64(6H,m),2.1 〇-2.2 6(6H,m),l .06-1.42( 1 8H,m),0.73-0.92( 12H,m) -157- 201221520 前述化合物(25)的1H NMR(300MHz,in CDC13): δ( ppm)= 1 2,1 3 (0.5H,s),l 1.75(1 H,s),l 1.59(0.5H,s),8.35-8.47 (2H,m),7.77-7.90(2H,m),7.25-7.23(0.5H,m),7.08-7.20(l. 5H, m),6.95-7.02(0.5H, (1),6.43-6.49(1.5H,m),4.25-4.40(2 H,m),3.20-3.35 (2H,m),2.7 1( 6H,t),2.58(6H,t),2.10-2.28(6 H, m),1.35-1.50 (4H,m),1.00-1.12 (6H,m),0.76-0.90(6H,m) (實施例1) -著色組成物1之調製- 混合下述組成中的成分,以調製著色組成物1。 &lt;組成&gt; •前述(A-1) • ·· 4.7質量份 •前述(A-1 2) ...2.3質量份 •前述(B-2) • ·· 42.1質量份 •前述(C-1) .·· 103.4質量份 •前述(D-1) • · .212.2質量份(固體成分換算值 :84.9質量份) •前述(E-1) • · · 2 1 · 2質量份 •前述(F-1) • · · 3.5質量份 •前述(G-1) • ·· 71.9質量份 •前述(G_2) ...3.6質量份 •前述(H-1) 塗布膜之形成_ • . · 〇·〇6質量份 其次,於玻璃(# 1737;康寧公司(C〇rning Inc)製) 上’藉由旋塗法(spin coating),塗佈上述所得之著色組 成物1後,在1 〇〇°C、3分鐘以使揮發成分揮發而形成著 ⑧' -158- 201221520 色組成物膜1。冷卻後’對此著色組成物膜1照射i線丨 波長365nm]進行曝光。於i線的光源使用超高壓水銀燈 ’作為平行光來照射。照射光量為500mJ/cm2。接著, 在1 8 0 C進行2 0分鐘的後烘烤,而得到膜厚2 μ m的藍色 組成物膜1。使用奥林巴斯(股)(〇lympus Corporation)製 的顯微分光測定裝置OSP-SP200,測定在C光源下的色 度’為 χ = 0· 1 5 y = 0.09 ° (實施例2) 除了於實施例1中’將(A-1)變更為(A_2),將(Α·2) 與(Β-2)的比率調整至x = 0.15 y = 〇.〇9以外,與實施例! 同樣地,得到藍色組成物膜2。 (實施例3) 除了於實施例1中,將(A-1)變更為(A_6),將(Α·6) 與(Β-2)的比率調整至x = 〇.15 y = 〇.〇9以外,與實施例i 同樣地,得到藍色組成物膜3。 (實施例4) 除了於實施例1中’將(A-12)變更為(A_1〇)以外與 實施例1同樣地,得到藍色組成物膜4。 (實施例5) 除了於實施例1中’將(A-ι)變更為(A_2),將(A12) 變更為(A -1 1),將(A-2)與(B-2)的比率調整至χ = 〇丄5 y=0.09以外,與實施例1同樣地,得到藍色組成物膜5。 (實施例6) 除了於實施例1中,將(A-1)變更為(A-6),將(A_12) 變更為(A-11),將(A-6)與(B-2)的比率調整至χ = 〇 i5 y=〇.〇9以外,與實施例ί同樣地’得到藍色組成物膜6。 -159- 201221520 (實施例7) 除了將實施例2的(A-1 2)之添加量從2.3質量份變更 為5.0質量份以外,與實施例2同樣地,得到藍色組成 物膜7。 (實施例8) 除了將實施例2的(A-12)變更為(A-13)以外,與實施 例2同樣地,得到藍色組成物膜8。 (實施例9) 除了將實施例2的(A-12)變更為(A-14)以外,與實施 例2同樣地,得到藍色組成物膜9。 (實施例10) 除了將實施例2的(A-12)變更為(A-15)以外,與實施 例2同樣地,得到藍色組成物膜10。 (實施例1 1) 除了將實施例2的(A-12)變更為(A-1 6)以外,與實施 例2同樣地,得到藍色組成物膜1 1。 (實施例12) 除了將實施例2的(A-2)變更為(A-17),將(A-12)變 更為(A-14),將(E-1)變更為(E-2)以外,與實施例2同樣 地,得到藍色組成物膜1 2。 (實施例1 3) 除了將實施例2的(A-2)變更為(A-18),將(A-12)變 更為(A-13),將(E-1)變更為(E-2)以外,與實施例2同樣 地,得到藍色組成物膜1 3。 -160- ⑧ 201221520 (實施例14) 除了將實施例2的(A-2)變更為(A-19),將(A-12)變 更為(A-15),將(E-1)變更為(E-2)以外,與實施例2同樣 地,得到藍色組成物膜1 4。 (實施例15) 除了將實施例2的(A-2)變更為(A-20),將(A-12)變 更為(A-16),將(E-1)變更為(E-2)以外,與實施例2同樣 地,得到藍色組成物膜1 5。 (實施例16) 除了將實施例2的(A-2)變更為(A-21),與實施例2 同樣地,得到藍色組成物膜1 6。 (比較例1) 除了不添加實施例2的(A-12)以外,與實施例2同 樣地,得到藍色組成物膜A。 (比較例2) 除了不添加實施例 14的(A-15)以外,與實施例 14 同樣地,得到藍色組成物膜B。 (實施例17) [著色組成物1 7之調製] 混合下述組成中的成分,以調製著色組成物1 7。 &lt;組成&gt; •前述(A-3) .· .4.1質量份 .前述(A-12) ·· .1.7質量份 •前述(B-1) . . ·22·3質量份 •前述(C-1) .. .103.4質量份 201221520 .前述(D-1) ...212.2質量份(固體成分換算值 :84.9質量份) •前述(E-2) .·· 21.2質量份 •前述(F-1) • . · 3.5質量份 •前述(G -1) • · · 7 1.9質量份 .前述(G-2) • .· 3.6質量份 .前述(H-1) ...0.0 6質量份 與實施例1 同樣地進行塗布膜之形成,得到著色組 成物膜 1 7。使用奥林巴斯(股)製的顯微分光測定裝置 OSP-SP200,測定在 C光源下的色度,結杲為 x = 0.30 y = 0 · 5 7。 (實施例18) 除了將實施例 17的(A-3)變更為(A-4),將(A-4)與 (B-1)的比率調整至x = 0.30 y = 0.57以外,與實施例 17 同樣地,得到綠色組成物膜1 8。 (實施例19) 除了將實施例 17的(A-3)變更為(A-5),將(A-5)與 (B-1)的比率調整至x = 0.30 y = 0.57以外,與實施例 17 同樣地,得到綠色組成物膜1 9。 (實施例20) 除了將實施例17的(A-3)變更為(A-7),將(A-12)變 更為(A-1 0)以外,與實施例1 7同樣地,得到綠色組成物 膜20。 (實施例21) 除了將實施例17的(A-3)變更為(A-8),同時將(A-12) 變更為(A-l 1),將(A-8)與(B-1)的比率調整至 x = 0.30 ⑧ -162- 201221520 y=0.57以外,邀 2 i。 /、貫&amp;例Π同樣地,得到綠色組成物膜 (實施例22) 除了將管y丨 (―率調==A—3)變更為^ 同樣地,得到:么〇.30 y = 〇·57以外,與實施例Π 于判綠色組成物膜22。 (比較例3) 與實施例1 8 于了不添加實施例1 8的(A-1 2)以外 同樣地,得到綠色組成物膜C。 (比較例4) 與實施例20 除了不添加實施例20的(Α-10)以外 同樣地,得到綠色組成物膜〇。 (對比·壳度之評價) ::上述所得之各組成物膜,藉由下述的方法來評 偵。下述的表i〜表2中顯示評價結果。 將所得之組成物膜夾於2片偏光薄膜之間,使用色 彩亮度計(特普康(股)(TopconC〇rp〇mi〇n)製型/ BM-5A)來測定當2片偏光薄膜的偏光軸呈平行時及^垂 直時的亮度值’將2片偏光薄膜的偏光軸呈平行時的亮 度除以呈垂直時的亮度’將所得之值當作對比求得。對 比愈高,愈顯示作為液晶顯示器用彩色瀘光片的 能。 亮度係使用奥林巴斯(股)製的顯微分光測定裝置 OSP-SP200來測定’藉由γ值來評價。γ值愈高,愈顯 示作為液晶顯示器用彩色濾光片的良好性能。 -163- 201221520 表1] 染料化合物 蒽醌化合物 對比 Y值 實施例1 A-1 A-12 25100 10.8 實施例2 A-2 A-12 23600 11.0 實施例3 A-6 A-12 27100 10.5 實施例4 A-1 A-10 24000 9.8 實施例5 A-2 A-11 23600 10.8 實施例6 A-6 A-11 23600 10.3 實施例7 A-2 A-12 26400 10.1 實施例8 A-2 A-13 24100 11.1 實施例9 A-2 A-14 25200 11.0 實施例10 A-2 A-15 23900 11.3 實施例11 A-2 A-16 23600 11.0 實施例12 A-17 A-14 21900 11.4 實施例13 A-18 A-13 22300 11.6 實施例14 A-19 A-15 26500 11.2 實施例15 A-20 A-16 20600 10.4 實施例16 A-21 A-12 23700 10.9 比較例1 A-2 — 13200 10.8 比較例2 A-19 — 9800 10.2 ⑧ -164- 201221520 表2] ------- 實施例17 _染料化合物 蒽醌化合物 _ 對比 Y值 A-3 A-12 42100 60.8 實施例18 A-4 A-12 38400 60.5 實施例19 A-5 A-12 35900 60.3 實施例20 A-7 A-10 38300 59.8 實施例21 A-8 A-11 41600 61.2 實施例22 A-9 A-12 39900 60.3 比較例3 A-4 一 18900 60.6 —1 k匕較例4 A-7 — 16200 60.9 如前述表1〜表2中所示,在使用染料化合物連同 惠g昆化合物的實施例中,可一邊維持Y值,一邊大幅提 高對比。 (實施例2 3 ) 除了將實施例8的(E-1)變更為(E-3)以外,與實施例 8同樣地’得到藍色組成物膜23。又,藉由上述方法來 測定對比及亮度。 (實施例2 4) 除了將實施例8的(E-1)變更為(E-4)以外’與實施例 8同樣地’得到藍色組成物膜24。又,藉由上述方法來 測定對比及亮度。 (實施例2 5 ) · 除了將實施例8的(Ε-1)21·2質量份、(F-1)3.5質量 份變更為(E-l)19.7質量份'(Ed)】」質f份、(f_2)2.〇 -165- 201221520 質量份、(F-3) 1.5質量份以外,與實施例8同樣地,得 到藍色組成物膜2 5。又,藉由上述方法來測定對比及亮 度。 (實施例26) 除了將實施例8的(E-1)21.2質量份、(F-1)3.5質量 份變更為(Ε-1)18·0質量份、(Ε-5)1·3質量份、(F-l)1.4 質量份、(F-4)4.0質量份以外,與實施例8同樣地,得 到藍色組成物膜2 6。又,藉由上述方法來測定對比及亮 度。 (實施例27) 除了將實施例 26的(A-2)變更為(A-2)與(A-22)的 98:2(質量比)混合物,將(A-2)與(B-2)的比率調整至 x = 0.15 y = 0.09 ,更將(C-1) 103 _4 質量份變更為 (C-l)101.3 質量份、(F-5)2.1 質量份,將(D-l)212.2 質量 份變更為(D-2)188.7質量份、(F-6)23.5質量份以外,與 實施例26同樣地,得到藍色組成物膜27。又,藉由上 述方法來測定對比及亮度。 ⑧ 表3] 染料化合物 蒽醌化合物 對比 Y值 實施例23 A-2 A-13 24300 11.1 實施例24 A-2 A-13 24800 10.8 實施例25 A-2 A-13 24200 10.6 實施例26 A-2 A-13 24400 10.9 實施例27 A-2 A-22 A-13 24600 10.8 -166 - 201221520 將貫苑例.8、2 3〜2 7所得之藍色組成物當作藍 色組成物8、23〜?7,他田叶NMR (300MHz, in CDC13) of the above compound (14): δ(ρρπ〇=1 1.8 8(2H, s), 8.44 (2H, dd), 7.80 (2H, dd), 7.12 (2H, s), 6.41(2H,dd),4.23-4.31(2H,m), 3.20-3.40(4H,m),2.3 3-2.8 9(12H,m),0.97-1.5 5(22H,m),0.60-0.8 9 (6H,m) 1H NMR (300MHz, in CDC13) of the above compound (24): 5 (ppm) = 12.14 (0.5H, s), l 1.74 (1H, s), 1 1.60 (0.5H, s), 8.3 8-8. 45(2H,m) , 7.79-7.84(2H5m), 7.25-7.23 (0.5H,m), 7.1 1-7.18( 1.5H,m), 6.98-7.02(0.5H,m), 6.44-6.52( 1.5H,m)s4.3 7-4.42 (2H5m), 2.76-2.91(4H,m), 2.70(6H,t),2.5 2-2.64(6H,m),2.1 〇-2.2 6 (6H, m), 1.06-1.42 (1 8H, m), 0.73-0.92 (12H, m) -157- 201221520 1H NMR (300MHz, in CDC13) of the aforementioned compound (25): δ(ppm)= 1 2,1 3 (0.5H,s),l 1.75(1 H,s),l 1.59(0.5H,s),8.35-8.47 (2H,m),7.77-7.90(2H,m),7.25- 7.23 (0.5H, m), 7.08-7.20 (l. 5H, m), 6.95-7.02 (0.5H, (1), 6.43-6.49 (1.5H, m), 4.25-4.40 (2 H, m), 3.20-3.35 (2H,m),2.7 1( 6H,t),2.58(6H,t), 2.10-2.28(6 H, m),1.35-1.50 (4H,m),1.00-1.12 (6H,m ), 0.76-0.90 (6H, m) (Example 1) - Coloring Modification of the product 1 - The components in the following composition are mixed to prepare the coloring composition 1. &lt;Composition&gt; • The above (A-1) • ·· 4.7 parts by mass • The aforementioned (A-1 2) ... 2.3 parts by mass • The above (B-2) • ·· 42.1 parts by mass • The above (C-1) .·· 103.4 parts by mass • The above (D-1) • · .212.2 parts by mass (solid content conversion value: 84.9 mass) (Part 1) • The above (E-1) • · · 2 1 · 2 parts by mass • The above (F-1) • · · 3.5 parts by mass • The above (G-1) • ·· 71.9 parts by mass • The above (G_2). .. 3.6 parts by mass • The formation of the above (H-1) coating film _ • . · 〇·〇 6 parts by mass, followed by glass (# 1737; manufactured by C〇rning Inc.) In the spin coating, after the coloring composition 1 obtained above was applied, the volatile component was volatilized at 1 ° C for 3 minutes to form a film 1 of the composition of 8' - 158 - 201221520. After cooling, the colored composition film 1 was irradiated with an i-line 波长 wavelength of 365 nm]. The light source on the i-line is irradiated with parallel light using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. The amount of irradiation light was 500 mJ/cm2. Subsequently, post-baking was carried out at 180 C for 20 minutes to obtain a blue composition film 1 having a film thickness of 2 μm. The chromaticity ' under the C light source was measured as χ = 0·1 5 y = 0.09 ° using a microscopic spectrometry apparatus OSP-SP200 manufactured by Olympus Corporation (Example 2) except In the first embodiment, '(A-1) is changed to (A_2), and the ratio of (Α·2) to (Β-2) is adjusted to x = 0.15 y = 〇.〇9, and the embodiment! Similarly, a blue composition film 2 was obtained. (Embodiment 3) Except that in Embodiment 1, (A-1) is changed to (A_6), and the ratio of (Α·6) to (Β-2) is adjusted to x = 〇.15 y = 〇.〇 In the same manner as in Example i except for 9, a blue composition film 3 was obtained. (Example 4) A blue composition film 4 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (A-12) was changed to (A_1〇) in Example 1. (Embodiment 5) Except that in the first embodiment, '(A-ι) is changed to (A_2), (A12) is changed to (A-1), and (A-2) and (B-2) are The blue composition film 5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the ratio was adjusted to χ = 〇丄5 y = 0.09. (Example 6) Except that in Example 1, (A-1) was changed to (A-6), (A_12) was changed to (A-11), and (A-6) and (B-2) were changed. The blue composition film 6 was obtained in the same manner as in the example ί except that the ratio was adjusted to χ = 〇i5 y = 〇.〇9. -159-201221520 (Example 7) A blue composition film 7 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 except that the amount of (A-1 2) added in Example 2 was changed from 2.3 parts by mass to 5.0 parts by mass. (Example 8) A blue composition film 8 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 except that (A-12) of Example 2 was changed to (A-13). (Example 9) A blue composition film 9 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 except that (A-12) of Example 2 was changed to (A-14). (Example 10) A blue composition film 10 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 except that (A-12) of Example 2 was changed to (A-15). (Example 1 1) A blue composition film 11 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 except that (A-12) of Example 2 was changed to (A-1 6). (Example 12) In addition to changing (A-2) of Example 2 to (A-17), (A-12) was changed to (A-14), and (E-1) was changed to (E-2). A blue composition film 1 2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 except for the above. (Example 1 3) In addition to changing (A-2) of Example 2 to (A-18), (A-12) was changed to (A-13), and (E-1) was changed to (E-). In the same manner as in Example 2 except for 2), a blue composition film 13 was obtained. -160- 8 201221520 (Embodiment 14) In addition to changing (A-2) of Example 2 to (A-19), (A-12) is changed to (A-15), and (E-1) is changed. A blue composition film 14 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 except for (E-2). (Example 15) In addition to changing (A-2) of Example 2 to (A-20), (A-12) was changed to (A-16), and (E-1) was changed to (E-2). A blue composition film 15 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 except for the above. (Example 16) A blue composition film 16 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 except that (A-2) of Example 2 was changed to (A-21). (Comparative Example 1) A blue composition film A was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 except that (A-12) of Example 2 was not added. (Comparative Example 2) A blue composition film B was obtained in the same manner as in Example 14 except that (A-15) of Example 14 was not added. (Example 17) [Preparation of colored composition 1 7] The components in the following compositions were mixed to prepare a coloring composition 17 . &lt;Composition&gt; • The above (A-3) . . . 4.1 parts by mass. The above (A-12) ··1.7 parts by mass • The above (B-1) . . . ·22·3 parts by mass • The above (C -1) . . . 103.4 parts by mass 201221520 . The above (D-1) ... 212.2 parts by mass (solid content converted value: 84.9 parts by mass) • The above (E-2) .·· 21.2 parts by mass • the above (F -1) • · · 3.5 parts by mass • The above (G -1) • · · 7 1.9 parts by mass. The above (G-2) • .· 3.6 parts by mass. The above (H-1) ... 0.0 6 parts by mass The coating film was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a colored composition film 17. The chromaticity under the C light source was measured using a microscopic spectrometry apparatus OSP-SP200 manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd., and the crucible was x = 0.30 y = 0 · 5 7 . (Example 18) Except that (A-3) of Example 17 was changed to (A-4), the ratio of (A-4) and (B-1) was adjusted to x = 0.30 y = 0.57, and Example 17 Similarly, a green composition film 18 was obtained. (Example 19) Except that (A-3) of Example 17 was changed to (A-5), the ratio of (A-5) and (B-1) was adjusted to x = 0.30 y = 0.57, and Example 17 Similarly, a green composition film 19 was obtained. (Example 20) Green was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (A-3) of Example 17 was changed to (A-7) and (A-12) was changed to (A-1 0). The composition film 20 is formed. (Example 21) (A-8) and (B-1), except that (A-3) of Example 17 was changed to (A-8) and (A-12) was changed to (Al1). The ratio is adjusted to x = 0.30 8 -162- 201221520 y = 0.57, invite 2 i. In the same manner, a green composition film was obtained (Example 22). Similarly, the tube y 丨 ("rate adjustment == A-3" was changed to ^. Similarly, it was obtained: 〇.30 y = 〇 In addition to 57, the green composition film 22 was judged in the same manner as in the examples. (Comparative Example 3) The green composition film C was obtained in the same manner as in Example 18 except that (A-1 2) of Example 18 was not added. (Comparative Example 4) In the same manner as Example 20 except that (Α-10) of Example 20 was not added, a green composition film 〇 was obtained. (Comparative evaluation of shell size) :: Each of the composition films obtained above was evaluated by the following method. The evaluation results are shown in Tables i to 2 below. The obtained composition film was sandwiched between two polarizing films, and a color brightness meter (TopconC〇rp〇mi〇n type / BM-5A) was used to measure the two polarizing films. When the polarization axis is parallel and the vertical value is 'the brightness when the polarization axes of the two polarizing films are parallel divided by the brightness when it is vertical', the obtained value is obtained as a comparison. The higher the contrast ratio, the more it can be used as a color calender for liquid crystal displays. The brightness was measured by using a microscopic spectrometry apparatus OSP-SP200 manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd., and evaluated by the γ value. The higher the γ value, the better the performance as a color filter for liquid crystal displays. -163- 201221520 Table 1] Dye compound 蒽醌 compound versus Y value Example 1 A-1 A-12 25100 10.8 Example 2 A-2 A-12 23600 11.0 Example 3 A-6 A-12 27100 10.5 Example 4 A-1 A-10 24000 9.8 Example 5 A-2 A-11 23600 10.8 Example 6 A-6 A-11 23600 10.3 Example 7 A-2 A-12 26400 10.1 Example 8 A-2 A- 13 24100 11.1 Example 9 A-2 A-14 25200 11.0 Example 10 A-2 A-15 23900 11.3 Example 11 A-2 A-16 23600 11.0 Example 12 A-17 A-14 21900 11.4 Example 13 A-18 A-13 22300 11.6 Example 14 A-19 A-15 26500 11.2 Example 15 A-20 A-16 20600 10.4 Example 16 A-21 A-12 23700 10.9 Comparative Example 1 A-2 — 13200 10.8 Comparative Example 2 A-19 - 9800 10.2 8 - 164 - 201221520 Table 2] ------- Example 17 - Dye Compound 蒽醌 Compound _ Comparative Y value A-3 A-12 42100 60.8 Example 18 A- 4 A-12 38400 60.5 Example 19 A-5 A-12 35900 60.3 Example 20 A-7 A-10 38300 59.8 Example 21 A-8 A-11 41600 61.2 Example 22 A-9 A-12 39900 60.3 Comparative Example 3 A-4 - 18900 60.6 - 1 k 匕 Comparative Example 4 A-7 - 16200 60.9 As shown in the above Tables 1 to 2, in the examples in which the dye compound was used together with the gamma compound, the contrast was greatly improved while maintaining the Y value. (Example 2 3) A blue composition film 23 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 8 except that (E-1) of Example 8 was changed to (E-3). Further, the contrast and the brightness were measured by the above method. (Example 2 4) The blue composition film 24 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 8 except that (E-1) of Example 8 was changed to (E-4). Further, the contrast and the brightness were measured by the above method. (Example 2 5) - In addition to (Ε-1) 21·2 parts by mass and (F-1) 3.5 parts by mass of Example 8, it was changed to (El) 19.7 parts by mass of '(Ed)】 (f_2) 2. 〇-165-201221520 parts by mass, (F-3) 1.5 parts by mass, a blue composition film 25 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 8. Further, the contrast and the brightness were measured by the above method. (Example 26) The (E-1) 21.2 parts by mass and (F-1) 3.5 parts by mass of Example 8 were changed to (Ε-1) 18·0 parts by mass, (Ε-5)1.3 mass. A blue composition film 26 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 8 except that (Fl) 1.4 parts by mass and (F-4) 4.0 parts by mass. Further, the contrast and the brightness were measured by the above method. (Example 27) (A-2) and (B-2) except that (A-2) of Example 26 was changed to a 98:2 (mass ratio) mixture of (A-2) and (A-22). The ratio is adjusted to x = 0.15 y = 0.09, and (C-1) 103 _4 parts by mass is changed to (Cl) 101.3 parts by mass, (F-5) 2.1 parts by mass, and (Dl) 212.2 parts by mass is changed to (D-2) A blue composition film 27 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 26 except that 188.7 parts by mass and (F-6) 23.5 parts by mass. Further, the contrast and the brightness were measured by the above method. 8 Table 3] Dye compound 蒽醌 compound vs. Y value Example 23 A-2 A-13 24300 11.1 Example 24 A-2 A-13 24800 10.8 Example 25 A-2 A-13 24200 10.6 Example 26 A- 2 A-13 24400 10.9 Example 27 A-2 A-22 A-13 24600 10.8 -166 - 201221520 The blue composition obtained from the example of .8, 2 3~2 7 is regarded as the blue composition. twenty three~? 7, he Tianye

▲ 27 使用此藍色組成物,與實施例J ::::的形成同樣地’藉由旋塗法來塗布’使揮發成 刀軍叙後’以曝光時的照射光量為60mJ/cm2,以貼近間 隙(pr〇xlmity gap)為2〇〇μιη ’通過條紋狀的圖案化光罩進 仃曝光’ 0.045%氫氧化鉀系顯像液(商品名;cdk 富士薄膜電子材料公司ElectrGnies Materials C〇_,Ltd.)製)經純水稀釋1〇〇倍的顯像液)來顯像,得到 即使用光學顯微鏡觀察也看不到顯像殘渣的良好晝素圖 案。 在3〇C進行30分鐘的後烘烤後,用sem觀 察且素截面’結果由垂直來看,觀察到順錐形之晝素形 狀。 —、 (實施例28) [藍色感光性轉印材料之製作] 於厚度75μΓΠ的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜臨時支持 體(PET㉟時支持體)上,使用狹缝狀喷嘴,塗布由下述 處方Η1所成的熱塑性樹脂層用塗布液及使乾燥。其次, 塗布由下述處彳P1所成的中間層用塗布液及使乾燥。再 者,塗布實施例8所得之前述著色組成物8及使乾燥。 如此地,在臨時支持體上設置乾燥膜厚為ΐ5ΐμηι的熱塑 性樹脂層、乾燥膜厚為的中間層、乾燥膜厚為 2.3 μπι的感光性藍色著色層’最後壓黏保護膜(厚度 聚丙烯薄膜”如此地’製作臨時支持體、熱塑性樹脂層 、中間層(隔氧膜)與藍色著色層成為一體的轉印材料。 將此當作藍色感光性轉印材料8。 -167- 201221520 • · &quot; . 1 份 • . 6.36 份 • · 52.4 份▲ 27 Using this blue composition, in the same manner as in the formation of Example J:::, 'coating by the spin coating method to make the volatilization into a knife, the amount of irradiation light at the time of exposure was 60 mJ/cm 2 , Close to the gap (pr〇xlmity gap) is 2〇〇μιη 'Exposure through a striped patterned mask' 0.045% potassium hydroxide-based imaging solution (trade name; cdk Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd. ElectroGnies Materials C〇_ (manufactured by Ltd.)) A developing solution diluted 1⁄2 times with pure water was used for development, and a good halogen pattern which was not observed by an optical microscope was observed. After 30 minutes of post-baking at 3 ° C, the sem was observed and the prime cross section was observed. From the vertical view, a cis-conical shape of the alizarin was observed. — (Example 28) [Production of Blue Photosensitive Transfer Material] A slit nozzle was used on a polyethylene terephthalate film temporary support (support for PET 35) having a thickness of 75 μm. The coating liquid for a thermoplastic resin layer formed in the following formulation Η1 was dried. Next, the coating liquid for an intermediate layer formed by the following crucible P1 was applied and dried. Further, the colored composition 8 obtained in Example 8 was applied and dried. In this manner, a thermoplastic resin layer having a dry film thickness of ΐ5ΐμηι, an intermediate layer having a dry film thickness, and a photosensitive blue colored layer having a dry film thickness of 2.3 μm were provided on the temporary support. The final pressure-sensitive protective film (thickness polypropylene) The film "produces" a temporary support, a thermoplastic resin layer, an intermediate layer (oxygen barrier film), and a blue colored layer as a transfer material. This is regarded as a blue photosensitive transfer material 8. -167- 201221520 • · &quot; . 1 copy • 6.36 copies • · 52.4 copies

(熱塑性樹脂層用塗布液:處方Η 1) •曱醇 I •丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯 . •曱基乙基g同 . •甲基丙烯酸甲酯/丙稀酸2·乙基· · ·5·83份 己醋/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙 烯酸共聚物(共聚合比(莫耳比 )=55/11.7/4_5/28.8,分子量= 10萬,玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)与70 °C ) •苯乙烯/丙烯酸共聚物(共聚合· . .13.6份 比(莫耳比)= 63/37,平均分子 量=1 萬,Tg 与 loot:) , • 2,2-雙[4-(曱基丙烯醯氧基聚· · · 9.1份 乙氧基)苯基]丙烧(新中村化 學工業(股)(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.)製) •氣糸¾^合物 · · · 0 · 5 4份 (40 份的 C6F13CH2CH20C0CH = CH2、55 份的 H(〇ch(C H3)CH2)7OCOCH = CH2與 5 份的 H(0CHCH2)70C0CH = CH2 之共聚物,平均分子量:3萬,曱基乙基酮30質量°/〇溶 液’大日本油墨化學工業(股)(DIC Corporation)製,商 品名:美加發克(MEGAFACE)F780F) (中間層用塗布液:處方P1) ⑧ -168 - 201221520 • PVA-205 · · · 32.2 份 (聚乙烯醇,可樂麗(股KKuraray Co.,Ltd.)製,皂化度 = 88%,聚合度:550) •聚乙稀。比°各°定酮 ..· 1 4 · 9份 (ISP 曰本公司(ISP Japan Ltd.)製,K-30) •蒸館水 · · · 524份 •甲醇 ...429份 一邊藉由喷淋器對無驗玻璃基板喷灑經調整至2 5 的玻璃洗淨劑液20秒,一邊用具有尼龍毛的旋轉刷來洗 淨,一邊用純水喷淋洗淨。然後,藉由喷淋器噴灑石夕烧 偶合液(Ν-β (胺基乙基)γ-胺基丙基三曱氧基矽烷〇3質量 /〇水溶液,商品名:ΚΒΜ603,信越化學工業(股 )(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.)製)20 秒,用純水噴淋洗 淨。將此玻璃基板在基板預備加熱裝置中以l〇〇t加熱2 分鐘。對所得之矽烷偶合處理玻璃基板’由上述製法所 製作的藍色感光性轉印材料8去除保護膜,使去後而露 出的藍色著色層之表面與前述矽烷偶合處理玻璃基板之 表面呈接觸的方式進行疊合’使用積層機(laminat〇r)(日 立工業股份有限公司(Hitachi Plant Technol〇gies,Ud ) 製勺arnic II型)’於經} 〇〇。〇加熱2分鐘的前述玻璃基 板上,在橡膠輥溫度13(rc、線壓1〇〇N/cm、輸送速度 2.2m/分鐘下進行積層。接著1 ρΕτ臨時支持體,在與 熱塑性樹脂層的κ4,灿 , 日的界面剝離,以去除pet臨時支持體。剝 離PET臨時支枯_脚,么 _ _ , 又符體後’用具有超高壓水銀燈的近接型曝 光機(曰立高划_ 4士 + t °科技電子工程(股)(Hitachi High- -169- 201221520(Coating liquid for thermoplastic resin layer: Prescription Η 1) • Sterol I: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. • Mercaptoethyl g. • Methyl methacrylate/acrylic acid 2. Ethyl· · 5.83 parts of hexane vinegar / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer (copolymerization ratio (mole ratio) = 55 / 11.7 / 4_5 / 28.8, molecular weight = 100,000, glass transition temperature (Tg) and 70 °C) • Styrene/acrylic acid copolymer (copolymerization · .13.6 parts ratio (mole ratio) = 63/37, average molecular weight = 10,000, Tg and loot:), • 2, 2-double [4- (Mercapto propylene oxy group) · 9.1 parts of ethoxy) phenyl] propylene (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) • 糸3⁄4^ · · · 0 · 5 4 parts (40 parts of C6F13CH2CH20C0CH = CH2, 55 parts of H (〇ch(C H3)CH2)7OCOCH = CH2 and 5 parts of H(0CHCH2)70C0CH = CH2 copolymer, average molecular weight: 30,000, mercapto ethyl ketone 30 mass ° / 〇 solution 'Daily Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. (DIC Corporation), trade name: MEGAFACE F780F) (coating solution for intermediate layer: prescription P1) 8 -168 - 201221520 • PVA-205 · · · 32.2 parts (Polyvinyl alcohol, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., saponification degree = 88%, degree of polymerization: 550) • Polyethylene. More than ° ° ketone..· 1 4 · 9 parts (ISP 曰 公司 (ISP Japan Ltd.), K-30) • Steaming water · · · 524 parts • methanol ... 429 parts by The shower was sprayed with a glass cleaner liquid adjusted to 25 on the non-test glass substrate for 20 seconds, and washed with a rotating brush having nylon wool, and washed with pure water spray. Then, spray the sulphur coupling solution (Ν-β (aminoethyl) γ-aminopropyltrimethoxy oxane 〇 3 mass / hydrazine aqueous solution by a shower, trade name: ΚΒΜ 603, Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry ( (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) for 20 seconds, washed with pure water spray. This glass substrate was heated at 1 Torr for 2 minutes in a substrate preliminary heating apparatus. The obtained decane coupling treated glass substrate 'removed the protective film from the blue photosensitive transfer material 8 produced by the above-described production method, and the surface of the blue colored layer exposed after being removed is in contact with the surface of the decane coupling treated glass substrate. The way to superimpose 'using laminat 〇r' (Hitachi Plant Technol〇gies (Ud) spoon arnic II type) 'Yu Jing} 〇〇. The glass substrate which was heated for 2 minutes was laminated at a rubber roll temperature of 13 (rc, line pressure of 1 〇〇 N/cm, and conveyance speed of 2.2 m/min. Next, a 1 ρ Ε temporary support was applied to the thermoplastic resin layer. Κ4, 灿, the interface of the day is stripped to remove the temporary support of pet. Stripped PET temporary support _ feet, _ _, and after the body 'use the proximity type exposure machine with ultra-high pressure mercury lamp (曰立高划_ 4 + t ° Technology Electronic Engineering (shares) (Hitachi High- -169- 201221520

Technologies Corporation)製),以玻璃基板與光罩(具有 影像圖案的石英曝光光罩)成垂直豎立狀態,將曝光光罩 面與該藍色著色層之間的距離設定為2〇〇μιη,以 40mJ/cm2曝光量進行圖案曝光。 其次,將三乙醇胺系顯像液(含有3〇%三乙醇胺,商 品名:T-PD2(富士軟片(股)(FUJIFILM製) 經純水稀釋12倍(以!份的丁彻與n份的純水之比例 所混合)的液),在3(TC&amp; 〇.1MPa的爲平喷嘴壓力下喷淋 顯像20秒,以去除熱塑性樹脂層和中間層。接著,對該 玻璃基板的上面,嘴口欠空裔丨、7队4占 1人二矹以除掉液體後,藉由喷淋器 來喷I純水1〇秒,以進行純水喷淋洗淨,喷吹空氣以減 少基板上的液體滯留。 然後,使用碳酸鈉/碳酸氫鈉系顯像液(商品名: T_CD1(富士軟片(股)製)經純水稀釋5倍(以i份的T-CD1 與^的純水之比例混合)的液),在3〇t:,將喷淋器壓 又定:〇’lMPa ’進行3〇秒顯像以純水洗淨。 接2 ,使用含有界面活性劑的洗淨液(商品名: T-SD3(畐士軟片(股)製)經純水稀釋10倍的液),在33t 龍:二的錐型喷嘴壓力噴灑2°秒’更藉由具柔軟尼 龍毛的3疋轉刷决]矣 “所形成的圖案影像,而去除殘渣。 者,用超高壓咮、,立‘ 去除殘清,/喷嘴,以8.5踏的壓力喷射超純水而 、~仔到所欲的藍色畫素圖案。 用觸針式犋厚 的藍色畫素圆案之胺 職⑽製)所測定 '、之膜厚為2.24μηι。 ⑧ -170- 201221520 其次,於大氣下以2000mJ/cm2的曝光量進行後曝光 ,再以240°C進行後烘烤處理50分鐘,而得到形成有藍 色的著色晝素之基板。用光學顯微鏡觀察此著色畫素, 結果看不到顯像殘渣,確認為良好的畫素圖案。 (實施例2 9) 除了於實施例28中’代替40mJ/cm2的曝光量之圖 案曝光,進行l〇〇mJ/cm2的曝光量之全面曝光以外,與 實施例2 8同樣地’形成藍色的著色膜。 染料化合物 蒽醌化合物 對比 Y值 *施例29 A-2 A-13 24200 11.0 再者,於上述實施例中’雖然以使用a- 1 0〜A-1 6 當作蒽醌化合物的情況為中心來說明,但於本發明中在 構造中具有恩_ 9,1 0 _ —酮構造係重要,於使用A -1 〇〜 A 一 1 6以外的則述其它蒽酿化合物之情況中,亦得到同樣 的姝果。 (實施例3 0) 除了將貫施例2的(A-12)變更為(a_23)以外,與實施 制2同樣地’得到藍色組成物膜3 〇。 (實施例3 1) 除了將實施例2的(A_12)變更為(A_24)以外,與實施 糾2同樣地’得到藍色組成物膜3 1。 (實施例3 2) 除了將實施例2的(A·12)變更為(A-25)以外,與實施 例2同心地’付到藍色組成物膜3 2。 -171- 201221520 表5] 染料化合物 蒽醌化合物 對比 Y值 實施例30 A-2 A-23 23500 10.7 實施例31 A-2 A-24 24500 11.0 實施例32 A-2 A-25 25000 11.0 如前述表5中所示,於使用染料化合物連同蒽醌化 合物的實施例3 0〜3 2中,可一邊維持高的Y值(1 1.0以 上),一邊更提高對比。又,與使用鍵結於S02NH基的 烷基部位為直鏈構造的蒽醌化合物之情況(實施例1 0、1 1 、3 0)相比,使用鍵結於S02NH基的烷基部位具有支鏈 構造的蒽醌化合物之情況(實施例8、9、3 1、32)者係顯 示更高的Y值、對比。 【圖式簡單說明】 無。 【主要元件符號說明】 無。 ⑧ -172-(Technology Corporation)), the glass substrate and the reticle (the quartz exposure reticle with image pattern) are vertically erected, and the distance between the exposure mask surface and the blue coloring layer is set to 2 〇〇 μιη, The pattern exposure was performed at an exposure amount of 40 mJ/cm 2 . Next, a triethanolamine-based imaging solution (containing 3% by weight of triethanolamine, trade name: T-PD2 (Fuji film (manufactured by FUJIFILM)) diluted 12 times with pure water (in parts of Dingcher and n parts) The liquid of the mixture of pure water) was spray-developed for 3 seconds at a flat nozzle pressure of 3 (TC &amp; 1 MPa to remove the thermoplastic resin layer and the intermediate layer. Then, on the upper surface of the glass substrate, The mouth is owed to the emptiness, the 7th team 4 occupies 1 person to remove the liquid, and the pure water is sprayed by the sprayer for 1 sec to clean the pure water spray and blow the air to reduce the substrate. The liquid is then retained. Then, sodium carbonate/sodium bicarbonate-based imaging solution (trade name: T_CD1 (made by Fujifilm)) is diluted 5 times with pure water (with 1 part of T-CD1 and ^ pure water) The ratio of the mixture)), at 3〇t:, the sprayer pressure is determined: 〇 'lMPa '3 sec development is washed with pure water. Connect 2, use a cleaning solution containing surfactant (trade name: T-SD3 (manuscript film) (diluted by pure water 10 times the liquid), in the 33t dragon: two cone nozzle pressure spray 2 ° seconds 'more by The soft nylon hair of the 3 疋 刷 矣 矣 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所 所~ The desired blue pixel pattern is measured by the stylus-type thick blue pixel case of the amine (10) system. The film thickness is 2.24μηι. 8 -170- 201221520 Next, After exposure to an exposure amount of 2000 mJ/cm 2 in the atmosphere, post-baking treatment was carried out at 240 ° C for 50 minutes to obtain a substrate in which blue colored ruthenium was formed. The coloring pixels were observed by an optical microscope, and the result was observed. The development residue was confirmed to be a good pixel pattern. (Example 2 9) Except that in Example 28, instead of the pattern exposure of 40 mJ/cm 2 , the exposure amount of l〇〇mJ/cm 2 was comprehensively performed. In the same manner as in Example 28, except for the exposure, a blue coloring film was formed. Dye compound 蒽醌 compound versus Y value * Example 29 A-2 A-13 24200 11.0 Further, in the above embodiment, 'we use A- 1 0 to A-1 6 is described as a case of a ruthenium compound. In the present invention, it is important to have a -9,1 0 _ ketone structure in the structure, and the same result is obtained in the case of using other brewing compounds other than A -1 〇 〜 A 1-6. (Example 3 0) The blue composition film 3 was obtained in the same manner as in the second embodiment except that (A-12) of Example 2 was changed to (a_23). (Example 3 1) The blue composition film 31 was obtained in the same manner as in the implementation of the correction 2 except that (A_12) of the second embodiment was changed to (A_24). (Example 3 2) The blue composition film 3 2 was applied concentrically to Example 2 except that (A·12) of Example 2 was changed to (A-25). -171-201221520 Table 5] Dye compound 蒽醌 compound vs. Y value Example 30 A-2 A-23 23500 10.7 Example 31 A-2 A-24 24500 11.0 Example 32 A-2 A-25 25000 11.0 As described above As shown in Table 5, in Examples 30 to 32 in which a dye compound and an anthracene compound were used, it was possible to further improve the contrast while maintaining a high Y value (1 1.0 or more). Further, in the case of using a ruthenium compound having a linear structure in which the alkyl group bonded to the S02NH group is a linear structure (Examples 10, 1 1 and 3 0), the alkyl moiety bonded to the S02NH group has a branch. In the case of the ruthenium compound of the chain structure (Examples 8, 9, 3, and 32), the higher Y value and contrast were exhibited. [Simple description of the diagram] None. [Main component symbol description] None. 8 -172-

Claims (1)

201221520 七、申請專利範圍: 1 · 一種彩色濾光片用著色組成物,其含有: 選自由下述通式(I)所示的化合物配位至金屬原子 或金屬化合物而成之二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合體化合物 及下述通式(II)至通式(VIII)中任一個所示的染料化合 物所成之群組中的化合物,與 蒽酿化合物;201221520 VII. Patent application scope: 1 · A coloring composition for a color filter containing: a pyrrole ylene group selected from a compound represented by the following formula (I) coordinated to a metal atom or a metal compound a compound of the group of the metal complex compound and the dye compound represented by any one of the following formulas (II) to (VIII), and a brewing compound; 通式(I)中,R1、R2、R: 通式(I ) R5及R6各自獨立地表示 氫原子或取代基;R7表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烧基In the formula (I), R1, R2, R: the formula (I) R5 and R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; and R7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a halogen group. 通式(II)中,A1表示從選自由5-°比哇。林酮、異今。坐酮、 巴比妥酸、硫代巴比妥酸、勞丹寧、乙内醯脲、硫代 乙内酿腺、今°坐。定二酮、11比°坐α定二酮、茚滿二銅、經 基°比σ定酮、D比唾并。比D定酮、1,2,3,4 -四氫啥琳-2,4 -二酮 -173- 201221520 、3-氧代-2,3-二氫苯并[d]噻吩-1,卜二氧化物及3-二氰 基次曱基-2,3-二氫苯并[d]噻吩-1,1-二氧化物所成之 群組中的化合物而來的酸性核;L 1、L2及L3表示次甲 基;R33及R34各自獨立地表示烷基、芳基、烷氧羰基 或氫原子;R35表示氫原子、甲氧基、氣原子、曱基或 硝基;η表示0或1 ;惟,作為鍵結於A1及R33〜R35 的至少一個之取代基,在分子中具有由羧基、磺醯胺 基及胺磺醯基所選出的至少一個;In the formula (II), A1 represents a radical selected from the group consisting of 5-°. Lin Ketone, different from today. Take ketone, barbituric acid, thiobarbituric acid, lodanine, carbendazim, thioacetate, and sit. Dingdione, 11 than α-dikedione, indane copper, ketone ketone, D ratio saliva. Ratio D-butanone, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroindenyl-2,4-dione-173- 201221520, 3-oxo-2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]thiophene-1, An acidic nucleus derived from a compound of the group consisting of a dioxide and a 3-dicyano-indenyl-2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]thiophene-1,1-dioxide; L 1 , L2 and L3 represent a methine group; R33 and R34 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a hydrogen atom; R35 represents a hydrogen atom, a methoxy group, a gas atom, a fluorenyl group or a nitro group; η represents 0 or a substituent having at least one bonded to A1 and R33 to R35, having at least one selected from a carboxyl group, a sulfonylamino group, and an aminesulfonyl group in the molecule; FM: 通式(瓜)FM: General formula (melon) 通式(III)中,R41表示雜環基;R42表示氫原子或取代 基;R43、R44、R45、R46、R47及R48各自獨立地表示氫 原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、醯基、烷 氧羰基、芳氧羰基、胺曱醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺 醯基或胺磺醯基;R43與R44可互相鍵結合而形成5員 、6員或7員的環;R45與R46可互相鍵結而形成5員 、6員或7員的環;R47與R48可互相鍵結而形成5員 、6員或7員的環; 201221520In the formula (III), R41 represents a heterocyclic group; R42 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent; and R43, R44, R45, R46, R47 and R48 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group or an aryl group. a heterocyclic group, a fluorenyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an amine fluorenyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group or an amine sulfonyl group; R43 and R44 may be bonded to each other to form a 5-member, Ring of 6 or 7 members; R45 and R46 can be interlocked to form a ring of 5, 6 or 7 members; R47 and R48 can be interlocked to form a ring of 5, 6 or 7 members; 201221520 通式(:W) 通式(IV)中,Ral、Ra2、Ra3、Rbl、Rb2 及 Rb3 各自獨立 地表示氫原子或一價取代基,Ra2與Ra3可互相鍵結而 形成5〜7員的雜環;A2表示脂肪族基、芳基或雜環基 ;n表示0、1、2或3,當η為2以上時,複數存在的 Rb2及Rb3可各自相同或相異;In the general formula (IV), Ral, Ra2, Ra3, Rb1, Rb2 and Rb3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, and Ra2 and Ra3 may be bonded to each other to form a 5 to 7 member. a heterocyclic ring; A2 represents an aliphatic group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group; n represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and when η is 2 or more, plural Rb2 and Rb3 may be the same or different; R655 通式(V)中,R61、R62、R63及R64各自獨立地表示氫原 子、烷基、芳基或-S02NH-R ; R65表示氫原子、烷基 、芳基、-S03H或-S02NH-R,此處,R表示烷基、烷 氧基烷基、環己基、環己基烷基、烷氧基、芳基或烷 基羰氧基;η表示0或1以上的整數,惟當η為0時, R61〜R65中的至少一個表示具有-S02NH-R當作取代基 的芳基; -175- 201221520R655 In the formula (V), R61, R62, R63 and R64 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or -S02NH-R; R65 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, -S03H or -S02NH- R, wherein R represents an alkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclohexylalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group or an alkylcarbonyloxy group; η represents an integer of 0 or more, but when η is At 0, at least one of R61 to R65 represents an aryl group having -S02NH-R as a substituent; -175- 201221520 通式(VI)中,R71表示碳數2〜2〇的烷基、烷基鏈的碳 數為2〜12的環己基烷基、烷基鏈的碳數為丨〜4的烷 基環己基、經碳數2〜1 2的烷氧基取代之碳數2〜i 2 的烧基、l71-c〇-〇-l72-所示的院基緩基坑基、 L73-0-C0-L74-所示的烷氧羰基烷基 — 烷基取代之苯基、或經苯基取代之碳數丨〜2〇的烷^ ;L”表示碳數2〜12的烷基;l72表示碳數2〜12的 伸烷基;L73表示碳數2〜12的烷基;[Η表示碳數2 〜12的伸烧基HR73、R74及R75各自獨立地表示 氛原子、碳數1〜4的烧基、繞基或i素原子. Re1 ^ f 經碳數 2 0的In the formula (VI), R71 represents an alkyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, a cyclohexylalkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, and an alkylcyclohexyl group having an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨4. a base group of 2 to i 2 substituted with a carbon number of 2 to 12, and a base group of L71-0-C0-L74 represented by l71-c〇-〇-l72- - an alkoxycarbonylalkyl-alkyl substituted phenyl group, or a phenyl group substituted with a phenyl group having a carbon number of 丨~2〇; L" represents an alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms; and 172 represents a carbon number of 2 〜12的 alkyl; L73 represents an alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms; [Η represents a carbon number of 2 to 12, and the alkyl groups HR73, R74 and R75 each independently represent an atmosphere atom and a carbon number of 1 to 4; , around the base or i atom. Re1 ^ f by carbon number 2 0 通式(VH) 矣 p *π 通式(VI1)中,Ζ及Ζ2各自彳 _ .r8丨、RS2、r83 R 苟立地表不氧原子或硫原子 , 及R4各自獨立地表示氫原子、碳數 工〜⑺的飽和脂肪族烴基、羥基取 知浐肪族炉某、护* '之兔數1〜1 0的飽 和舳肪鉍焱基灭數1〜8的烷氧其诉, 的飽和脂肪族烴基、 &quot;代之碳數1〜10 1〜10的飽和脂肪族爪70氧基取代之碳數 二基厌數6〜2〇的芳基、碳數7 201221520 〜20的芳烷基或碳數2〜10的醯基;R85、R86,R87、 R88、R89、RllGa、Rllla及Rll2a各自獨立地表示氫原子 、鹵素原子、碳數1〜1 〇的飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數1 〜1 0的函素化飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數1〜8的烷氧基、 羧基、磺基、胺磺醯基或N-取代胺磺醯基;R85〜R89 及R11Qa〜 R112a中的至少一個表示N-取代胺磺醯基;General formula (VH) 矣p *π In the general formula (VI1), Ζ and Ζ2 are each 彳_.r8丨, RS2, r83 R 地 standing surface non-oxygen atom or sulfur atom, and R4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, carbon Number of workers ~ (7) of saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, hydroxyl groups to know the fat family of a certain family, protect the number of rabbits 1 to 1 0 saturated alkaloids, the number of alkoxygens 1 to 8 of alkoxy, the saturated fat a hydrocarbon group, &quot; instead of a carbon number of 1 to 10 1 to 10, a saturated aliphatic claw 70 oxy group substituted carbon number two group anthracene 6 to 2 fluorene aryl group, carbon number 7 201221520 〜 20 aralkyl group or a fluorenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms; R85, R86, R87, R88, R89, R11Ga, Rllla and R11a each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 Å, and a carbon number of 1 to a functionalized saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group of 10, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an aminesulfonyl group or an N-substituted aminesulfonyl group; at least one of R85 to R89 and R11Qa to R112a Represents an N-substituted amine sulfonyl group; 通式(硼) 通式(VIII)中,R91、R92及R93各自獨立地表示氫原子 、鹵素原子或石黃酸基;A3表示下述(a)〜(d)中的任一個 ;1表示1或2的整數;當1為2時,複數的R91、複 數的R92及複數的R93各自可相同或相異;下述(a)中 ,R94、R95及R96各自獨立地表示氫原子、甲基、鹵素 原子、磺酸基或-S02N(R97)(R98),R97及R98各自獨立 地表示氫原子、碳數1〜8的低級烷基或苯基;R91〜 R96中的至少一個表示磺酸基; -177- 201221520In the formula (VIII), R91, R92 and R93 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a rhein group; and A3 represents any one of the following (a) to (d); An integer of 1 or 2; when 1 is 2, the plural R91, the plural R92, and the plural R93 may each be the same or different; in the following (a), R94, R95 and R96 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a group, a halogen atom, a sulfonic acid group or -S02N(R97)(R98), R97 and R98 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a phenyl group; and at least one of R91 to R96 represents a sulfonate. Acid base; -177- 201221520 (〇) (d) 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用著色組成物, 其中該蒽醌化合物係下述通式(IX)所示的化合物: 〇(d) 2. The coloring composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the oxime compound is a compound represented by the following formula (IX): 〇 NR11aR12a\ 通式㈤ 〇 通式(IX)中,尺113及11123各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷 基、芳基或雜環基,惟Rlla與R12a不同時表示氫原子 ;η 11表示1〜4的整數,當η11為2〜4的整數時,複 數的NRllaR12a可相同或相異。 3. 如申請專利範圍第2項之彩色濾光片用著色組成物, 其中通式(IX)所示的化合物係下述通式(X)所示的二胺 基蒽醌化合物: ⑧ -178- 201221520NR11aR12a\ General formula (5) In the formula (IX), the ruthenium 113 and 11123 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, but Rlla and R12a do not simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom; η 11 represents 1 to 4 An integer of NR11aR12a may be the same or different when η11 is an integer of 2 to 4. 3. The coloring composition for a color filter according to the second aspect of the invention, wherein the compound represented by the formula (IX) is a diamine sulfonium compound represented by the following formula (X): 8 - 178 - 201221520 通式(X) 通式(X)中,R21a及R22a各自獨立地表示烷基或芳基。 4.如申請專利範圍第3項之彩色濾光片用著色組成物, 其中通式(X)所示的化合物係下述通式(XI)所示的二胺 基蒽醌化合物: r^31aIn the formula (X), R21a and R22a each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. 4. The coloring composition for a color filter according to the third aspect of the invention, wherein the compound represented by the formula (X) is a diamine fluorene compound represented by the following formula (XI): r^31a 通式(乂丨) 各自獨立地表示 烷基或鹵素原子;R35a及R36a各自獨立地表示烷基、 烷氧基、芳氧基、磺基或其鹽、胺基磺醯基、烷氧基 磺醯基、或苯氧基磺醯基;η31及η32各自獨立地表示 0〜2的整數,當η31、η32為2時,複數的R35a、R36a 可相同或相異 -179- 201221520 5 ·如申請專利範圍第4項之彩色渡光片用著色組成物, 其中通式(XI)所示的化合物係由下述通式(XII)或下述 通式(XIII)所示的二胺基蒽醒化合物中選出的化合物:The formula (乂丨) each independently represents an alkyl group or a halogen atom; and R35a and R36a each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a sulfo group or a salt thereof, an aminosulfonyl group, an alkoxysulfonate.醯, or phenoxysulfonyl; η31 and η32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and when η31, η32 are 2, plural R35a, R36a may be the same or different -179-201221520 5 The coloring composition for a color light-emitting sheet of the fourth aspect of the invention, wherein the compound represented by the formula (XI) is awake by a diamine group represented by the following formula (XII) or the following formula (XIII) Compounds selected from the compounds: 通式(XII)中,R41a、R42a、R43a及R44a各自獨立地表示 烷基或鹵素原子;R45a、R46a、R47a及R48a各自獨立地 表示烷基、磺基或其鹽、或胺基磺醯基;R45a及R47a 的任一者與R46a及R48a的任一者表示磺基或其鹽、或 胺基續酿基; ⑧ -180- 201221520In the formula (XII), R41a, R42a, R43a and R44a each independently represent an alkyl group or a halogen atom; and R45a, R46a, R47a and R48a each independently represent an alkyl group, a sulfo group or a salt thereof, or an aminosulfonyl group. Any one of R45a and R47a and any of R46a and R48a represents a sulfo group or a salt thereof, or an amine-based continuation base; 8 -180- 201221520 通式〇(ΙΙΌ 通式(XIII)中,R51a、R52a、R53a 及 R54a 各 示烷基或鹵素原子;R55a及R56a各自獨立 子或烷基;R57a及R58a各自獨立地表示氫 ;L51a及L52a各自獨立地表示二價連結基, 各自獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-基。 6. 如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用著 其更含有聚合性化合物與光聚合引發劑。 7. 如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用著 其中該蒽醌化合物的總含量為該染料化合 5 0質量%以下。 8. —種彩色濾光片,其具有:基板,與在該 如申請專利範圍第1至7項中任一項之彩 著色組成物所形成的著色區域。 9. 一種彩色濾光片之製造方法,其具有: 自獨立地表 地表示氫原 原子或烷基 L53a 及 L54a 色組成物, 色組成物, 物的總量之 基板上使用 色濾光片用 -181 - 201221520 將如申請專利範圍第1至7項中任一項之彩色濾 光片用著色組成物塗佈於支持體上,形成著色層之步 驟,及 將所形成的該著色層曝光成圖案狀,顯像而形成 著色區域之步驟。 1 0. —種液晶顯示裝置,其具備申請專利範圍第8項之彩 色遽光片。 1 1. 一種液晶顯示裝置,其具備以如申請專利範圍第9項 之彩色濾光片之製造方法所製作的彩色濾光片。 12.—種下述通式(XIV)所示之蒽醌化合物: RX'1y^CH3 RX2 Ο ΗΐνΓ人、/、S02NH / 通式(XIV) w 何X4 、X3 、Y Ο HN RX1 RX1 加辽 丄 so2nh ' ch3In the formula (XIII), R51a, R52a, R53a and R54a each represent an alkyl group or a halogen atom; R55a and R56a are each an independent group or an alkyl group; and R57a and R58a each independently represent hydrogen; and each of L51a and L52a; The divalent linking group is independently represented, and each independently represents an oxygen atom or a -NH- group. 6. The color filter of the first aspect of the invention is further characterized in that it further contains a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator. The color filter of claim 1 is characterized in that the total content of the ruthenium compound is 50% by mass or less of the dye compound. 8. A color filter having: a substrate, and A colored region formed by the coloring composition of any one of the above claims 1 to 7. 9. A method of producing a color filter, comprising: independently representing a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group L53a L54a color composition, color composition, total amount of material used for color filter on a substrate -181 - 201221520 The color filter of any one of claims 1 to 7 is coated with a coloring composition On the support, forming The step of coloring the layer and the step of exposing the formed colored layer to a pattern to develop a colored region. A liquid crystal display device comprising the color light-emitting sheet of claim 8 of the patent application. 1 1. A liquid crystal display device comprising a color filter produced by the method for producing a color filter according to claim 9 of the patent application. 12. A type of enthalpy represented by the following formula (XIV) Compound: RX'1y^CH3 RX2 Ο ΗΐνΓ人, /, S02NH / General formula (XIV) w He X4 , X3 , Y Ο HN RX1 RX1 plus Liao 丄 so2nh ' ch3 CH I RX2 ,RX3 通式(XIV)中,RX1各自獨立地表示甲基或乙基;RX2 各自獨立地表示碳數1〜1 0的烷基;RX3各自獨立地 表示碳數1〜10的烷基;X4各自獨立地表示0或1 -182- ⑧ 201221520 四、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:無。 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 無 ° 五、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式:CH I RX2 , RX3 In the formula (XIV), RX1 each independently represents a methyl group or an ethyl group; RX2 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; and RX3 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; Base; X4 each independently represents 0 or 1 - 182- 8 201221520 IV. Designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: None. (2) A brief description of the symbol of the representative figure: None ° 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention:
TW100122372A 2010-06-28 2011-06-27 Color composition for a color filter, color filter and production method thereof, anthraquinone compound, and liquid crystal display device TW201221520A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010146967 2010-06-28
JP2010223885 2010-10-01
JP2011023260A JP2012093696A (en) 2010-06-28 2011-02-04 Colored composition for color filter, color filter and production method of the same, anthraquinone compound, and liquid crystal display device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201221520A true TW201221520A (en) 2012-06-01

Family

ID=46387058

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100122372A TW201221520A (en) 2010-06-28 2011-06-27 Color composition for a color filter, color filter and production method thereof, anthraquinone compound, and liquid crystal display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2012093696A (en)
TW (1) TW201221520A (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI600968B (en) * 2011-08-05 2017-10-01 住友化學股份有限公司 Colored curable resin composition

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5908824B2 (en) * 2012-10-29 2016-04-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, color filter, method for producing color filter, image display device, solid-state imaging device, novel compound and tautomer thereof
JP6350335B2 (en) * 2014-02-27 2018-07-04 Jsr株式会社 Colored composition, colored cured film, and display element
US10385215B2 (en) 2014-05-21 2019-08-20 Rolic Ag Polymerizable dichroic dyes
JP6582770B2 (en) * 2015-09-09 2019-10-02 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP6919525B2 (en) * 2017-11-27 2021-08-18 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive composition

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09291238A (en) * 1996-04-26 1997-11-11 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Blue ink composition for color filter and production of color filter with the same
JP2008083397A (en) * 2006-09-27 2008-04-10 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming material, and color filter and method for producing the same
JP2010013639A (en) * 2008-06-06 2010-01-21 Fujifilm Corp Ink for inkjet, color filter and method for manufacturing the same, and liquid crystal display and image display using the same

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI600968B (en) * 2011-08-05 2017-10-01 住友化學股份有限公司 Colored curable resin composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2012093696A (en) 2012-05-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI553401B (en) Colored curable composition, color filter and method of producing color filter, solid-state image sensor and liquid crystal display device
TW201221520A (en) Color composition for a color filter, color filter and production method thereof, anthraquinone compound, and liquid crystal display device
US8785088B2 (en) Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, liquid crystal display device, solid-state imaging device, and novel dipyrromethene metal complex compound or tautomer thereof
TW201700627A (en) Coloring composition, cured coloring film, color filter, display element, and solid-state imaging element which can form a cured coloring film capable of well-balancing and realizing in high standard heat tolerance, solvent resistance, and image-developing
KR101773406B1 (en) Colored photosensitive composition, color filter, method of producing color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2013205820A (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device, and solid state imaging element
TW201213304A (en) Dye compound, method of producing dipyrromethene metal complex compound, method of producing dye multimer, substituted pyrrole compound, colored curable composition, color filter, method of producing color filter
TW201219369A (en) wherein the colored composition of excellent preservation stability is capable of forming a colored film with high heat and light tolerance
US8778577B2 (en) Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, liquid crystal display device, solid-state imaging device, and novel dipyrromethene metal complex compound or tautomer thereof
KR20120001641A (en) Colored composition for color filter, color filter and method of producing the same, anthraquinone compound, and liquid crystal display device
TW201215650A (en) Coloring composition for color filter, color filter and fabricating method thereof, liquid crystal display device, organic, organic electroluminescent display device, and solid-state image device
KR20150058282A (en) Coloring composition, color filter and method for producing same, image display device, solid-state imaging element, and novel compound
TW201319741A (en) Colored curable composition, color filter and method of producing the same, display apparatus, and solid-state imaging device
TW201206947A (en) Color composition, color filter and production method thereof, and liquid crystal display apparatus, solid-state imaging device, and dipyrromethene metal complex compound and tautomer thereof
TWI619772B (en) Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, liquid crystal display device, solid-state image sensing device and novel dipyrromethene metal complex compound or tautomer thereof
TWI626233B (en) Colored curable composition, colored cured film, color filter and production method thereof, display apparatus, solid-state imaging device, and compound
JP5908824B2 (en) Coloring composition, color filter, method for producing color filter, image display device, solid-state imaging device, novel compound and tautomer thereof
TWI574945B (en) Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, color filter production method, liquid crystal display device, solid state imaging device, and dipyrromethene metal complex compound or tautomer thereof
TW201207047A (en) Colored composition for color filter, color filter and manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal display device
TW201245147A (en) Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, liquid crystal display device, solid-state image sensing device and novel dipyrromethene metal complex compound or tautomer thereof